Home

tender reference: cb105/2013 tender for the provisioning of

1. 3 Private Company incorporated with Copies of documents referred to in 1 and or 2 above in share capital under the companies respect of all such Closed Corporations and or Act 1973 Act 610f 1973 in which Companies any or all shares are held by another Close Corporation or company with or without share capital 4 Public Company incorporated with A signed statement of the Company s Secretary share capital under the companies confirming that the Company is a public Company Act 1973 Act 610f 1973 including Companies incorporated Copy of CM 29 under Art 21 5 Sole Proprietary or a Partnership Copy of the Identity Document of a such Sole Proprietary or b Each of the Partners in the Partnership Copy of the Partnership agreement PartT2 Page 14 of 20 Contract No CB105 2013 Part T2 Returnable Documents If the Tendering Entity is a Documentation to be submitted with the tender 6 Co operative CIPRO CR2 Copies of Company registration document The percentage of work to be done by each partner must clearly be indicated on Form RDB1 or RDB2 as applicable of the tender document MBD6 1 Preference Points Claim Form in terms of the Preferential Procurement Regulations 2001 7 Joint Venture All the documents as described above as applicable to each partner in the JV as well as a copy of the Joint Venture agreement The percentage of work to be done by each par
2. Call park call park retrieval Barge in intrusion Listening to background music Sending and receiving messages Substitution should be available to the entire set of terminals in the installation A work group consists of a set of general purpose users having a specific professional association Each member of the group needs the capability to handle calls for another member when the latter is absent or busy To perform such coverage the group requires the following configuration o One or more DID lines will be programmed for the group o Every member should be informed of the state of the lines busy free or on hold o Every member should be informed of the status of the terminals that are members of the group o Information reported on all terminals will be able to take two forms visual only or visual and tone o Every member of the group will be able to answer all direct calls o Every member of the group will be able to put the lines individual or common hold o Every member of the group will be able to transfer the calls by a direct call key by dialing or vocally o The Tenderer will indicate the maximum number of members of a work group the minimum requirement for users belonging to a work group is 20 members Supervised work group In this work group the members are not general purpose in their absence their calls are handled by a workstation that may
3. Part C2 Page 52 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data fF 3BA09402 A 2 FAX media processing port license ZEA media pror aoi RO Eens se a i P E as IP Sec client 8770 SSH and SFT P OXE license p oga 8770 System Topology opon cense O OOA Soi donal administrator session opon ense O OOOO oA poentou SP okeene o OO OOOO C pO oA TTS Ticense Sytems prompts poris fringo OOOO C oaa A TTS Tcense Systems prompts ports additonal angos OOOO L p SERO TTS icense Messaging and Automated Attendant ports firt argue C f aoaaa TTS icense Messaging and Automated Attendant ports additional Tonguages C ESA eT Sytem Active directory option erse OOOO 3BA0955JA Dummy item for blank add on order on OpenTouch 3BA09406jJ A Base USER license providing access to advanced business communication services for OpenTouch 1 0 users 3BA09407J A Per user option completing OpenTouch User license with MylC Desktop PC client services 3BA09408 A User Mobile BlackBerry option completing OpenTouch User license with MyIC Mobile client services 3BA09499 A User Mobile Android option completing OpenTouch User license with MyIC Mobile client services 3BA09500 A User Any Mobile option completing OpenTouch User license for cellular device w o MyIC Mobile client sw 3BA09501J A User Tablet iPad option completing OpenTouch User license with MyIC Mobile client services Boo 3BA09523J A Base USER license providing access to a
4. SIGNED at on this WITNESSES Full name BLOCK LETTERS and signature Part C1 Page 5 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 1 Agreements and Contract Data C1 2 CONTRACT DATA C1 2 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT The General Conditions of Contract applicable to this Contract shall be the document GOVERNMENT PROCUREMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT issued by the National Treasury of the Republic of South Africa read together with the Variations and Additions to the Conditions of Contract Special Conditions of Contract as well as the Data provided by Purchaser Part C1 Page 6 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 1 Agreements and Contract Data THE NATIONAL TREASURY Republic of South Africa GOVERNMENT PROCUREMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT Revised July 2010 Part C1 Page 7 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 1 Agreements and Contract Data D NDO ca gel ho TABLE OF CLAUSES Definitions Application General Standards Use of contract documents and information inspection Patent Rights Performance security Inspections tests and analyses Packing Delivery and Documents Insurance Transportation Incidental Services Spare parts Warranty Payment Prices Variation Orders Assignment Subcontracts Delays in the supplier s performance Penalties Termination for default 24 Force Majeure Termination for insolvency Settlement
5. 7200 26850 102 HDX Media Center 8000 720 1WC50 HDX 8000 720 see 7200 23150 102 less mic HDX MC wall mount with 1 50 1080p plasma display 1 soundbar EagleEye HD camera mount HDX Ceiling mic array wht cable bundle Maintenance Contract Required 7200 26860 102 HDX Media Center 8000 1080 1WC50 HDX 8000 1080 see 7200 23160 102 less mic HDX Media Center wall mount with 1 50 1080p plasma 1 soundbar EagleEye HD camera mount HDX Ceiling mic array wht cable bundle Maintenance Contract Req 7200 26870 102 HDX Media Center 8000 1080 2WC50 HDX 8000 1080 see 7200 23160 102 less mic 2 HDX Media Center wall mounts 2 50 1080p plasma 2 soundbars EagleEye HD camera mnt HDX Ceiling mic array wht cable bundle Maintenance Contract Required 7200 26900 102 HDX Media Center 8000 720 1PT50 HDX 8000 720 see 7200 23150 102 HDX Media Center Pedestal with 1 50 1080p plasma display 1 soundbar EagleEye HD camera mount cable bundle order casters separately Maintenance Contract Required 7200 26910 102 HDX Media Center 8000 1080 1PT50 HDX 8000 1080 see 7200 23160 102 HDX Media Center Pedestal with 1 50 1080p plasma display 1 soundbar EagleEye HD camera mount cable bundle order casters separately Maintenance Contract Required ee 09241 001 Power supply for EagleEye Director base 115V 230Vin 12V 5A OUT DOES NOT INCLUDE AC POWER ere oro 7200 23150 102 HDX 8000 720 HDX 8000 HD codec EagleEye camera amp 3m
6. Accept that a tender submission that has been submitted to the employer may only be withdrawn or substituted by giving the employer s agent written notice before the closing time for tenders that a tender is to be withdrawn or substituted Where a tender submission is to be substituted submit a substitute tender in accordance with the requirements of F 2 13 with the packages clearly marked as SUBSTITUTE F 2 17 Clarification of tender offer after submission Provide clarification of a tender offer in response to a request to do so from the employer during the evaluation of tender offers This may include providing a breakdown of rates or prices and correction of arithmetical errors by the adjustment of certain rates or item prices or both No change in the competitive position of tenderers or substance of the tender offer is sought offered or permitted Note Sub clause F 2 17 does not preclude the negotiation of the final terms of the contract with a preferred tenderer following a competitive selection process should the Employer elect to do so PartT1 Page 19 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 3 Tendering Procedures F 2 18 Provide other material F 2 18 1 Provide on request by the employer any other material that has a bearing on the tender offer the tenderer s commercial position including notarized joint venture agreements preferencing arrangements or samples of materials considered necessary by th
7. CoT project managers coordinators will liaise with the Contractors Project Manager s on all projects at least 1 week in advance of the project start date The Contractor to Liaise with the relevant Council personnel iro all insurance claims on the deployed old equipment The contractor must have insurance against lightning and surge damage for all new equipment deployed to site New equipment damaged by lightning and or surges must be replaced free of charge and the necessary steps must be taken to prevent such damage in future for example installing a proper grounding system by utilizing power surge plugs etc The Contractor must manage the account and any on site resources in a professional manner in line with City of Tshwane corporate policy Change Control When required Proper change control must be adhered to and no changes can be made unless prior approval has been obtained All changes and expansions must be managed in accordance with Council s existing Change Control processes and procedures in line with ITIL best practice All new projects must be deployed adhering to these principles Asset relocation must be done if an asset is moved via change control Any expansion ie where new equipment is deployed or configuration changes requires that The Contractor must update all diagrams drawings applicable to the environment Meetings Interaction The Contractor must attend meetings site scoping and high level meetings with relev
8. Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work e Provide selective viewing of Logs based on source destination source port destination port rule number time etc e Auto refresh the most recent logs while viewing e VLAN 802 1Q Support e Electro Magnetic Compatibility EMC FCC Part 15 CFR 47 Class A ICES 003 Class A with UTP EN55022 Class A with UTP CISPR 22 Class A with UTP AS NZ 3548 Class A with UTP VCCI Class A with UTP EN55024 EN50082 1 1997 CE marking EN55022 Class B with FTP Cispr 22 Class B with FTP AS NZ 3548 Class B with FTP VCCI Class B with FTP e Examples o Fortigate FAMILY 6 3 1 4 Transceivers Convertors e Depending on the situation 100 1000Base SX LX fibre to 100 1000Base T TX copper e Must be standards based One or more of the following standards shall apply depending on the transceiver convertor o IEEE 802 3ab o IEEE 802 3z o IEEE 802 3u Connectors SC LC fibre RJ 45 copper Full Duplex Support Must support crossover detection and auto correction Status LED for Power and Link Activity Must function with standard South African supply voltage ie 220 230V single phase 6 3 1 5 MPLS Multi Protocol Label Switching CoT has invested in a MPLS backbone and the tenderers must offer equipment that will integrate 100 with the existing solution The existing backbone is shown below Centurion Waltloo Sammy Marks Capital Park Rosslyn Rooiwal N _ oshanguwe
9. e Contractor will replace equipment as stated under the warranty e Contractor will investigate and hand in a report to verify the equipment failure and cause e f repairable a quote must be given for said repairs CoT will either supply an order for the repairing of the equipment or for new equipment depending on the repair costs e f non repairable CoT will supply an order for new equipment based on the prices in this document e The equipment provided under the warranty will therefore become loan equipment until the repaired or new equipment is installed and commissioned 6 4 7 5 Pre Delivery Inspection CoT s representative shall have the right to inspect or to test the items to confirm their conformity to the ordered specifications The supplier shall provide all reasonable facilities and assistance to the inspector at no charge to CoT In case any inspected or tested goods fail to conform to the specifications CoT may reject them and supplier shall either replace the rejected goods or make all alterations necessary to meet specification required free of cost to CoT 6 4 7 6 Verification Process The Project Manager CoT shall during the progress of the delivery of the supplies and before the supplies are taken over have the power to order or decide a the removal from the place of acceptance within such time or times as may be specified in the order of any supplies which in the opinion of the Project Manager are not in ac
10. e Monthly minuted site project meetings with attendance register with all involved parties including voice data UTP fibre the customer etc Ad hoc project related meetings to be scheduled per project need relevant to the project e Fortnightly summarized project feedback to the relevant Operations Manager Service Provider and Deputy Directors on progress and important dates events as well as possible delays Attend site scopings when project identified Allocation of resources for projects Quality control inspections of sites during and after completion Ensuring completeness of documentation i e test results drawings etc Project Finalisation Report e Signing off of the site e To manage projects according to sound project management principles It consists of seven stages Site scoping stage or site visit to determine extent of project This consists of all involved parties including fibre UTP data voice contractors the client etc e Held at location where equipment linkage is required e Investigate the Link up Premises as well for example to check availability of spare fibre Gig ports blades ATM ports blades etc 1 Quotation Stage e Contractor to arrange for quotes 2 Planning Stage e Complete project templates and all planning required for the project including possible change control procedures 3 Ordering e Client CoT will obtain the necessary order e Contractor to ordering equipment after official order has
11. CITY OF TSHWANE IGNITING EXCELLENCE TENDER REFERENCE CB105 2013 TENDER FOR THE PROVISIONING OF CONVERGED VOICE AND DATA INFRASTRUCTURE AND RELATED SUPPORT SERVICES 1 YEAR PERIOD WITH EFFECT FROM 01 OCTOBER 2013 OR NEAREST DATE ISSUED BY INITIATING DEPARTMENT The Director DEMAND Group Information Communication P O Box 48 Technology Department PRETORIA Corporate Infrastructure Management 0001 ea Division Tel 012 358 0343 Registered Name of Tenderer Copyright City of Tshwane Contract CB105 2013 Contents of Volume 1 CONTENTS DESCRIPTION PORTION 1 TENDER PART T1 TENDERING PROCEDURES T1 1 TENDER NOTICE AND INVITATION TO TENDER T1 2 TENDER DATA T1 3 STANDARD CONDITIONS OF TENDER RETURNABLE DOCUMENTS PART T2 PORTION 2 CONTRACT PART C1 AGREEMENTS AND CONTRACT DATA C1 1 FORM OF OFFER AND ACCEPTANCE C1 2 CONTRACT DATA C1 3 PERFORMANCE SECURITY C1 4 GUARANTEE CASH DEPOSIT C1 5 HEALTH AND SAFETY AGREEMENT PART C2 PRICING DATA C2 1 PRICING INSTRUCTIONS C2 2 PRICE SCHEDULE PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK C3 1 DESCRIPTION OF THE SERVICES Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 Tendering Procedures PORTION 1 TENDER PART T1 TENDERING PROCEDURES CONTENTS T1 1 TENDER NOTICE AND INVITATION TO TENDER 0 eeceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeneeeenenaes 2 T1 2 TENDER DAWA yess ciate etaleitia
12. CONTRACT DATA eneenenno h a a A eat tae ake 6 Part C1 Page 1 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 1 Agreements and Contract Data STAMP C1 1 FORM OF OFFER AND ACCEPTANCE OFFER The Seller identified in the Acceptance signature block has solicited offers to enter into a contract for THE PROVISIONING OF CONVERGED VOICE AND DATA INFRASTRUCTURE AND RELATED SUPPORT SERVICES 1 YEAR PERIOD WITH EFFECT FROM 01 OCTOBER 2013 OR NEAREST DATE The Purchaser identified in the Offer signature block below has examined the documents listed in the Tender Data and addenda thereto as listed in the returnable schedules and by submitting this Offer has accepted the Conditions of Tender By the representative of the Purchaser deemed to be duly authorised signing this part of this Form of Offer and Acceptance the purchaser offers to perform all of the obligations and liabilities of the Purchaser under the Contract including compliance with all its terms and conditions according to their true intent and meaning for an amount to be determined in accordance with the Conditions of Contract identified in the Contract Data This Offer may be accepted by the Seller by signing the Acceptance part of this Form of Offer and Acceptance and returning one copy of this document to the Purchaser before the end of the period of validity stated in the Tender Data whereupon the Purchaser becomes the party named as the Purchaser in the Conditions of Contract i
13. FIRST AID The contractor must provide and maintain a first aid box equipped according to legal requirement where more than 5 five persons are employed The first aid box must be in the care of a person with a competency certificate from one of the following organizations SA Red Cross Association St John s Ambulance SA First Aid League or A person or organization approved by the Chief inspector for this purpose A visible notice must be put up on any work premises with the name of the person responsible for first aid In an emergency the Municipality s Ambulance Fire Department or emergency services may be contacted at 012 310 6200 FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS The contractor shall be held responsible for the necessary precautionary fire prevention measures No smoking signs must be put up where applicable The contractor s employees must be informed of Municipality s fire prevention measures and evacuation procedures INCIDENT REPORTING All incidents referred to in Section 24 of the Occupational Health and Safety Act and or other incidents shall be reported by the contractor to the Department of Labour as well as to the Municipality and should such an incident take place outside normal working hours on a Saturday Sunday or Public holiday to Capital Park Power Management at tel no 012 324 3495 or 012 339 9027 and Piet Delport Centre at 012 427 7111 The Municipality shall further be provided with a written report r
14. Integration with an SNMP manager for network wide management System event log Network Time Protocol NTP for network wide time synchronization Interswitching Protocols Mapping Adjacency Protocol for building topology maps within the SNMP Manager NMS application GMAP and GVRP for 802 1Q compliant VLAN pruning and dynamic VLAN creation SFN Software Defined Networking Part C3 Page 22 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 6 3 1 1 2 Layer 3 Distribution Or Core Switch And Layer 3 Distribution Or Edge Stackable Switch The following are applicable to a 24 Port Managed Ethernet Switch e Ports O O O 22 auto sensing 100 1000 ports IEEE 802 3u Type 100Base TX IEEE 802 3ab Type 1000Base T Media Type Auto MDIX Duplex Full Duplex Auto sensing of communication speed and auto negotiation of duplex mode 2 dual personality ports each port can be used as either an RJ 45 10 100 1000 port IEEE 802 3 Type 10Base T IEEE 802 3u Type 100Base TX IEEE 802 3ab 1000Base T Gigabit Ethernet or an open mini GBIC slot for use with mini GBIC transceivers for 1000Base SX 1000Base LX 100Base FX MM 100Base FX SM The following are applicable to a 48 Port Managed Ethernet Switch e Ports O O O 44 auto sensing 100 1000 ports IEEE 802 3u Type 100Base TX IEEE 802 3ab Type 1000Base T Media Type Auto MDIX Duplex Full Duplex Auto sensing of communication speed and auto negotiation of duplex m
15. Members Partners of Legally correct full name and registration number if applicable of the Enterprise Held at place On date RESOLVED that 1 The Enterprise submits a Bid Tender to the City of Tshwane in respect of the following project Project description as per Bid Tender Document Bid Tender Number Bid Tender No as per Bid Tender Document 2 Mr Mrs Ms In his her capacity as Position in the Enterprise And who will sign as follows be and is hereby authorised to sign the Bid Tender and any and all other documents and or correspondence in connection with and relating to the Bid Tender to the Enterprise mentioned above NAME CAPACITY SIGNATURE oO NOTE i ENTERPRISE STAMP 1 Delete which is not applicable i 2 NB This resolution must be signed by all the Directors Members Partners of the Bidding Enterprise Should the number of i i Directors Members Partners exceed the i PartT2 Page 12 of 20 space available above additional names and signatures must be supplied on a separate page Contract No CB105 2013 Part T2 Returnable Documents CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY FOR JOINT VENTURES AND CONSORTIA This Returnable Schedule is to be completed by joint ventures Attach additional pages if more space is required We the undersigned are submitting this tender offer in a Joint Venture Consorti
16. Standard amp custom MIBs The following performance figures must be used as a guideline for requirements are listed in the following table These figures will be used as an evaluation criteria Part C3 Page 67 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Packet forward rate performance 930 kbps 64 byte pkts Comply Non Comply 1 8 Gbps gt 512 byte pkts bidirectional Max number of BGP peers 200 Max number of VLANs 4096 Firewall performance 1 Gbps 3DES performance 80 Mbps AES performance 200 Mbps L4 7 inspection performance 100 Mbps Concurrent sessions firewall 128 000 Max concurrent VPN tunnels 2 500 No of policies 5 000 7 18 LAN INFRASTRUCTURE 7 18 1 LAN DATA CENTRE The request is for LAN Data Centre switching In general terms the system implementation at this level requires a large investment on the part of the client In order to protect this investment the hardware and software must be economically future proofed to ensure continued usability for the duration of the expected lifetime of the network Please detail projected ROI information The switches must meet with the following general requirements e Large Switching capacity of 40Gbit ports Comply Non Comply e High 10GigE port density e Capacity for 100Gbit ports e Advanced security access e Advanced QoS features Prioritization Filtering
17. Urgent delivery option Voice mail navigation rewind pause forward play Skip Greeting Confirmation to send recorded message Part C3 Page 46 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Visual user interface with sensitive keys on large screen phones Autoplay of unheard new messages Delete messages Save messages Reply Messages 6 3 5 1 10 Convergence To offer an economic solution the client must be able to select an efficient IP network that takes into account voice data and mobility The bidder must provide a coherent system that by its convergent qualities offers superior network security availability and manageability The convergence should provide seamless behaviour provided for the data and voice requirements The management should ensure the best possible use of routing to maintain voice and data traffic Availability The bidder must provide a high level terabit capacity switch that can handle a fully converged IP communication network Blade center support To reduce power and installation costs the bidder must be able to offer PoE capabilities to distribute power as required according to the device class PoE must be managed in a secure way to provide for real economy and reliability Any homogenous network must be able to support up to 15000 IP users ina standalone and 100000 users in a multi network configuration Security Any converged network must include a comprehensive structured security archi
18. and OSPF ECMP Equal Cost Multipath Protocol Dynamic link aggregation IEEE 802 3ad that supports automatic configuration of link aggregates with other switches with resilient uplink capabilities MC LAG Static link aggregation that supports automatic configuration of link aggregates with other switches IEEE 802 1s MISTP 802 1s is an IEEE standard which allows several VLANs to be mapped to a reduced number of spanning tree instances This is possible since most networks do not need more than a few logical topologies Each instance handles multiple VLANs that have the same Layer 2 topology Software Resiliency The proposed product must provide fully redundant and resilient system components to insure continuous non stop operation This includes redundant subsystems hot swappable modules load sharing components hitless software loading downloadable bootstrap and image rollback which allows the system to automatically re load previous configurations and software versions Software image rollback and configuration recovery Image and configuration synchronization for Management Modules Hitless loading of optional software routing security without re booting Broadcast storm control Downloadable bootstrap Chassis thermal protection shutdown Hardware monitoring temperature monitoring and power monitoring and management Short cold and warm boot times Built in security and device hardening Network
19. e Decrease TCO Comply Non Comply e Lowest price street price e Low energy consumption reduces energy bill especially for chassis based LAN switches e Consistent element management from FE stackable to 10 GigE chassis to reduce admin training cost e Management system to reduce maintenance costs The proposed product line must have embedded security avoid costs when network is attacked or important information could be exposed 7 4 EXPECTED BENEFITS FOR IP TELEPHONY Reduced costs Converging voice and data onto a single network can reduce cabling network maintenance and equipment costs Operational efficiency Secure reliable infrastructure and enhanced communications can help the business operate more efficiently Part C3 Page 58 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Improved productivity Shared real time access to applications enhances employee productivity as staff can collaborate online wherever they are Enhanced customer service A managed infrastructure enables to run applications to further enhance the customer contact strategy Maintain core business focus Tenderer manages the network and the site equipment so that the organization is free to concentrate on their core business Business continuity Tenderer s quality of service and Service Level Agreements allow implementing convergence while maintaining business continuity 7 5 EXPECT
20. instruct the Contractor to suspend a the manufacture of the supplies or b the delivery of supplies to the place of acceptance at the time specified for delivery in the implementation programme or if no time specified at the time appropriate for it to be delivered or c the installation of the supplies which have been delivered to the place of acceptance The Contractor shall during suspension protect and secure the supplies affected at the Contractor s warehouse or elsewhere against any deterioration loss or damage to the extent possible and as instructed by the Project Manager even if supplies have been delivered to the place of acceptance in accordance with the contract but their installation has been suspended by the Project Manager The Contractor shall not be paid any additional expenses if the suspension is a necessary by reason of abnormal climatic or other environmental conditions at the place of acceptance b necessary owing to some default of the Contractor c necessary for the safety or the proper execution of the contract or any part thereof insofar as such necessity does not arise from any act or default by the Project Manager or the Contracting Authority If the period of suspension exceeds 180 days and the suspension is not due to the Contractor s default the Contractor may by notice to the Project Manager request to proceed with the supplies within 30 days or terminate the contract 6 5 Standards Norms
21. ports two optional module slots Front to back cooling The chassis includes a 450W AC power supply A second power supply slot is supported for redundancy Redundant power supply shall be ordered separately The OS6900 40 ships with country specific power cord user manuals access card rack mounts and USB to RJ 45 adaptor 0S6900 BP F 0S6900 BP F Modular AC backup power supply Front to back cooling Provides backup system power to one 6900 switch Ships with country specific power cord Professional Services 803756 00 Network Consulting Services This service provides consultation from an Alcatel Lucent Professional Services expert to assist in defining a high level solution for the data network to meet customers needs using the state of the art technologies resulting in network effectiveness and business value Price isa per day fee Please contact Alcatel Lucent Professional Services for a quote at professional services alcatel lucent com Part C2 Page 8 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data Transceivers P SFP 10G C7M 10 Gigabit direct attached copper cable 7m SFP plus SFP 10G LR 10 Gigabit optical transceiver SFP Supports monomode fiber over 1310nm wavelength nominal with an LC connector Typical reach of 10Km SFP 10G ER 10 Gigabit optical transceiver SFP Supports monomode fiber over 1550nm wavelength nominal with an LC connector Typical reach of 40Km SFP 10G SR 10 Gigabit optical tra
22. senoosan ORE TP Centralisation Migration software Ticense Tor SOO additionnal users e eao ni5 Operator Attendant consoles 3BA03241RB 4059EE IP English Attendant pack including USB attendant keyboard keys set DVD attendant software and 4059EEE license 3BA09069J A Software license opening the Phone based Greeting Assistant position to perform the attendant function This position can either be an IP Touch 4068 4038 or 4039 OmniMessage Sm E oa eater Lucent 645 voice mail 1 additional language software cense j emoon Alcatel Lucent 4645 voice mail users software Ticense for entry Tevel up to 30 SETS ooo 3BA27588AA CD ROM for Alcatel Lucent 4645 voice guides 38R09657AK Alcatel Lucent 4645 voice mail users software Tiense for engne0 380 8656RA Alcater Lucent 4645 voice mail users software icense for engine T350 38096608 Alcatel Lucent 4645 voice mail users software Ticense for engne30 f SBaDBBHDAA Alcatel Lucent 4645 voice mail users software license for e CSengne 50 ooo Alcatel Lucent 4645 voice mail users software Ticense for eCSergne 350 Part C2 Page 74 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data i 3BA09716AA Alcatel Lucent 4645 voice mail users software license upgrade from e CS engine 80 to e CS engine 150 SBR cate Lucent 4645 voice mal users software Ticense from e CS engine SO to CSengine 80 f BROA cate Lucent 4645 voice mall users software icense from e CS engine 150 to e CS engine
23. 5 3 5 Support Teams 5 3 5 1 Project Teams Project teams will only be assigned to projects and will include a certified Data and Voice expert as well as a project manager and operations manager They will be responsible for all projects and programmes 5 3 5 2 Maintenance Teams Maintenance teams will only be assigned to maintenance and will include a certified Data and Voice expert They will be responsible for the daily maintenance activities Maintenance teams will be responsible for the support on the whole network therefore inclusive of e Newly deployed equipment e Older Equipment inclusive of Alcatel Cisco etc Part C3 Page 15 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 5 3 6 Workload Should CoT determine that the work load is strenuous it will inform the contractor to deploy additional teams with immediate effect This cost must be included in the labour charges quoted in the schedules 5 3 7 Test Equipment It is the responsibility of the contractor to issue test equipment to the required resources The following equipment is mandatory and must be on site 24 7 e VOIP testers Network analysis tools such as Fluke Optiview or similar Network assistant tools such as Fluke Etherscope or similar OTDR Cable testers to test UTP cabling Wireless fault tracing tools It is the successful tender s responsibility to provide all tools and test equipment and to ensure that the equipment is maintained and calibrated accor
24. 85 of 1993 that am an employer in own right and hereby take upon myself the duty to ensure that myself and my employees will adhere to the requirements as set out below and all other requirements as set out in the Occupational Health and Safety Act 1993 and its regulations 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1 The Municipality requires a high standard of safe work performance from all employees and expects that the standard be maintained by the contractor within the Municipality s jurisdictional area or on its premises 1 2 Irrespective of human considerations the maintaining of these health and safety rules shall be the execution of the prescribed legal requirements These rules are not to hinder the contractor in rendering services or indemnify the contractor from any legal responsibility to ensure healthy and safe work circumstances 1 3 The Municipality shall assist the contractor in any practical considerations to accommodate the healthy and safe execution of work and therefore require co operation in the execution of these safety rules 2 LOCK OUT PROCEDURE 2 1 When power or air driven machines or equipment electrical apparatus or pipe lines are examined repaired adjusted cleaned lubricated or serviced in any other way than normal servicing then all isolating switches levers valves or appliances must be put in the off or closed position and locked 2 2 Should more than one team work on a machine then each person in
25. Comply Non Comply e Simple and quick software upgrades e Switch configuration changes The switch must include an industry standard command line interface CLI to simplify configuration for technical staff To manage the Power over Ethernet capabilities effectively and avoid any configuration errors on the 10 100 1000 switch the switch ports must include auto configuration features to determine e If the cable attached is straight thru or crossover e The nature of the network device PC switch router to automatically create a link up condition The switch must be able to manage the energy requirement of the devices and balance this with the energy available to avoid power loss or surcharge The switch must provide installation flexibility by supporting Part C3 Page 90 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work either copper or fiber link connectivity while reducing sparing costs by eliminating the need for separate Gigabit uplink modules The Tenderer must be able to offer management interfaces that e Provide users with commands and user interfaces that can be ergonomically coherent throughout the converged network e Can interact with other management systems e Can be web based for user friendly element management e Can use SNMP for third party network management systems The Tenderer must be able to provide management applications a
26. Describe the interface displays for the attendant application What information is visible Can the attendant customize or personalize the attendant services Explain how this is accomplished Are there any specific features that are available during a call Is the attendant application capable of using different directories Can the application be configured to use an LDAP server Describe the mechanisms used What management objects can be configured by attendants Can all attendants manage these features Can the attendant application operate with other desktop applications from other sources such as Microsoft or IBM Describe briefly the interoperability possibilities Monitoring application Can the attendant application be equipped to visualize the status of a large number of telephones Describe the monitoring interface for the Attendants application Part C3 Page 109 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Explain the meaning of the icons or symbols used in the display Describe any other display features integrated the attendants application for monitoring objects Can the attendant manipulate the objects in the display Automated attendant The proposed IP PBX system should be equipped with an automated attendant system that under designated conditions welcomes outside callers and proposes in an interactive manner a way to reach a desired service or pre de
27. ETH SURGE 1G SURGE GIGABIT SURGE PROTECTOR WITH SHIELDED RJ 45 Part C2 Page 33 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data PROXIM 300 meg RADIO LINK INTEGRATED _ RQ6 8150 LNKWO fisunami QB 6150 Link 300 Mops MIMO 2x2 23 dBi Integrated antenna Two QB EISO EPR WD ETH SURGE IG SURGE GIGABIT SURGE PROTECTOR WITH SHIELDED RAS PROXIM 300 meg RADIO LINK CONNECTORISED _ QE S100 LNKWO fisunami QB 6100 Link 300 Mops MIMO 3x3 Type N Connectors Two QB SIO0 EPAWD _ ETH SURGE IG SURGE GIGABIT SURGE PROTECTOR WITH SHIELDED 5 Radio Antenna options R GARPD2 54 N 2ft Solid Parabolic Antenna Dual Pol 4 94 4 99GHz 26 5dBi 5 250 5 850GHz 28 3dBi R GARPD3 54 N 3ft Solid Parabolic Antenna Dual Pol 4 94 4 99GHz 30 0dBi 5 250 5 850GHz 31 2dBi R GARPD4 56 N 4ft Solid Parabolic Antenna Dual Pol 5 25 5 85GHz 34 3dqBi Radio Extras ETH POEIN 1G Gigabit 32W PoE injector with RJ 45 and reload button BS 001 Brackets and steel work Per Link UPS ENCL IP Rated UPS Enclosure SON2004 2KVA 120 180 Min BackUp SNMP SNMP Internal Single phase UPS RMNTBR Rack mount bracket TUPS DEL Delivery and Installation UPS Radio Masts O mas BGPO8804ACAA v8 1 Genesys CIM Platform SS Ee ve t Genesys CIN Patform C pea e C eem 8S Part C2 Page 34 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data o 3GP08789ACAA v8 1 Genesys Inbound Voice 3GP08789ACAA v8
28. Examples based on Alcatel Series e 7210 M Service Access Switch e 7750 Service Router e 7705 Service Aggregation Router Part C3 Page 31 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 6 3 1 6 Optical Service Switch Characteristics e DWDM switch GigE and 10GigE multiplexing 1 2 4 8 Gigabit fiber channel multiplexing E1 DS1 STM 1 STM 4 and STM 16 multiplexing Ring and point to point from 10 to 40 Gb s SDH alike protection possibilities Typical deployment e Data center interconnection e Private WAN for large enterprises Examples based on Alcatel equipment e 1830 Photonic Service Switch 6 3 2 Wi Fi Equipment The CoT has an existing Wi Fi network but this network will be extended in future The network provides for e Free public Wi Fi access to the public at Customer Care and Libraries e Boardroom and building access via Wi fi for CoT personnel e Future inclusion of Wi Fi blanket to cover the City Some futures that the network must be able to support e Security related to public and CoT users e Redundancy solutions ie should the controller fail a backup controller must enable continuous and seamless integration e The ability to load more than one SSID on an AP should the need arise ie for VIP Wi Fi Public Wi Fi or normal CoT everyday use e Software related to Wi Fi support coverage security data usage etc Examples based on Alcatel series e Wireless LAN switches Omni Access WLAN 6000 and WLAN 400
29. O O O0 0 0 O IP Spoofing Backdoor and DoS Detection Worm Trojan and Reconnaissance protection Protection against profileration from infected system Request and response side attack protection Traffic interpretation Reassembly and Normalization Prevention Mechanisms Drop packets TCP resets client and or server Notification via log viewer or SysloG e LAN Features O g OOTO O STP Bridging VLAN support Access trunk and hybrid mode Integrated Routing and bridging Port Mirroring e Network Services O Oo O00 0 DHCP relay server DNS client FTP TFTP client Telnet server client Radius client Part C3 Page 29 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work o TACACS client Administration Local administration db Chassi manager where relevant System management and logging Support MIB s for example Standard and custom MIB s MIB II o Ping and traceroutE Standards o IEEE 802 1D 2004 STP IEEE 802 1X Port based Networkl Access Control IEEE802 1x EAP IEEE802 1Q Tagging IEEE802 2 Logical Link Control IEEE802 3 Ethernet CSMA CD IEEE802 3ab 1000BaseT IEEE802 3z 1000Basex ITU T G 703 G 704 Examples based on Alcatel series 7750 MPLS Service Router 7705 Service Aggregation Router 7710 Service Router 7450 Ethernet Service Switch O YOn OLO O JO On Orro O0 O oO 0 0 6 3 1 3 Hardware Based Firewalls Hardware Based Firewall Characteristics State full Packet Filt
30. O O 44 auto sensing 100 1000 ports IEEE 802 3u Type 100Base TX IEEE 802 3ab Type 1000Base T Media Type Auto MDIX Duplex Full Duplex Auto sensing of communication speed and auto negotiation of duplex mode 4 dual personality ports each port can be used as either an RJ 45 10 100 1000 port IEEE 802 3 Type 10Base T IEEE 802 3u Type 100Base TX IEEE 802 3ab 1000Base T Gigabit Ethernet or an open mini GBIC slot Part C3 Page 25 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work for use with mini GBIC transceivers for 1000Base SX 1000Base LX 100Base FX MM 100Base FX SM The following are applicable to a 24 and 48 Port Managed Ethernet Switches e Protocols o TCP IP NetBEUI Spanning Tree DHCP BOOTP Interoperation Domain Name System DNS support Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP and or FTP support Network Timing Protocol NTP support e Management Protocols o IEEE 802 1AB Link Layer Discovery Protocol LLDP o SSH SNMP v1 v2c and v3 and Telnet interface support o Has SNMP agent Supports SMP MIB II Supports Bridging MIB Allows out ofband management via serial port Allows in band management via telnet Allows graphical management via Web interface Supports RMON Complete with management S W e Standards o IEEE 802 3 SNAP encapsulated tagged and untagged frames IEEE 802 3u IEEE 802 3x IEEE 802 1D IEEE 802 1p Priority IEEE 802 1Q VLANs port based and Tagged VLAN from any port using standards bas
31. RS449 RS350 with RS366 dialing Includes HD68 DB44 adapter and HDX external peripheral interface box Serial interface cable ordered separately 2457 10609 200 Cable 1 V 35 and RS 366 5 Serial Cable HD 44M to Y Winchester 34M RS 366 DB 25M RoHS P 2457 10610 200 Cable 1 RS 449 and RS 366 5 Serial Cable HD 44M to Y RS 499 DB 37M RS 366 DB 25M RoHS 2457 21263 200 Cable 1 RS 530 with RS 366 5 Serial Cable HD 68M to Y RS 530 DB 25M RS 366 DB 25M 2675 52709 001 Caster kit for packaged solutions Polycom HDX Media Centers only single and dual displays Set of 4 2 locking for use in front 4 7200 26760 102 HDX Media Center 7000 720 1WC HDX 7200 23130 102 less mic HDX Media center 1 Wall with 1 50 1080p plasma display 1 soundbar EagleEye HD camera mount HDX Ceiling mic array wht cable bundle Maintenance Contract Required 7200 26790 102 HDX Media Center 7000 720 1PT50 HDX 7200 23130 102 HDX Media Center Pedestal with 1 50 1080p plasma display 1 soundbar EagleEye HD camera mount cable bundle order casters separately Maintenance Contract Required 7200 26950 102 HDX Media Center 7000 720 2WC HDX 7200 23130 102 less mic HDX Media center 2 Wall with 2 50 1080p LCD display 2 soundbars EagleEye HD camera mount HDX Ceiling mic array wht cable bundle Maintenance Contract Required CP 6507 102 HDX 7000 720HDX 7000 720HD codec with EagleEye HD camera 1 white HDX ceiling mic array P C PPCIP 2n
32. Server Load Balancing e Support of Data Centre Bridging SPB e Support Ethernet Ring Protection ERP Lossless Ethernet o PFC ETS Part C3 Page 68 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work o DCBX e Wire rate processing for IPv4 IPv6 e Non Blocking Switch architecture e Fully distributed architecture without single point of failure e Support of MC LAG or Virtual Chassis e Virtual Machine VM management and provisioning e FCoE FIP Snooping e Full support for unicast and multicast applications such as voice over video collaboration e Meet Restriction on Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment RoHS directive 7 18 2 Availability To ensure full availability in the LAN data centre the proposal must comply with the features listed in this section Comply Non Comply 10 Gigabit Ethernet port density amp performance should offer at least 256 wire rate 10 Gigabit Ethernet ports on the same chassis based system The chassis must be able to provide 40 Gigabit and future 100 Gigabit Ethernet The chassis must be able to support up to 64 40Gbit ports at wire speed The Tenderer must provide the highest possible availability to support the demands of IP communications and mission critical applications Providing the highest availability to the enterprise ensuring that users have constan
33. Voice guides indicating helping users independent of type of set Outgoing call with business account code by prefix or suffix DTMF Pulse Transparency Appointment Reminder Call Hold Automatic exclusive hold in case of enquiry call or call waiting consultation Manual exclusive hold by Hold or line key or by prefix Common hold by Common hold key Part C3 Page 41 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Mutual hold initial hold by Hold key Call Forwarding Unconditional On no reply On busy On Busy or No Reply On ringing Call Deflection Forwarding destination Set Voice Mail Hunting Group Attendant of Attendant Group Call Centre Group Automated Attendant External Number Substitution Monoline or multiline mode for advanced sets Multiline key per directory number for advanced sets Multidirectory number DN for advanced sets Multidirectory numbers DN with supervision indication of state of Set Trunk Trunk group Manager Secretary features Call Filtering with manager control Manager Secretary hot line Private Line for Manager set Absent secretary key Secret listening of the secretary by the manager Multiple Managers Multiple Secretaries Twinset Two multiline sets with same Directory Number TDN and common voice mail and accounting Personal password for set lock override for DOD set unlock Substitution and DISA DND general minimessaging consultatio
34. following features Comply Non Comply e The Tenderer must offer a switch based on a design that can distribute processes on the network interfaces and not rely upon a centralized control plane architecture where the management module is responsible for all processing The distributed design must allow key processes such as Spanning Tree to maintain a fully operational state e Mission critical applications must always be available by supporting advanced Quality of Service QoS features The switch must be able to manage the necessary hardware queues intelligence and granularity to e Properly identify identification is based on layer 1 through layer 4 policy based features e Mark and prioritize data flows The Tenderer must provide switches that provide IPv6 support for wire rate speeds classification and tunnelling The performance of the switch must be unaffected whether deploying IPv4 IPv6 or IPv4 IPv6 This requirement is essential to address the U S Federal government Department of Defense DoD requirement that IPv6 be supported for migration and addresses other countries requirements including e Ability to connect to the IPv6 backbone e Use of IPv6 across public organizations e Ability to interconnect the IPv6 island through an existing IPv4 network through hardware based tunneling e Ability to control IPv6 flows with extensive QoS ACL policies The Tenderer offer must su
35. manageable via single IP address up to 8 units e Quality of Service e Other o LAN Base Image installed o 16 Gbps switching fabric o Capable up to 8000 MAC addresses o Capable up to 255 IGMP groups o Configurable maximum transmission unit MTU of up to 9000 bytes with a maximum Ethernet frame size of 9018 bytes for bridging on Gigabit Ethernet ports and up to 1998 bytes for bridging of Multiprotocol Label Switching MPLS tagged frames on both 10 100 and 10 100 1000 ports o Up to 255 VLANs per switch o Four thousand VLAN Ids o Voice VLAN for voice traffic on a separate VLAN o Dynamic VLAN assignment o Dynamic port based security o Port security to authenticate the port and manage network access for all MAC addresses o Unicast MAC filtering o Unknown unicast and multicast port blocking o SSHv2 and SNMPv3 based network security o Support port monitoring and mirroring o DHCP snooping o Multilevel security on console to prevents unauthorized users from altering the switch configuration Rate limiting based on source and destination IP address source and destination MAC address using QoS ACLs IP ACLs or MAC ACLs class maps and policy maps Web based Setup to configure the switch Management capabilities on a per port and per switch basis Support spanning tree per VLAN and Rapid Spanning Tree IEEE 802 1w Bandwidth aggregation through EtherChannel technology enhances fault tolerance and offers higher s
36. new clause F 2 28 F 3 11 7 Tax Clearance Certificate Respond to clarification Opening of Tender submissions Evaluation of Tenders Scoring Financial Offers Addition or Variation to Standard Condition of Tender Vendor registration documents are available from the Procurement Advice Centre or can be downloaded from http www tshwane gov za procurement cfm Accept that all parties of a joint venture or consortium submitting a tender shall comply with the requirements of this clause In the case of a Joint Venture Consortium the tax clearance certificate must be for the Joint Venture Consortium or individual valid tax clearance certificates for all the members of the Joint Venture Consortium Replace the contents of the clause with the following Respond to a request for clarification received up to seven calendar days before the tender closing time stated in the tender data and notify all Tenderers who drew procurement documents The time and location for the tender submissions are stated in the Tender Notice and Invitation to Tender Replace the contents of the clause with the following In instances where assets are sold or leased the award must be made to the highest bidder Replace the contents of the clause with the following In instances where assets are sold or leased the award must be made to the highest bidder PartT1 Page 10 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T
37. or e results from any act or omission of the Contractor during the warranty period or e appears in the course of an inspection made by CoT Part C3 Page 49 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work If any such defect appears or such damage occurs during the warranty period the Contracting Authority or the Project Manager shall notify the Contractor If the Contractor fails to remedy a defect or damage within the time limit stipulated in the notification the Contracting Authority may a Remedy the defect or the damage itself or employ someone else to carry out the work at the Contractor s risk and cost in which case the costs incurred by the Contracting Authority shall be deducted from monies due to or guarantees held against the Contractor or from both b or terminate the contract The on site comprehensive warranty shall be for a minimum period of one year after commissioning of the equipment During the warranty period the call back time of the supplier for any problem will be in accordance to the SLA stipulations The supplier should provide a replacement equipment to cater for any contingency Warranty shall include free maintenance of the whole equipment supplied including free replacement of parts The defects if any shall be attended to on immediate basis 6 4 7 4 Loan Equipment Should damages occur to equipment due to circumstances not covered under warranty for example lightning strikes the following will apply
38. 1 HA Voice 3GP08809ACAA v8 1 Genesys Outbound Voice Eo 3GP08811ACAA v8 1 Outbound Voice w Genesys CPD ASM C e v8 1 GenesysEma C poa ee v8 1 3rd Party E mail v8 1 3rd Party SMS v8 1 3rd Party Chat Deora a E C poroa e oey O feronn ve 1 Genesys Social Engagement Seat OOOO v8 1 Genesys Social Engagement User C eroa VET Genesys Socal Engemet p OOOO v8 1 intelligent Workload Distribution ooo 3GP08784ACAA v8 1 iWD Capture Adapter J MS 5GP08428ACAA v8 0 Genesys LivePerson Adapter i 3 3GP08891ACAA v8 1 Genesys Chat 3GP08825ACAA v8 1 Proactive Contact Voice w Gen CPD 3GP09012ACAA v8 1 CM Voice BGPO9010ABAA v8 1 CM Multi Channel 3GP09013ACAA v8 1 CM Voice Self Service Channel 3GP08843ACAA v8 1 Genesys Info Mart 5GP08847ACAA v8 1 HA Genesys Info Mart 3GP08845ACAA v8 1 Genesys Interactive Insights 5GP08748ACAA v8 0 Genesys Interactive Insights iWD Part C2 Page 35 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3GPO7004ACAA v7 0 Call Concentrator 3GP072001ACAA v7 0 HA Call Concentrator 3GP08743ACAA v8 1 Agent Advisor 5GP08745ACAA v8 1 Frontline Advisor 3GP08744ACAA v8 1 Contact Center Advisor vecon Centera OOOO poena per wooren OOOO poeem WET Genesys Workforce Managemene OOO D Ec NEO UCComet CS pa WAUCCone O 3GPO8708ACAA v8 0 HA UC Connect 3GPO8744ACAA v8 1 Contact Center Advisor 3GPO8746ACAA
39. 16 Gbps switching fabric Capable up to 8000 MAC addresses Capable up to 255 IGMP groups Configurable maximum transmission unit MTU of up to 9000 bytes with a maximum Ethernet frame size of 9018 bytes for bridging on Gigabit Ethernet ports and up to 1998 bytes for bridging of Multiprotocol Label Switching MPLS tagged frames on both 10 100 and 10 100 1000 ports Up to 255 VLANs per switch Four thousand VLAN Ids Voice VLAN for voice traffic on a separate VLAN Dynamic VLAN assignment Dynamic port based security 0000 O01 30 6 oO000 0 Part C3 Page 24 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work O O 00000 0 OOL OMO O O O Port security to authenticate the port and manage network access for all MAC addresses Unicast MAC filtering Unknown unicast and multicast port blocking SSHv2 and SNMPv3 based network security Support port monitoring and mirroring DHCP snooping Multilevel security on console to prevents unauthorized users from altering the switch configuration Rate limiting based on source and destination IP address source and destination MAC address using QoS ACLs IP ACLs or MAC ACLs class maps and policy maps Web based Setup to configure the switch Management capabilities on a per port and per switch basis Support spanning tree per VLAN and Rapid Spanning Tree IEEE 802 1w Bandwidth aggregation through EtherChannel technology enhances fault tolerance and offers higher s
40. 18 XMDA order P N 3HEO6551LA 3HE06889LA 5620 SAM E A P R10 License for 7705 SAR M 1RU equipped with 16 T1 E1 ASAP 7 10 100 1000 Mbps Ethernet ports 4 SFP 3 RJ 45 and pluggable module slot Notes 1 One License is required for each 7705 SAR M which includes plug in module 2 License supports both SAR M with or without fans in 16 T1 E1 ASAP 7 GigE configurations 3HE06891LA 5620 SAM E A P R10 License for 7705 SAR M 1RU equipped with 7 10 100 1000 Mbps Ethernet ports 4 SFP 3 RJ 45 and pluggable module slot Notes 1 One License is required for each 7705 SAR M which includes plug in module 2 License supports both SAR M with or without fans in 16 7 GigE configurations 3HE02784EA SAR Release 5 0 OS License One 1 OS License is required for each SAR 8 SAR F SAR M or SAR ME in the network oo 3HE03391AA 12 port serial data card Supports V 35 RS232 and X 21 protocols 3HE02775AA 16 port Channelized Unchannelized T1 E1 Any Service Any Port ASAP Card supports channelization down to DSO and ATM PPP TDM encapsulations Each port can be independently configured for the different services and can be used for access or network ports 48VDC 3HE03127AA 2 port OC3 STM1 Card with channelization down to DSO and ATM PPP TDM encapsulations Each port can be independently configured for the different services and access network SFPs sold separately 48VDC 3HE03125AA 4 port OC3 STM1 Clear Channel Card supporting ATM
41. 19 Order means an official written order issued for the supply of goods or works or the rendering of a service 1 20 Project site where applicable means the place indicated in bidding documents 1 21 Purchaser means the organization purchasing the goods 1 22 Republic means the Republic of South Africa 1 23 SCC means the Special Conditions of Contract 1 24 Services means those functional services ancillary to the supply of the goods such as transportation and any other incidental services such as installation commissioning provision of technical assistance training catering gardening security maintenance and other such obligations of the supplier covered under the contract 1 25 Supplier means the successful bidder who is awarded the contract to maintain and administer the required and specified service s to the State 1 26 Tort means in breach of contract 1 27 Turnkey means a procurement process where one service provider assumes total responsibility for all aspects of the project and delivers the full end product service required by the contract 1 28 Written or in writing means hand written in ink or any form of electronic or mechanical writing Application 2 1 These general conditions are applicable to all bids contracts and orders including bids for functional and professional services excluding professional services related to the building and construction industry sales hirin
42. 1llabgn 3x3 3 dual radio antenna connectors Requires external antenna Unrestricted Regulatory Domain These products should be considered as Rest of Worldg products and MUST NOT be used for deployments in the United States J apan or Israel OAW IAP135 OmniAccess Instant AP135 Wireless Access Point 802 1labgn 3x3 3 dual radio integrated antennas Unrestricted Regulatory Domain These products should be considered as Rest of World products and MUST NOT be used for deployments in the United States J apan or Israel Part C2 Page 18 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data OAW RAP3WN OAW RAP3WNP OAW RAP2WG 3HEO0981LA 3HE00205LA 3HE06905LA OmniAccess RAP3 Instant Access Point wireless 3x10 100Base T USB Unrestricted Regulatory Domain These products should be considered as Rest of World products and MUST NOT be used for deployments in the United States J apan or Israel Ships with IAP software but can easily be converted to RAP OmniAccess RAP3P Instant Access Point wireless 3x10 100Base T USB POE out Unrestricted Regulatory Domain These products should be considered as Rest of World products and MUST NOT be used for deployments in the United States J apan or Israel Ships with IAP software but can easily be converted to RAP OmniAccess RAP2WG remote access point with single radio 802 11 B G integrated antenna 2 x 10 100Base T RJ 45 1 x Universal 12V AC power adapter 1x 6
43. 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data VR ALC SW peecon OOOO Jove crr sw isco Call Manager ITAPI recording controlsofware SSCS pve censw cenesys recording controlsofware SSS fovecti anisw lbraaPifookit SSCSCSCSCS S SCSCSCSCS C pwee Ubra recordersofware SSSOSCSCS S SCSSC d Jovecti oes H32 32x VolP Protocol Activation acquisition unit Destop SSS ovat Des Hao 40x VoIP Protocol Activation acquisition unit Desktop Jove oes Has 48x VolP Protocol Activation acquisition unit Destop Part C2 Page 50 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data C peure JBxVOI Protocol Activation acquisition unit Destop L foveuroesns 26x VolP Voice Activation acquisition unt Destop L oveurDes a 24x VoIP Voice Activation acquisition unit Desktop L foveuroesis2 52 xVoIP Voice Activation acquisition unt Destop SSS ove Deso 40x VoIP Voice Activation acauisition unit Desktop O pweurmacuas 48x Digital ne acauistion unit Rackmount SSCS pve rco aPrsw Recording ControlerTookt SSCS Jove co aPr swi Recording contol integration software teense OOOO i Part C2 Page 51 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data f DVR RCO API SW SL_ Recording control integration client license per user F DVR RCO SDK SW Recording Controller SDK Fo DVR RIC LIC ACM FRS Free seating license per configured group per switch plug in 4 DVR RIC LIC ACM Switch license per switch plug in SWI OpenTou
44. 27 Prepare Contract GOCUMEMISs s22 icccseuencesetskeeet cate iees sla ieavuetiteeeweb sateen haaceed 27 ISSUE HM al COMUACL Arse ccenccecerntnazehenncth cane e ee a aA aa a Ee EEEN 27 Complete adjudicator s contract sssseeeseesssesreeerrrrteserrrttrrrrrrnrnrssrrrrrrrnn 27 Provide copies of the contracts 2 2 2 2 eeeeccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeensnsaaeeeeeees 27 Provide written reasons for actions taken ccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseees 27 PartT1 Page 13 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 3 Tendering Procedures CIDB STANDARD CONDITIONS OF TENDER February 2008 edition As published in Annex F of the CIDB Standard for Uniformity in Construction Procurement in Board Notice 8 of 2008 in Government Gazette No 30692 of 1 February 2008 F 1 General F 1 1 Actions F 1 1 1 The employer and each tenderer submitting a tender offer shall comply with these conditions of tender In their dealings with each other they shall discharge their duties and obligations as set out in F 2 and F 3 timeously and with integrity and behave equitably honestly and transparently comply with all legal obligations and not engage in anticompetitive practices F 1 1 2 The employer and the tenderer and all their agents and employees involved in the tender process shall avoid conflicts of interest and where a conflict of interest is perceived or known declare any such conflict of interest indicating the nature of such c
45. 350 in a stand alone configuration A major software upgrade is applied when the system release goes at least from a release N 2 to a release N 3BA09874AA Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise major software upgrade for a software engine at the maximum value e CS 350 in a networked configuration A major software upgrade is applied when the system release goes at least from a release N 2 to a release N 3BA09806AA Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise major software upgrade for a software engine at the maximum value e CS 500 in a networked configuration A major software upgrade is applied when the system release goes at least from a release N 2 to a release N Part C2 Page 73 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data zy 3BA09493 A Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise R10 1 software license PF 3BA04234FA IP Centralisation OXE Service Contract 3BA04235FA IP Centralisation OTUC Service Contract 3BA04236FA IP Centralisation CCO Service Contract 3BA04237FA IP Centralisation CCIVR Service Contract E IP Centralisation CCIVR Service Contrece OOOOOO C f on Centralisation CCPRE Sewe tonat OO ensen SOEP Centralisation Migration software cersetor etso UUU A SOEP Centralisation Migration software license forets0 CS S BROSTaDFA ORE TP Centralisation Migration software Ticense Tor ets 10 C O SERO SOEP Centralisation Migration software icense for ets 30 oa eroonsa SOEP Centralisation Migration software license for ets s0
46. 5 1 System Architecture 6 3 5 1 1 IP PBX General Specifications and Infrastructure e The system should provide telephony functions on any underlying data infrastructure it must be scalable to support and voice data convergence and traffic increases as new sites are brought into the network e The system call server must be based on SW easily updatable and manageable e Gauranteed system uptime of 99 999 e The systems should be able to use SIP end points as extensions for the users and SIP trunks to be interconnected with other IP PBX and to access value added applications like collaboration or Unified Messaging e The system should offer the choice between distributed or centralized communication servers and media gateways without jeopardizing the WAN Voip links features level and applications availability e The system should integrate with TDM equipment and enable any mix between IP or TDM and Wired or Wireless phones e The system should be scalable distributable and modular e The system should manage CAC Call Admission Control mechanisms to optimize the usage of the bandwidth in the WAN for multi site configurations e The system must manage a large range of telephonic services integrated contact center applications collaboration and Unified Messaging applications e he system must be able to interoperate with other telephone systems and endpoints using the below standards Qsig GF Qsig BC DPNSS DSS1 H232 SIP e The IP P
47. 5 mil Very Small 20 R5 mil R 2 mil Micro 5 R 200 000 R 100 000 ELECTRICITY GAS amp WATER Medium 200 R 51 mil R 19 mil Small 50 R 13 mil R 5 mil Very Small 20 R 5 1 mil R 1 9 mil Micro 5 R 200 000 R 100 000 CONSTRUCTION Medium 200 R 26 mil R 5 mil Small 50 R 6 mil R 1 mil Very Small 20 R3 R 500 000 Micro 5 R 200 000 R 100 000 RETAIL AND MOTOR TRADE amp REPAIR SERVICES Medium 200 R 39 mil R 6 mil Small 50 R 19 mil R 3 mil Very Small 20 R 4 mil R 600 000 Micro 5 R 200 000 R 100 000 WHOLESALE TRADE COMMERCIAL AGENTS AND ALLIED SERVICES Medium 200 R 64 mil R 10 mil Small 50 R 32 mil R 5 mil Very Small 20 R 6 mil R 600 000 Micro 5 R 200 000 R 100 000 CATERING ACCOMODATION AND OTHER TRADE Medium 200 R 13 mil R 3 mil Small 50 R 6 mil R 1 mil Very Small 20 R 5 1 mil R 1 9 mil Micro 5 R 200 000 R 100 000 TRANSPORT STORAGE amp COMMUNICATIONS Medium 200 R 26 mil R 6 mil Small 50 R 13 mil R 3 mil Very Small 20 R 3 mil R 600 000 Micro 5 R 200 000 R 100 000 FINANCE amp BUSINESS SERVICES Medium 200 R 26 mil R 5 mil Small 50 R 13 mil R 3 mil Very Small 20 R 3 mil R 500 000 Micro 5 R 200 000 R 100 000 COMMUNITY SOCIAL AND PERSONAL SERVICES Medium 200 R 13 mil R 6 mil Small 50 R 6 mil R 3 mil Very Small 20 R imil R 600 000 Micro 5 R 200 000 R 100 000 PartT2 Page 11 of 20 Contract No CB105 2013 Part T2 Returnable Documents FORM RDC 8 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY OF SIGNATORY RESOLUTION of a meeting of the Board of Directors
48. 7 18 14 Intelligence To be considered intelligent the product must support the following features Comply Non Comply e The Tenderer must offer a switch based on a design that can distribute processes on the network interfaces and not rely upon a centralized control plane architecture where the management module is responsible for all processing The distributed design must allow key processes such as Spanning Tree to maintain a fully operational state e Mission critical applications must always be available by supporting advanced Quality of Service QoS features The switch must be able to manage the necessary hardware queues intelligence and granularity to e Properly identify identification is based on layer 1 through layer 4 policy based features e Mark and prioritize data flows The Tenderer must provide switches that provide IPv6 support for wire rate speeds classification and tunnelling The performance of the switch must be unaffected whether deploying IPv4 IPv6 or IPv4 IPv6 This requirement is essential to address the U S Federal government Department of Defense DoD requirement that IPv6 be supported for future migration and addresses other countries requirements including e Ability to connect to the IPv6 backbone e Use of IPv6 across public organizations e Ability to interconnect the IPv6 island through an existing IPv4 network through hardware based tunneling e Abili
49. A and SAM P 3 For a first time deployment of the 5620 SAM please refer to the DVD ROM Media kit description for a listing of all required components to run 5620 SAM 3HEO1550LA 5620 SAM E A P R10 License for any Alcatel 7710 7750 SR c4 or 12 Compact Media Adapter CMA including XP CMA Notes 1 One license is required for each CMA in the system 2 This product is a bundle that includes one license for SAM E SAM A and SAM P 3 For a first time deployment of the 5620 SAM please refer to the DVD ROM Media kit description for a listing of all required components to run 5620 SAM 3HE00756LA 5620 SAM E A P R10 License for any Alcatel 7750 7710 Series Router MDA Notes 1 One license is required for each 7750 7710 MDA in the system 2 This product is a bundle that includes one license for SAM E SAM A and SAM P 3 For a first time deployment of the 5620 SAM please refer to the DVD ROM Media kit description for a listing of all required components to run 5620 SAM This P N is not to be used for 5620 SAM E A P R10 CMAs 3HE04331LA 5620 SAM E A P R10 License for any Alcatel 7750 7710 Series Router Premium MDA AAA EP 10000 8950 AAA RTU base license for 10 000 users devices for Enterprise customers only This item can be loaded on one server and is specific to the server s IP address Each license is also limited to PolicyAssistant mode only AAA EP 50000 8950 AAA RTU base license for 50 000 users devices for Enterpr
50. A standard layout drawing for a 42U 600x800mm cabinet is shown below but position of the switch may vary and therefore final position must be confirmed by the relevant CoT Project Manager The reference to Cat 3 in the schematic below must be upgraded to Cat5e 6 Part C3 Page 16 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Cabinet 42HU Voice Patch Leads CAT 3 Cable 6 3 Equipment Requirements The successful contractor shall be responsible for setting up a working solution and therefore equipment must be 100 compatible and integratable with existing equipment It will be the responsibility of the supplier to make the whole system operational This includes configurations of all existing and new equipment and installation of any necessary software as may be required and to install the equipment on site at the appointed tenderer s cost All proposed networking equipment routers L3 switch etc must support SNMP protocol version 2 amp 3 Any other Hardware software required for the proper functioning of the system must be quoted for 6 3 1 Data Equipment 6 3 1 1 Switches Switches shall be suitable to mount securely along the width of the 19 cabinet The switches must be fastened in accordance with manufacture specifications and all screws bolts and other fastening accessories must be supplied and fastened by the successful contractor Switches shall have a minimum of 8 and 12 24 ports Ports sh
51. C or D HDX 6000 HDX 4500 HDX 4000 rev C eee 63611 001 HDX TIP license Enables support for Cisco TIP compatibility Available for HDX 9000 rev B HDX Serene foo rev B HDX 7000 rev C HDX 4500 HDX 4000 rev C 5150 65478 001 HDX Software upgrade version 3 1 for all Polycom HDX systems 2215 23365 001 Quad BRI Module for HDX 9000 Series Includes four 20ft 6m ISDN cables with green connectors 2215 23366 001 Serial Network Module for HDX 9000 V 35 RS449 RS350 with RS366 dialing Includes HD68 DB44 adapter Serial interface cable A separately Part C2 Page 39 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 2215 23367 002 E1 PRI Module for HDX 9000 Series Includes 1 20ft 6m PRI cable with clear connector 2457 10609 200 Cable 1 V 35 and RS 366 5 Serial Cable HD 44M to Y Winchester 34M RS 366 DB 25M ROHS 2457 10610 200 Cable 1 RS 449 and RS 366 5 Serial Cable HD 44M to Y RS 499 DB 37M RS 366 DB 25M RoHS ass aes 1 RS 530 with RS 366 5 Serial Cable HD 68M to Y RS 530 DB 25M RS 366 DB 25M e 52709 001 Caster kit for packaged solutions Polycom HDX Media Centers only single and dual displays Set eee la 4 2 locking for use in front 4 7200 26820 102 HDX Media Center 8000 720 2WC50 see 7200 23150 102 less mic array 2 HDX Media Center wall mounts 2 50 1080p plasma 2 soundbars White HDX ceiling mic array EagleEye HD camera mount cable bundle Maintenance Contract Required
52. C3 Scope of work e MAC Address Support of up to 16K e Upto 255 VLANs support e Upto 4 094 VLAN tag value support e VLAN Aware MAC based Switching e Environmental Monitoring including the Fan Status Support VLANs VLAN 802 1Q Tagging Private VLAN Edge Protocol Based VLANs IP Subnet based VLANs and MAC based VLANs and Port based VLANs L2 Multicast support should include Static Multicast Groups Multicast VLAN and IGMP Snooping v1 amp v2 Multicast TV VLAN registration per port for maximum bandwidth efficiency between edge and core The Tenderer must include in the offer methods or applications to provide e Protection against Packet Storm Control e System IP Address Management e BootP and DHCP Clients for IP Address Assignments e Mini Jumbo Frames up to 1632 Bytes The Tenderer must include extensive L2 L3 L4 Quality of Service features L2 L3 L4 COS QoS support including Classification Marking Mapping and Rate Limiting to overcome unpredictable network traffic and optimize performance The switch must support basic QoS and advanced QoS to include at least the following e 802 1p TOS DSCP marking e QoS mapping 802 1p to TOS DSCP TOS to 802 1p DSCP DSCP to 802 1p TOS e Classification per port 802 1p COS value MAC SA DA e Ethertype TOS precedence e DSCP value ICMP code and type IP SA DA IP protocol TCP UDP port e Four egre
53. Class A o CCC China Class A o CE marking for European countries Class A o CISPR 22 Class A o EN 55022 Class A o EN 55024 1998 Immunity Standard o EN 50082 1 o EN 61000 3 2 2000 o EN 61000 3 3 1995 o EN 61000 4 2 1995 o EN 61000 4 3 1995 o EN 61000 4 4 1995 o EN 61000 4 5 1995 Surge Level 4 o EN 61000 4 6 1996 o EN 61000 4 8 1993 o ENC 1000 4 11 1994 o FCC Part 15 Class A o ICES 003 Class A o IEEE 802 3 Hi Pot Test 1 500V or 2 250VDC on all Ethernet ports o VCCI Class A o Safety and Environmental Standards o ETS 300 019 Storage Class 1 1 o ETS 300 019 Transportation Class 2 3 o ETS 300 019 Stationary Use Class 3 1 Switches should comply with Class A standards for digital devices per the FCC Part 15 ICES 003 EN 55022 CISPR 22 AS NZS 3548 and VCCI standards Modules with copper connectors should meet Class A requirements using unshielded UTP cables 6 5 2 Network Firewall services A firewall is a set of related services located at a network gateway server that protects the resources of a private network from users from other outside networks Traditional network firewall services use IP based access deny policies while more recent technologies allow deep packet inspection being able to enforce policies on acceptable application usage and detection of malicious out of band transactions Part C3 Page 55 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work The service is made
54. Communicator software mobility pack for 1 user includes the Remote Extension license Rea Dual mode option Cellular Wifi of the My Cellular Extension client for 1 user includes the SIP pene fcens 3BA09033 A Software license 2 ports for the voice broadcast function available in OmniTouch Unified Communications OmniTouch My Teamwork and OmniTouch Automated Message Delivery System AMDS solutions 3BA09105 A Software license My Instant Communicator 1 user for the OmniTouch Unified Communications solution 3BA09107 A Optional software license for a secondary server of the conferencingand collaboration solution available in OmniTouch Unified Communications and OmniTouch My Teamwork 3BA09108 A Optional software license of video conferencing 1 user for the conferencing and collaboration solution available in OmniTouch Unified Communications and OmniTouch My Teamwork 3BA09109 A Optional software license Telephony services 4980 1 user for the OmniTouchUnified Communications solution PF 3BA09116 A Software license for the SMTP email connector of Fax Software 3BA09118 A Software license 1 user for Fax Software 3BA09119 A Software license 2 ports for Fax Software 3BA09127 A Optional software license for a secondary server of the OmniTouch Automated Message Delivery System AMDS solution Part C2 Page 80 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3BA09136 A Migration license for 1 user from OmniTouch 8660 My Teamw
55. Compliance 6 5 1 Standards The equipment must be compliant with European and US standards such as electrical security standards Please indicate whether the proposed equipment will comply with the standards and specifications below this is mandator The equipment must be compliant with European and US standards Comply Non Ee seraa Co e EN 60950 IEC950 e EN 50082 x e EN 5502 e UL CSA e FCC IC PART 68 AND CS 03 e NFC OF IT 60950 and NFC OF IT 41003 The hardware of the proposed system must be compliant with the current European directive concerning the Restriction of Hazardous Substances ROHS concerning electrical and electronic equipment Switches provided must comply with the national and local codes applicable to this type of equipment and installation The following list may not be exhaustive at the time of installation e Declaration of Conformity CE Mark This equipment is in compliance with the essential requirements and other provisions of Directive 73 23 EEC and 89 336 EEC as Part C3 Page 53 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work amended by Directive 93 68 EEC aes a e Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment WEEE Statement The product at end of life is subject to separate collection and treatment in the EU Member States Norway and Switzerland Treatment applied at end of life of the product in these countries shall comply with the applicable national laws implementi
56. Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 3 Tendering Procedures 71 3 STANDARD CONDITIONS OF TENDER TABLE OF CONTENTS F 1 LTH A secs EE cc ev ext es acura E E E eee emt eae eee ote 14 F 1 1 PA CIOMS kesititoncencetmnetitatntaaiiientts A E E A eeeh anata 14 F 1 2 Tender Documents eee aditeccccedee occa deentee ecadavevaiccntdcidtatecanes ssatiteradaceten means 14 F 1 3 Interpretatio aes estes Soda texas A OTA A E AEA Aaa 14 F 1 4 Communication and employer s agent c cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeee 15 F 1 5 The employer s right to accept or reject any tender offer ceeeeeee 15 F 1 6 Procurement procedures scisct sce Aucel egeerld ate Haale aeeene eae eae 15 F 2 Tenderer s OMNGANONS sett nied eet Gaels ete ride Osea aaa he eed eatdae 16 F 2 1 Nla sets sae E St cadeeher eee A tae ehh abet chain hS ant otat naenst aaa 16 F 2 2 GostofttenderiNgi secerneren hasi cea sotenteies erie duet E E a aR 17 F 2 3 Check documents rre tennnani ianea e a e N a eN yida 17 F 2 4 Confidentiality and copyright of DOCUMENTS cceeeteeeetteeeeeeeeeetee rerne 17 F 2 5 Reference OCU OIG axa basen eit hiadawedei Pa cench es lyases ohn eer gakeie cad eergecns 17 F 2 6 Acknowledge addenda scivies cect aed ddd ade ie cae ee ee 17 F 2 7 Clarification meeting sa tsa2ica Ahled scare andi dee daeiene ake 17 F 2 8 DECK clarification nnn tun emenn n e ane e E e 17 F 2 9 INS ran e eere a sad ed e AEAEE A ea Eana EE EAEE AR EREE E AA EEA E EEEE 1
57. Executive Collection stand with integrated 240v 270w audio and 2 50 1080p plasma displays EagleEye camera mount cable bundle Maintenance Contract Required 7200 26930 102 HDX Executive Collection 8000 1080 2ET HDX 8000 1080 see 7200 23160 102 HDX Executive Collection stand with integrated 240v 270w audio and 2 50 1080p plasma displays EagleEye camera mount cable bundle Maintenance Contract Required ee 26500 102 HDX 9000 720 HDX 9006 codec w mounting ears 11 Phoenix connectors P C PPCIP PoC Eng at UK EUR AUS pwr PAL Maintenance Contract Required 2200 26740 102 HDX 9000 1080 HDX 9006 codec w mounting ears 11 Phoenix connectors P C PPCIP PoC 1080 license Eng Rmt UK EUR AUS pwr PAL Maintenance Contract Required 2215 24725 001 Cable kit for HDX 9000 series HDCI f to 5xBNC f DB9 f 1 DVI A m to 5xBNC f 1 Walta to RJ 45 socket 18 S Video to 2xBNC m 1 Walta to Walta 7 6m HDCl m to HDCI m 10m RJ 45 5E 3 66m Phoenix to 2xRCA f 1 2xRCA m 25 RJ 11 12 Part C2 Page 38 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 2200 30070 001 Polycom Touch Control for use with HDX 6000 7000 8000 and 9000 series codecs with software version 3 0 or later Requires PoE network connection or optional external power supply 2200 42740 XXX 2215 23275 001 HDX 9000 Bracket hardware Includes bracket ears and screws to convert HDX 9000 series codec for rack mount 2215 23410 001 HDX 9000 ha
58. HD Recording Port amp 500 HD Web Streams Standard to Enterprise Edition 3BHO5003AC LifeSize UVC Video Center Upgrade 10 HD Recording Port amp 750 HD Web Streams Standard to Enterprise Edition 3BH05003AD LifeSize UVC Video Center Upgrade 20 HD Recording Port amp 1000 HD Web Streams Standard to Enterprise Edition 3BHO5004AA LifeSize UVC Video Center Reflector Pack of 250 HD Web Streams 3BHO5005AA LifeSize UVC Transit Server Activation Ea resize vC Transtorno serosoa ieSe UVC Transit Server Pack ofS traversal Standard Eaton S805 006R oesie UVC Transit Server Pack of TO traversals Standard aon f serosoa lifesize UVC Transit Server Pack of 25 traversals Standard Egon S805 006m oesie UVC Transit Server Pack of SOtraversels Standard aon E serosoa oesie UVC Transit Client Pack of 5 traversal Standard Editon 38105 006Re lifesize UVC Transit Client Pack of 10 traversals Standard Eaton f serosoa ieSe UVC Transit Client Pack of 25 traversals Standard Eaton eooo Lifesize UVC Transit Client Pack of SO traversals Standard Eaton 3BH05009AA LifeSize UVC Access Activation 3BH05011AA LifeSize ClearSea Server CS150 Additional 2500 Accounts 3BH05012AA LifeSize ClearSea Server CS300 Additional 2500 Accounts 3BH05013AA LifeSize UVC Access Pack of 25 Registrations amp 10 Routed Calls Standard Edition Oooo 3BH05013AB LifeSize UVC Access Pack of 100 Registrations
59. IP phones IP application phones and servers that work collectively as a single system over the same common transport infrastructure The system must be capable of managing a large range of telephonic services integrated contact center applications and unified messaging and collaboration applications The aim is to provide a system that can be managed easily and react rapidly to any dynamic geographical and organizational moves and changes The Tenderer should be able to offer network capabilities that can Comply Non support up to Comply e 100 000 users in a multi site network configuration e 24000 media gateways e 4000 virtual User communities The Tenderer must provide appliance servers that can support up to e 15000 IP phones e 240 media gateways e 1 000 sites IP domains e 5000 trunks The centralized architecture will be based on the use of a communication server to provide support for Part C3 Page 101 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work One or more media gateways to allow for legacy connectivity IP communication devices Smart desk phone IP desktop Wireless IP multimedia PCs SIP phones or H 323 terminal devices Legacy TDM communication devices digital terminals analog terminals DECT terminals Local or remote network management systems The system must be able to interoperate with other telephone syst
60. L faureoosa OVR UB PRE POW rackmount platform hardware uperade SSCS faurcooaan ohost Sereen Recording upgrade on ECO DES RAC platforms faurcooas r_ o host Screen Recording upgrade on PRE POW platforms favarocea bra 4000 recorder rackmounted lation SSCS favaroosa libra 5000 recorder rackmountedplatiorm C proewe Digital extension cable smforaRecooIc SSCS O prewe analogue cable smfor3Reooa OOO OOOO Part C2 Page 48 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data CO proe Primary rate cable sm foraneos OOOO C prewe analogue cable Sm foranecooze e OOO OOOO L prener Datavoice Sereen Recording server license persewer SSCS O preneram Archive moduetcensezperset O OOOO L oreesa gereen seat icense perset 19 OOOO O OOOO DFI EKI SW UPG Ad hoc DataVoice Screen Recording software and license upgrade fee 30 of total software and license costs DFI NEX API SW Nexus Libra Integration Toolkit DFI NEX API SW IL Nexus Libra integration software license DFI NEX API SW SL Nexus integration client license per user DFI NEX API SW UPG Ad hoc Nexus Libra integration software and license upgrade fee 30 of total software and license costs DFI NEX LIC SW UPG Ad hoc Nexus MTMS software and license upgrade fee 30 of total software and license costs DFI NEX LIC XLK SW Transaction linking software IL DFI NEX LIC XLK SW Transaction linking seat license per seat SL Part C2 Page 49 of 94 Contract CB105
61. MCU Available for HDX 9006 HDX 8000 rev B HDX 7000 rev C or D HDX 6000 HDX 4500 HDX 4000 rev C Part C2 Page 43 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 5150 63611 001 HDX TIP license Enables support for Cisco TIP compatibility Available for HDX 9000 rev B HDX 8000 rev B HDX 7000 rev C HDX 4500 HDX 4000 rev C 5150 65478 001 HDX Software HDX Software upgrade version 3 1 for all Polycom HDX systems 2 e version 3 1 for all Polycom HDX systems 2215 26690 001 Pe ee A are BRI Module for HDX Series Includes four ISDN 20ft 6m cables with clear connectors and HDX external peripheral interface box 2215 26695 001 PRI E1 Module for HDX Series Includes 1 20ft 6m PRI cable with clear connector and HDX external peripheral interface box 2215 26696 001 V 35 Module for HDX series RS449 RS350 with RS366 dialing Includes HD68 DB44 adapter and HDX external peripheral interface box Serial interface cable ordered separately 2457 10609 200 Cable 1 V 35 and RS 366 5 Serial Cable HD 44M to Y Winchester 34M RS 366 DB 25M RoHS 2457 10610 200 Cable 1 RS 449 and RS 366 5 Serial Cable HD 44M to Y RS 499 DB 37M RS 366 DB 25M RoHS 2457 21263 200 Cable 1 RS 530 with RS 366 5 Serial Cable HD 68M to Y RS 530 DB 25M RS 366 DB 25M 1662 52742 001 HDX 6000 View Media Center wall mounting bracket Includes 2 mounting arms and the wall mounted stationary bracket 52709 001 Caster kit for pack
62. N Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise minor upgrade for e CS 500 network software license upgrade from release N 1 to release N Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise major software upgrade for a software engine at the maximum value e CS 50 in a stand alone configuration A major software upgrade is applied when the system release goes at least from a release N 2 to a release N Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise major software upgrade for a software engine at the maximum value e CS 80 in a stand alone configuration A major software upgrade is applied when the system release goes at least from a release N 2 to a release N Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise major software upgrade for a software engine at the maximum value e CS 150 in a stand alone configuration A major software upgrade is applied when the system release goes at least from a release N 2 to a release N Part C2 Page 72 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3BA09800AA Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise major software upgrade for a software engine at the maximum value e CS 500 in a stand alone configuration A major software upgrade is applied when the system release goes at least from a release N 2 to a release N 3BA09801AA Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise major software upgrade for a software engine at the value over 500 e CS 500 in a stand alone configuration A major software upgrade is applied when the system release goes at least from a rel
63. No CB105 2013 Part T2 Returnable Documents 4 4 Was any contract between the Tenderer and the Municipality Municipal entity or any other organ of state terminated during the past five years on account of failure to perform on or comply with the contract Yes No If so furnish particulars 4 5 Does the tenderer or any of its directors owe any Municipal rates and taxes or Municipal charges to the Municipality Municipal entity or to any other Municipality Municipal entity that is in arrears for more than three months Yes No If so furnish particulars The undersigned who warrants that he she is duly authorised to do so on behalf of the enterprise confirms that the contents of this schedule are within my personal knowledge and are to the best of my belief both true and correct Person Authorized to sign Tender FULL NAME BLOCK LETTERS SIGNATURE DATE PartT2 Page 5 of 20 Contract No CB105 2013 Part T2 Returnable Documents FORM RDC 1 SCHEDULE OF TENDERER S EXPERIENCE The following is a statement of similar work successfully executed by myself ourselves EMPLOYER VALUE OF ie CONTACT PERSON WORK AND TELEPHONE DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACT INCLUSIVE OF COMPLETED NUMBER VAT RAND Name Telephone Number Name Telephone Number Name Telephone Number Name Telephone
64. Number Name Telephone Number PartT2 Page 6 of 20 Contract No CB105 2013 Part T2 Returnable Documents FORM RDC 2 SCHEDULE OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS You the client are hereby notified that it is our intention to employ the following Subcontractors for work in this contract If we are awarded a contract we agree that this notification does not change the requirement for us to submit the names of proposed Subcontractors in accordance with requirements in the contract for such appointments If there are no such requirements in the contract then your written acceptance of this list shall be binding between us NATURE AND EXTENT OF NAME AND ADDRESS OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR WORK PartT2 Page 7 of 20 Contract No CB105 2013 Part T2 Returnable Documents FORM RDC 5 RECORD OF SERVICES PROVIDED TO ORGANS OF STATE Tenderers are required to complete this record in terms of the Supply Chain Management Regulations issued in terms of the Municipal Finance Management Act of 2003 Include only those contracts where the tenderer identified in the signature block below was directly contracted by the Employer Tenderers must not include services provided in terms of a sub contract agreement Where contracts were awarded in the name of a joint venture and the tenderer formed part of that joint venture indicate in the column entitled Title of the contract for t
65. Operating Software License Notes One 1 Operating Software License is required for each 7750 SR c12 in the network Includes two 2 programmed 2GB Compact Flash cards with the Operating Software 3HE05580AA PS 7210 SAS M ETR AC Power Supply 3HE04164AA 7750 SR SFM3 7 one 1 required per 7750 SR 7 slot Shelf up to two 2 per 7750 SR 7 slot Shelf for CPU and fabric redundancy 3HE05949AA 7750 SR SFM4 7 one 1 required per 7750 SR 7 slot Shelf up to two 2 per 7750 SR 7 slot Shelf for CPU and fabric redundancy 3HEO5561AA 7210 SAS 4xT1 E1 CES TCXO module a 3HE06337AA 7210 SAS M 2XFP Module Part C2 Page 30 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3HE05170AA 7210 SAS X 24F2XFP MPLS AC system includes 1 7210 SAS X AC Power Supply 1 Fan Tray 7210 SAS Operating Software R3 0 Accepts 24 x 100 1000 SFP s and 2 XFP s The SAS X is HQos Capable and High scaling 3HEO5172AA PS 7210 SAS X AC Power Supply WLAN Guest Management OAW GM SKINPS OmniAccess Guest Management UI Customization Service Custom UI Theme Creation Professional service delivered by Aruba from a remote location Statement of work defined in the product collateral SOLD AT LIST PRICE NO DISCOUNT ALLOWED on THIS PROFESSIONAL SERVICE SKU OAW GM LIC10000 OmniAccess Guest Manager 10000 user expansion pack ee GM LIC50 OmniAccess WLAN Guest Management 50 User License Expansion Pack Includes 250 provisioned Oe Toews for
66. Recording Link 3BA09521AA CSTA record 5 additional ports pack software license 3BA09522AA CSTA record networked server including the first 5 ports software license 3BA09523AA RSI Routing Services Interface Server 5 agents for RSI Routing Services Interface Server 5 agents for Genesys Integration software license Integration software license oe RSI CC Routing Services Interface additional 5 agents RO a for Genesys Integration software license 3BAO9528 A A CSTA call ICSTA call recording OmniPCX Record Suite software license 0 OmniPCX Record Suite software license Se CSTA NICE Ce Cer ne sore ere software license 3BAO9656AA CSTA call recording Voice Logger software license SBAOOGESAA f or CSTA recording networked 5 additional ports pack software cense a R E a a TAPI TSAPI Interfaces 3BAO9525AA TAPI Premium server including 5 clients software license SB A095 268K TAP Premium server 5 additional clients pack software cene O p Bosa TSAPT server including the first 5 monitorings softwarelicens EOIs iSAP server 5 additional monitorings pack software license XML Interfaces fa 3BA09173 A Telephony Web Services server software license including 1 user Part C2 Page 84 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data S OAA Yesaaing Web Services server software icense mauaaT Wed 38t00i75 One number
67. Redundant modules and sub components CMMs fans and PSUs e Hot swappable modules and sub components Network Infrastructures CMMs and fan trays PSUs SFPs and XFPs e Hitless loading of optional software routing security without re booting e Image rollback to automatically re load previous configurations and software versions To provide a cost effective highly available scalable and re Part C3 Page 77 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work configurable network it would be advantageous to provide a modular based chassis that can be combined with other switches provided by the Tenderer The Tenderer must provide switches that ensure continuity by providing the following capabilities Hot Swap Management Module Fail over Power Monitoring and Redundancy There must be e No single point of failure and a sub second fail over in its redundant configuration e Redundant Management amp Redundant Switch Fabric e Hot swappable components amp hot insertable support switch modules optical transceivers e Redundant Power Supplies Redundant 1 1 power The Tenderer must provide a solution that guarantees Spanning Tree robustness Single or Multiple STP options IEEE 802 1D STP 802 1D spanning tree for loop free topology and link redundancy and IEEE 802 1w Rapid Reconfiguration of Spanning Tree It must provide e Ring topology Spanning Tree algor
68. SNMP proxy User option license BBAZT7B6AA OpenTouch Business Edition 1 2 redundant OXE R10 1 SW installation BOSA lOpenTouch Business Edition 7 Hosted Minor Upgrade CS 3800515 OpenTouch Business Edition Hosted Major Upgrade CS Sa095 177 lOpenTouch Wulinedia Sewices Minorupgrade SSCS 3800518 OpenTouch Multimedia Services Majore CS oa Server S00 Devices capactyTieense SSS BBA09522 A Server 1500 Devices capacity license Enterprise Base System IP Communication Server System Cabinets 3BA00617CB OmniPCX Enterprise equipped with an Appliance Server IBM Maokong 2GB of memory available from OXE R10 0 3BA00678CB OmniPCX Enterprise equipped with an Appliance Server HP DL120 G7 2GB of memory available from OXE R10 0 OmniPCX Common hardware SEHT3006aB Digital Public Access TO BRAG Board 8 Basic Rate Accesses OOOO ee EE r 7AK Dial Public Recess Board 1 Primary Rate ITZA OOOO SeF7S05088 iota interfaces board UNTE T Te digtalinteraces CS Part C2 Page 55 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data PF 3EH73092AB Analog Interfaces Board SLI16 2 16 analog interfaces a 3BA00729AA Passive Communication Server board equipped with CS 2 CPU Board with SDRAM 1GBytes and hard disk PF 3BA00758AA pack including one GA3 board aquipped with one additional ARMADA board 3BA00767AA Module link kit 1 for the first additional expansion module includes 2 x HSL1 daugtherboards one Pow
69. Set for interactive Whiteboard United Kingdom o a m C O o interactive display SBIDBOTO SMP O OOOO SBHIZO7TAA 3BA09454J A Software license Interactive Whiteboard PF 3BH12051AA Set of 4 replacement Pens and 1 replacement Eraser for Interactive Whiteboard SB685 3BH12052AA Replacement Lamp for UX60 Projector 3BH12103AA Set of 2 replacement Pens and 1 replacement Eraser for Interactive Whiteboard SB685 or Interactive Display 8070 Digital Signage products SBAOSHBSIA Digital Signage Release AL Osoftwarelicense oa iota Sgnage software cense forTplayer OOOO 38R08885 8 Biota Signage sever software license for 110 0 payes 38808886 igital Signage server softwarelicense Tor 11 to S9 payes CS S8R0st87 otal Signage sever software license for 60to 9 payes CS 38808888 igital Signage server software icense for 100 t0 199 players CS 38R08089 8 Bota Signage server software Ticense for 200 t0 299 players CS 38408890 igital Signage server software icense for 300 to 409 players CS S5R0St91 8 otal Signage server software license for 500 to 3999 payers CS 38409520 otal Signage server software icense Tor V Tuer a 8 Series IP Touch sets Part C2 Page 92 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3GV27062TB Alcatel Lucent IP Touch 4068 phone extended edition Urban Grey Bluetooth 1 2 1 4 VGA colour display 4 directions navigator 10 soft keys hands fre
70. Tender Defaulters When a person s name has been endorsed on the Register the person will be prohibited from doing business with the public sector for a period not less than five years and not more than 10 years The National Treasury is empowered to determine the period of restriction and each case will be dealt with on its own merits According to section 32 of the Act the Register must be open to the public The Register can be perused on the National Treasury website 24 Anti dumping and countervailing duties and rights 24 1 When after the date of bid provisional payments are required or anti dumping or countervailing duties are imposed or the amount of a provisional payment or anti dumping or countervailing right is increased in respect of any dumped or subsidized import the State is not liable for any amount so required or imposed or for the amount of any such increase When after the said date such a provisional payment is no longer required or any such anti dumping or countervailing right is abolished or where the amount of such provisional payment or any such right is reduced any such favourable difference shall on demand be paid forthwith by the supplier to the purchaser or the purchaser may deduct such amounts from moneys if any which may otherwise be due to the supplier in regard to goods or services which he delivered or rendered or is to deliver or render in terms of the contract or any other Part C1 Page 16 of 29 C
71. The solution should include e Thermal protection shutdown for the chassis e Hardware monitoring temperature monitoring and power monitoring amp management e Short cold and warm boot times e Built in security and device hardening Network and link resiliency are important parts of network availability and the proposed product must support advanced routing load sharing and mechanisms for fast reconfiguration of links between switches servers and other network devices The Tenderer must provide a solution that can support VRRP Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol and OSPF ECMP Equal Cost Multipath Protocol 7 18 13 Security To provide high security in the LAN Aggregation the proposal must comply with the features listed in this section The Tenderer must supply applications embedded or otherwise to provide proactive network wide security through auto sense authentication that prevents unauthorized network access The solution must provide reactive security by automatically handling malicious attacks by taking intrusion information and dynamically reconfiguring the network to contain the attack The Tenderer must include a host integrity check solution to ensure that prior to allowing network entry attached devices are running administrator defined credentials such as e Operating system patch level e Local firewall is activated e Anti virus version is up to date The host int
72. Web Services server software Ticense acuding Tuer S aonga JTeamwark Web Services server software cense including ruser st0a 777 anagement Web Services server software icense ndudng1 uer aora saPwareTicense Business P My IP Touch XML basic services Tuer iE 3BA09179 A IP Touch XML extended services software license for 1 user 3BA09207 A Redundancy license for 1 OmniTouch 8410 Instant Communications Web Services R6 x user 3BA09210 A Migration license for 1 OmniTouch 8410 Instant Communications Web Services R6 x user Audio devices optimized for UC ooo 3BA27762AA PLANTRONICS monaural DECT headset for the PC and deskphone EUR ooo 3BA27764AA PLANTRONICS binaural DECT headset for the PC and deskphone EUR Radvision Video solution az 3BH11785AA RADVISION iView Suite Video multipoint control unit management system software DVD 3BH11787AA RADVISION ECS Pro Gatekeeper system software DVD 3BH11968AA RADVISION iView Suite Alternate Video multipoint control unit redundancy management system software DVD P 3BH12032AA RADVISION SCOPIA Video multipoint control unit model 5110 with Desktop and with iView Suite PF 3BH12033AA RADVISION SCOPIA Video multipoint control unit model 5115 with Desktop and with iView Suite P 3BH12034AA RADVISION SCOPIA Video multipoint control unit model 5230 with Desktop and with iView Suite 3BH12035AA RADVISION Pathfinder Server H 323 video gateway and gatekeeper 10 ports includ
73. amp 50 Routed Calls Standard Edition Part C2 Page 89 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data fF o 3BH05013AC LifeSize UVC Access Pack of 250 Registrations amp 100 Routed Calls Standard Edition 3BH05014AA LifeSize UVC Video Engine for Microsoft Lync Activation 3BH05015AA LifeSize UVC Video Engine for Microsoft Lync Pack of 1 HD call Standard Edition 3BHO5044AA LifeSize UVC Multipoint Activation he 3BH05045AA LifeSize UVC Multipoint 1 Flex port Standard Edition sar050458 LeSize OVC Mapoine 4 Flex ports Standard eeRfon sans o5AC feSze UVC tipo 8 Flex ports Standard EdRion sa0509510 LeSize WC Mukpoine 15 Flex ports Standard eaiion C m teSize bridge 2200 Custerng License C p m feSze Bridge 2000 Acetional pores O eS eUNG Menager ancUNGNOR st 3BH05048AA LifeSize UVC Manager Activation PF 3BH05049AA LifeSize UVC Manager 1 seat Standard Edition 3BH05049AB LifeSize UVC Manager Pack of 5 seats Standard Edition a 3BH05049AC LifeSize UVC Manager Pack of 10 seats Standard Edition 3BH05049AD LifeSize UVC Manager Pack of 25 seats Standard Edition PF 3BH11987AA LifeSize Networker all in one enhanced gateway for integration between IP and ISDN networks 3BH11988AA Single device license for LifeSize Control centralized control and easy to use reporting web based interfaces and standards suppor t management 3BH11988AB Single device license qua
74. answering modes of his or her telephone terminal voice messaging external call back etc e Access to the service will be protected by a general secret code or will be automated according to the caller ID transmitted by the network e Access to terminal management is protected by individual secret code Text mini message between advanced sets Distinctive ringing for internal and external calls on all types of sets Call recording on voice mail Twinset Two multiline sets with same Directory Number TDN and common voice mail and accounting Voice prompts or guides multi language Does your offer include the possibility to provide users with vocal information about the phone status and available options What provisions are available to welcome callers and direct them to features or different services At least three different languages are required Language 1 a Language 2 and Language 3 and the vocal guides will be distributed to users according to the language associated with each user There should never be two or more different languages on the same voice prompt the combination of different languages on the same voice guide is not accepted Part C3 Page 106 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Does your answering service allow successive options to refine their search to specific services What advantages does the automatic voice messaging system p
75. be responsible to provide Council with the required Voice amp Data Switch to be delivered to the site it will be deployed at With the second part of the service to be for the installation commissioning and eventual warrantee and maintenance of 3 1 Projects relating to Network Expansion The tender involves the connection of several sites to the existing CoT network The switches and associated transceivers like Gigabit Interface Converters shall be delivered installed configured and commissioned at the various sites as per the price list bill of quantities Although cabling and associated cabinets are not part of this contract the connecting fibre leads shall be supplied and installed by the successful contractor along with the switch or switches The contractor shall also patch the users on the switch patch cables will be either provided by Councils approved UTP service provider Approved Tender or if not possible by the approved service provider appointed on this tender and also ensure that every user is connected to the network before signing off on the site Patching shall be done neatly and a quality inspection will be done by CoT personnel before payment will be made for a specific site Detailed project deployment plans must be supplied as to manage the process from start to finish As soon as the project is completed a Final Project Close Off Report must be submitted to Council by the approved Service Provider Project Manager w
76. chassis OS10K SW DC Data Center Software for support of DCBX FCoE and EVB on OS10K One license required per chassis OS10K GNI U48E OS10K Gigabit network interface card offers 48 unpopulated wire rate 1000BaseX SFP ports This Enhanced network interface card is MPLS ready and provides large table support for L2 L3 and ACL policies OS10K GNI C48E OS10K Gigabit network interface card offers 48 wire rate RJ 45 1000Base T ports This Enhanced network interface card is MPLS ready and provides large table support for L2 L3 and ACL policies OS10K8 RCB A OS10K redundant bundle with AC power and SSL DES 3DES RC2 RC4 Redundant bundle includes 1 x OS1OK Chassis 2 x Fan Trays 4 x OS1OK PS 25A power supplies 2 x OSLOK CMM chassis management module 2 x OS10K CFM chassis fabric module and fully featured AOS software w advanced IP routing SW IPv4 IPv6 Includes power cord OS6850E Switch OS6 XNI U2 OS6850E Optional 10GigE uplink module Supports 2 SFP 10GigE ports Inserts in the stacking cages and connects to theCX 4 ports at the rear of the OS6850E chassis ssa Ca 06850 150 centinetersTorgsacmng BE 086850 CaL 300 086850 3 meters Tong stacking cable Supported on the 24 port modes ony Sse 0 CaL 30 f0S6850 30 centimeters Tong stacking abe OOOO 086850 CaL 60 OS6850 60 centimeters ong stacking cae SSCS Part C2 Page 4 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data OS6850E SW AR OS6850E Advanced Routing so
77. contractor s based on reasonable grounds or evidence obtained by the purchaser has have engaged in the restrictive practice referred to above the purchaser may refer the matter to the Competition Commission for investigation and possible imposition of administrative penalties as contemplated in section 59 of the Competition Act No 89 Of 1998 35 3 If a bidder s or contractor s has have been found guilty by the Competition Commission of the restrictive practice referred to above the purchaser may in addition and without prejudice to any other remedy provided for invalidate the bid s for such item s offered and or terminate the contract in whole or part and or restrict the bidder s or contractor s from conducting business with the public sector for a period not exceeding ten 10 years and or claim damages from the bidder s or contractor s concerned Part C1 Page 19 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 5 Agreements and Contract Data C1 2 2 VARIATIONS AND ADDITIONS TO THE CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT SPECIAL CONDITIONS The additions deletions and alterations to the General Conditions of Contract are CLAUSE CONTRACT DATA 1 DEFINITIONS Add the following definitions 499 AGREEMENT means the Agreement arising from the signing of the Form of Offer and f Acceptance by the parties 1 30 SPECIFICATION means the document drawn up in accordance with the Pricing Instructions contained in the Pricing D
78. control of a team must put a separate lock on the switch lever valve or appliance 3 CRANES VEHICLES AND HOISTING 3 1 For each crane or hoisting equipment used the contractor must submit a valid and recent test certificate or other form of the last examination of the machine or equipment to the Municipality 3 2 Only trained personnel with written permission and where determined by Law with a valid driver s license may be allowed to operate any electrical diesel or petrol driver Part C3 Page 128 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 4 1 5 1 5 2 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 overhead crane hydraulic or electrical hoisting equipment self driven forklift tractor or any other crane or vehicle No employee of the contractor may perform any overhead work or work on an overhead crane or hoisting equipment or work near cranes or crane rail before An agreement was concluded with the Municipality e Approval has been obtained from the Municipality to perform the work All applicable danger and warning symbolic signs are put into position or exemption if applied for is in operation MACHINE VALANCES PROTECTION AND FENCING No machine valances protection or fencing may be removed from machines manholes etc without the written permission of Municipality if applicable exemption procedures were not appropriated SCAFFOLD LADDERS TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT No equipment or appliance b
79. delivery to place of receipt installation testing and commissioning e detailed schedule of all activities and sub activities allowing weekly and monthly reports to be extracted job description for every activity or milestone define delivery contents and time define final delivery and final operating time the deadlines for submission and approval of the drawings a general description of the methods which the Contractor proposes to adopt for executing the contract and e such further details and information as the Project Manager may reasonably require No material alteration to the programme shall be made without the approval of the Project Manager If however the progress of the implementation of the contract does not conform to the programme the Project Manager may instruct the Contractor to revise the programme and submit the revised programme for approval Approved drawings documents samples and models shall be signed or otherwise identified by the Project Manager and may only be departed from on the Project Manager s instructions The approval of the drawings documents samples or models by the Project Manager shall not relieve the Contractor from any of his obligations under the contract 6 4 7 10 Assets All equipment should have a solidly fixed metallic type or similar approved label size 75 X35 mm model and serial number 6 4 7 11 Electricity Nominal voltage in South Africa is 220 230V single phase The quality and st
80. device e Manage an entire network from a single platform e Offer network wide visibility e Element management and VLAN management e Manage policy based QoS e Have centralized management of secure switch access e Quarantine capabilities to prevent security breaches by isolating potential threats e All within a scalable architecture The Tenderer must be able to offer an application to enable the network administrator to quarantine devices to protect the network from attacks The solution needs to be able to effectively a manage Virtual Machine environment e Automatic VM Move e Auto VLAN e Auto address allocation e Address updates The solution needs to be able to give network managers the ability to monitor and influence the network traffic exchanged between VMs within the same VM hardware 7 18 11 LAN AGGREGATION The request is for LAN aggregation switching In order to protect this investment the hardware and software must be economically future proofed to ensure continued usability for the duration of the expected lifetime of the network Please detail projected ROI information Part C3 Page 83 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work The aggregation switches must be L3 switches that can be upgraded easily to accommodate changes in traffic demand and fluctuations in personnel requirements Options that are considere
81. ensure secure communications between and through the Comply Non Part C3 Page 65 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work service gateway the solution offered must support a Comply comprehensive set of security services and protocols including e Firewall Network attack detection DoS amp DDoS protection NAT ALG amp ACL capabilities Common Classifier and 128k sessions e VPN IPSec NAT traversal with DES 3DES AES PKI NAT traversal minimum of 2 5K VPN tunnels e IDS IPS intrusion detection amp prevention with dynamic signature updates and Group based IDS IPS e VolP VoIP transport SIP application layer gateway ALG Dynamic pinhole mgmt and QoS Strict priority queuing DSCP classification amp marking e SSL e SSH e AAA Radius and TACACS e Antivirus 7 15 ROUTING SWITCHING AND QOS To ensure interoperability the solution offered must be a multi Comply Non platform router that can support a comprehensive set of network Comply services and protocols including e Static amp dynamic routing e Routing Protocols RIP v1 RIP v2 OSPF BGP e Policy Based Routing e VRF CE e Hierarchical QoS 16 queues available per logical interface with priority total 16 4 queues WRED e Switching VLANs PVSTP bridging e DHCP relay e DNS DNS Proxy e 10 100 1000 Mbps Ethernet switching e LAN Switching 802 1Q VLANs STP PVST 7 16 N
82. etc incurred until delivery of the contracted goods to the purchaser 32 3 No contract shall be concluded with any bidder whose tax matters are not in order Prior to the award of a bid SARS must have certified that the tax matters of the preferred bidder are in order 32 4 No contract shall be concluded with any bidder whose municipal rates and taxes and municipal services charges are in arrears 33 Transfer of contracts 33 1 The contractor shall not abandon transfer cede assign or sublet a contract or part thereof without the written permission of the purchaser 34 Amendment of contracts 34 1 No agreement to amend or vary a contract or order or the conditions stipulations or provisions thereof shall be valid and of any force unless such agreement to amend or vary is entered into in writing and signed by the contracting parties Any waiver of the requirement that the agreement to amend or vary shall be in writing shall also be in writing 35 Prohibition of restrictive practices Part C1 Page 18 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 5 Agreements and Contract Data 35 1 In terms of section 4 1 b iii of the Competition Act No 89 of 1998 as amended an agreement between or concerted practice by firms or a decision by an association of firms is prohibited if it is between parties in a horizontal relationship and if a bidder s is are or a contractor s was were involved in collusive bidding 35 2 If a bidder s or
83. her employees and their dependants of such laws and regulations The successful tenderer will be required to comply with the requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act Act 85 of 1993 and regulations as amended Further information in Part C3 Page 118 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work this regard may be obtained from the Mr D B Finaughty at Occupational Health and Safety telephone number 012 358 0069 11 6 Extension Of Period Of Implementation The Contractor may request an extension to the period of implementation if his implementation of the contract is delayed or expected to be delayed for any of the following reasons a extra or additional supplies ordered by CoT b exceptional weather conditions which may affect installation of the supplies c physical obstructions or conditions which may affect delivery of the supplies which could not reasonably have been foreseen by a competent contractor d failure of the CoT to fulfil its obligations under the contract e any suspension of the delivery and or installation of the supplies which is not due to the Contractor s default f force majeure g any other causes referred to in these General Conditions which are not due to the Contractor s default Within 15 days of realising that a delay might occur the Contractor shall notify the Project Manager of his intention to make a request for extension of the period of implementation to which he c
84. includes corporate networking license for e CS 50 engine and 4x H323 network link license a 3BA00535AB Node pack 80 includes corporate networking license for e CS 80 engine and 4x H323 network link license 3BA00536AA Node pack 50 includes corporate networking license for e CS 50 engine 4x H323 network link license and A4645 users for e CS 50 engine 3BA00536AB Node pack 80 includes corporate networking license for e CS 80 engine 4x H323 network link license and A4645 users for e CS 80 engine 3BA00537AA Node pack 50 includes corporate networking license for e CS 50 engine 4x H323 network link license and A4635 users for e CS 50 engine 3BA00537AB Node pack 80 includes corporate networking license for e CS 80 engine 4x H323 network link license and A4635 users for e CS 80 engine Led 3BA09046 A Software License for Passive Communication Server PCS Part C2 Page 58 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data ans TRA Sofware Tense for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value 50 users 38x05 77K Software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine withthe value 80 users f Senora Sofware Ticense for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value 150 users So i 5 C 4 3BA09980AA oftware license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value 500 users E 3BA09981AA Software license upgrade for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 51 and 80 users E S 3
85. integrated pigtail cable Pole mount beam and ceiling tile mount hardware included AP ANT aed KIT Dual Band Omnidirectional 3dBi 6dBi Indoor Outdoor RPSMA connector with 36 inch integrated pT tal cable Pole mount I beam and ceiling tile mount hardware included Kit of 3 AP ANT 17 MIMO 120 Degree Sector Antenna 5 dBi Dual Band 2 4 amp 5 GHz with quantity 3 36 inch pigtail coax cables for direct use with AP12x Indoor Version Wall mount hardware only included no Az El adj ustment AP ANT 92 MIMO 120 Degree Sector Antenna 5 dBi Dual Band 2 4 amp 5 GHz with quantity 3 36 inch pigtail coax cables for direct use with AP12x Outdoor Version Wall mount hardware only included no Az El adjustment ANT 2X2 L214 OAW WLAN 30 x30 Sector Ant FOR 2 4 to 2 5 GHz 14 dBi ANT ANT 2X2 L514 L514 OAW WLAN 30 x30 Sector Ant FOR 5 15 to 5 875 GHz 14 dBi ANT 2X2 a OmniAccess 4 9 5 5GHz 14dBi 60 45 polarized outdoor antenna with DC grounded lightning protection N F connector for all outdoor 802 11n platforms OAW AP CBL 1 Outdoor Antenna Cable Extension 10 long low loss LMR 400 antenna extension cable for use with the OAW AP85 Outdoor Access Point interfaces N Type Female interface to N Type Male on antenna Part C2 Page 14 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data AP LAR 24 Outdoor Antenna Lightning Arrestor for outdoor Access Points Single In line lightning arrester with N type Male to N typ
86. license Ooo 3BH11591AB CCagent CCagent Softphone amp CCTI CD ROM including software amp documentation 3BA09543AA CCoutbound Contact Center Outbound Server including 5 CCoutbound agents and relevant CSTA amp virtual Z Software license 3BA09544AA CCoutbound Contact Center Outbound 5 agents pack including relevant CSTA amp virtual Z Software license 3BA09545AA CCoutpredial Server including 5 CCpredictive dialling options for 5 CCoutbound agents and relevant CSTA amp virtual Z software license 3BA09546AA CCoutpredial additional 5 agents pack up to 50 CCoutbound agents including relevant CSTA amp virtual Z software license a 3BA09744AA Scripting server 5 agents software license Part C2 Page 77 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data PF 3BA09745AA Scripting 5 additional agents pack software license 3BH11547AB CCoutbound Contact Center Outbound CD ROM including CCoutbound and Predictive dialling option software amp documentation PF 3BH11649AB Scripting Agents CD ROM OmniTouch CC Common Option fT SBAO9IG5KA Alcatel Lucent Omnitouch 4625 CCIVR Genesys Compact Ed OTCC Premium Integration pore 28A0a191j4 JOrniTouch Contact Center 4625 Interactive Voice Response CCwr SP Pot S E cave Software upgrade SSCS 3BA098QA CCIVR Free of charge upgrade 3BA09367 A CCivr Software license R10 x PF 3BA09367 U CCivr Software license for upgrade R10 x 3BA09368 A CCivr master server PF 3
87. misrepresentation of the facts in order to influence the tender process or the award of a contract arising from a tender offer to the detriment of the employer including collusive practices intended to establish prices at artificial levels organization means a company firm enterprise association or other legal entity whether incorporated or not or a public body quality functionality means the totality of features and characteristics of a product or service that bear on its ability to satisfy stated or implied needs Communication and employer s agent Each communication between the employer and a tenderer shall be to or from the employer s agent only and in a form that can be readily read copied and recorded Communications shall be in the English language The employer shall not take any responsibility for non receipt of communications from or by a tenderer The name and contact details of the employer s agent are stated in the tender data The employer s right to accept or reject any tender offer F 1 5 1 The employer may accept or reject any variation deviation tender offer or alternative tender offer and may cancel the tender process and reject all tender offers at any time before the formation of a contract The employer shall not accept or incur any liability to a tenderer for such cancellation and rejection but will give written reasons for such action upon written request to do so F 1 5 2 The employer may not
88. must support advanced routing load sharing and mechanisms for fast reconfiguration of links between switches servers and other network devices The Tenderer must provide a solution that can support VRRP Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol and OSPF ECMP Equal Cost Multipath Protocol 7 18 8 Security To provide high security in the LAN Core the proposal must comply with the features listed in this section The Tenderer must supply applications embedded or otherwise to provide proactive network wide security through auto sense authentication that prevents unauthorized network access The solution must provide reactive security by automatically handling malicious attacks by taking intrusion information and dynamically reconfiguring the network to contain the attack The Switch must support a distributed security approach enhance emerging security technologies and help secure the LAN Core using proactive and reactive strategies The Tenderer must include a host integrity check solution to ensure that prior to allowing network entry attached devices are running administrator defined credentials such as e Operating system patch level e Local firewall is activated e Antivirus version is up to date The host integrity check solution must be able to automatically move hosts that pass inspection dynamically into their proper VLAN based on the user or move them into a protected environment where they could maintain limited access to net
89. of Disputes Limitation of Liability Governing Language Applicable law Notices Taxes and duties Transfer of contracts Amendments of contracts Prohibition of restrictive practices Anti dumping and countervailing duties and rights Part C1 Page 8 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 5 Agreements and Contract Data 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT Definitions The following terms shall be interpreted as indicated 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 10 Closing time means the date and hour specified in the bidding documents for the receipt of bids Contract means the written agreement entered into between the purchaser and the supplier as recorded in the contract form signed by the parties including all attachments and appendices thereto and all documents incorporated by reference therein Contract price means the price payable to the supplier under the contract for the full and proper performance of his contractual obligations Corrupt practice means the offering giving receiving or soliciting of anything of value to influence the action of a public official in the procurement process or in contract execution Countervailing duties are imposed in cases where an enterprise abroad is subsidized by its government and encouraged to market its products internationally Country of origin means the place where the goods were mined grown or produced or
90. of aONE PERSON CONCERN submitting a tender this shall be clearly stated In case of a COMPANY submitting a tender include a copy of a resolution by its board of directors authorising a director or other official of the company to sign the documents on behalf of the company In the case of a CLOSE CORPORATION submitting a tender include a copy of a resolution by its members authorising a member or other official of the corporation to sign the documents on each member s behalf In the case of a PARTNERSHIP submitting a tender all the partners shall sign the documents unless one partner or a group of partners has been authorised to sign on behalf of each partner in which case proof of such authorisation shall be included in the Tender In the case of a JOINT VENTURE CONSORTIUM submitting a tender include a resolution of each company of the Joint Venture together with a resolution by its members authorising a member of the Joint PartT1 Page 5 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 2 Tendering Procedures Reference to relevant clauses in Standard Conditions of Addition or Variation to Standard Condition of Tender Tender Venture to sign the documents on behalf of the Joint Venture In cases where the Tenderer has not submitted proof of authorisation with the Tender the Employer reserves the right to at any time after the closure of the Tender but before the award of the Tender request the Tenderer to provide proof of author
91. on the side of the City of Tshwane d The base date index B is the latest available index before the base date e The latest index L is the latest available index before the date of assessment of an amount due f The price adjustment Factor F is the total of the products of each of the proportions stated in the Contract Data multiplied by L B B for the index linked to it g If an index is changed after it has been used in a calculation the calculation is redone and a correction is included in the next assessment of the amount due NOTICES Add the following clauses The Supplier will chose his domicilium citandi et executandi as Pretoria where all legal processes may be served and agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of the South African Courts Part C1 Page 25 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 5 Agreements and Contract Data CLAUSE CONTRACT DATA Add the following clauses 36 CANCELLATION OF CONTRACT With reference to Section 10 4 of the Preferential Procurement Regulations 2001 pertaining to the Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act Act 5 of 2000 which makes provision for the cancellation and re invitation of tenders please be advised of the following 1 1 The tenderer confirms that he she is aware of the suspensive condition that the tender amount as mentioned in the tender document is subject to availability of funds to cover the total envisaged expenditure for t
92. only Replaces 2457 24701 001 2457 26765 072 Extended length White drop cable for connecting Spherical Ceiling microphone Array element to electronics interface 6ft 1 8m long Used with 2200 23809 002 amp 2200 23810 002 only Replaces 2457 24701 003 3PSU006A Redundant power supply for rack mountable platform auto sensing Part C2 Page 47 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data S E SSSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSSCSC d C feeaooorn RAID for RACplatiorms OOOO E RAID Tor PRF amp POW platforms SSCSCSCS CS farcrooia Rack mountable recording controller platom SSCS L fecoon Jsmartworks digital extension ine interface PCI card 8 channe fare c00s0 8 channel expansion on RECOOSA per TO channes OOOO O O O fecoon marmors xv 30cm SSCS L areco channel expansion on 3RECOOBE per 10 channe SSCS L farecooes channel expansion on RECOOGEper20channels OOOO O O L ferecooen channel expansion on 3RECOO6Eper30chamnels i L farecooer channel expansion on RECOO6E perO charmes O O fisro0iasaFieUp standard edition perse O OOOO C soa ide ral set for rack mounted platforms perset O O C fwon iroso 0 Server 2008 standard Eton O OOOO i 3850148 iicrosoft SOL Server 2008 Standard Edition cient access license per icense L feswsonae vicrosoft SOL Server 2008 Standard Edition core license per quadcore ureo Jove 16 C0 desktop platform hardware upgrade SSCS fsupcoo2s OVR UB DES RAC platform hardwareuperade SSCS
93. play device that offers auto negotiated 10 100 1000 BT transfer port based and 802 1Q VLAN support 802 3af remote power The proposed system should be based on an open software architecture Linux being the preferred one The architecture based on soft switches should permit the geographical relocation of the communication servers through a standard IP network Media Gateways should be carrying the interface cards which should generate their own feeds from a common source The system s software can be hosted in appliance servers or in blade servers architectures The system must manage control and support a range of IP telephone stations for both voice and telephony applications as well as IP application stations for voice telephony and Web services support The proposed system must support native IP communications in direct or peer to peer with only the telephone signaling transiting back toward the controlling communications server he voice and signaling frames should be marked tagged in order to be recognized The standards of marking supported will be Level 2 IEEE 802 1p Q and Level 3 TOS DiffServ The system should support for voice encoding the following standards G 711 G 723 1 G 729A The proposed communications system must support H 323 SIP XML technology The proposed system should integrate an H 323 gatekeeper server without external equipment that offers the following services Automatic registration of
94. provided in your offer be personalized by individual users Part C3 Page 105 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work o Howcan users access personal customization features on the desktop telephone sets o Describe briefly the features that can be customized e Supplementary ISDN services Is it possible to provide restrictions that can be applied to the telephone sets in a business context Describe the specific services and their benefits or advantages to the clients Is it possible to contact a multi device user from a unique number and change device during a speech call Is it possible to contact a multi device user from a unique number Describe briefly the instant communication features that are included or can be included in your offer Describe how access is obtained to the directories Is it possible to customize the directory to find the right contact How the Desktop PC is used in conjunction with the communication devices Direct Inward System Access DISA The IP PBX system will allow a user who is calling from outside of the system to establish an internal or external system connection from his or her DTMF telephone e Access to the service will be protected by a general secret code and the access to the personal line by an individual secret code Remote management of the telephone The IP PBX system will allow a user who is outside of the system to modify the
95. ranges 64 kbps 128 kbps 512 kbps 2 Mb 4 Mb 11 300Mb 1000 Mb 10 000 Mb 100Gbps WAN types Diginet ISDN Wireless Radio Gigabit Ethernet 10 Gig Ethernet Wi Fi Deployed mostly at conference rooms and libraries Call Centres Genesys Voice recording Network diagrams will only be given to the appointed service provider due to their confidential nature 5 Technical Support Staff And Skills 5 1 General 5 1 1 Skill Requirements A complete organogram of the resource base to be deployed at the CoT must be provided with dedicated Operations Manager and Project Manager being mandatory With these two positions as mentioned above not being carried by the same resource person Only certified professionals on the highest possible certification from the particular OEM example ACSE for Alcatel Equipment are allowed to configure data and voice equipment Part C3 Page 9 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Proof of certifications must be submitted along with the bid All identified nominated resources as listed below must be deployed on Councils premises and be available to the Council Contract Manager being the relevant Deputy Directors responsible for the deployment and management of this infrastructure If such proof cannot be supplied the bid shall be disqualified The following summarized technical profile must be attached along with certification Name And Surname Date of Appointment Certifica
96. redundancies 7 18 18 Security To provide high security the proposal must include the following Comply Non features Comply e IEEE 802 1x port based user authentication with multiple host mode e JEEE 802 1x multi client multi VLAN support for per client authentication and VLAN assignment e Private VLAN edge or port mapping e Guest VLAN provides limited network access for unauthorized clients e MAC address Lockdown allows only known devices to have network access preventing unauthorized network device access includes lockdown after a user configured number of MAC address have been learned The offer must support e DHCP Option 82 and DHCP snooping for IP address allocation control and protection e RADIUS and TACACS admin authentication to prevent unauthorized switch management e Secure Shell Secure Socket Layer and SNMPv3 for encrypted remote management communication e Access control lists to filter out unwanted traffic including denial of service DoS attacks Part C3 Page 93 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work e Access control lists ACLs are per port MAC SA DA IP SA DA ICMP type and code Ethertype TCP UDP port e STP root guard to prevent an unauthorized device from becoming the root of a spanning tree The Tenderer must include a host integrity check solution to ensure that prior to allowing network entry attached devices are run
97. services and POS network links Includes 4 SFP cages for interfaces Each port can be used for access or network ports SFPs sold separately A8VDC Part C2 Page 26 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3HE03126AA 6 port E amp M analog voice interface card configurable for 2 or 4 wire operation Supports Type II and V signaling and A law and j Law encoding 600ohm interface with programmable TLP ranges 3HEO6006AA 8 port multi function card with 2 x FXS and 2 x FXO ports for analog voice 2 x G 703 co directional ports and 2 x C37 94 optical teleprotection ports 48VDC 3HE02776AB 8 port Ethernet Card This card has 2 10 100 1000 Ethernet SFP ports and 6 10 100 Ethernet RJ 45 ports It has support for Ethernet VLAN services including Synchronous Ethernet and IEEE1588v2 Each port can be used for access or network ports SFPs sold separately 48VDC 3HE02774AA SAR Control and Switch Module 8 Gbps One 1 required per SAR 4 slot or 8 slots shelf or up to two 2 per SAR Shelf for CPU and fabric redundancy 48VDC 3HEO2772AA The Auxiliary Alarm Card provides additional alarm support for high density digital inputs and outputs as well as 2 analog inputs Access to all the signal pins is via the AMP 68 pin connector The 16 AWG open ended cables of 15 and 30 meters length 3HE03398AB 3HE03399AB as well as the SCSI to AMP 64 pin cable 3HE02783AA can be used in conjunction with this card This card is supported in b
98. shall be payable to the purchaser as compensation for any loss resulting from the supplier s failure to complete his obligations under the contract 7 3 The performance security shall be denominated in the currency of the contract or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the purchaser and shall be in one of the following forms a a bank guarantee or an irrevocable letter of credit issued by a reputable bank located in the purchaser s country or abroad acceptable to the purchaser in the form provided in the bidding documents or another form acceptable to the purchaser or b a cashier s or certified cheque 7 4 The performance security will be discharged by the purchaser and returned to the supplier not later than thirty 30 days following the date of completion of the supplier s performance obligations under the contract including any warranty obligations unless otherwise specified 8 Inspections tests and analyses 8 1 All pre bidding testing will be for the account of the bidder 8 2 If it is a bid condition that goods to be produced or services to be rendered should at Part C1 Page 11 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 5 Agreements and Contract Data 10 11 8 3 8 4 8 5 8 6 8 7 8 8 any stage be subject to inspections tests and analyses the bidder or contractor s premises shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by a representative of the purchaser or organization acti
99. site mobility What services can you provide for mobile workers to facilitate their communication accesses The services should for example include mailbox access and company information e Can you explain the advantages provided for the mobile worker e Can you explain how the mobile worker gains access to the services Part C3 Page 110 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Can you explain the mechanism used by the mobile worker to access the services Is a personal assistant feature available for the mobile worker Describe how the feature can be personalized Describe the mechanism for the personal assistant for mobile workers Describe the services available for the remote worker from the mobile telephone Is it possible for a mobile worker to access the PBX call handling features such as multi line or broker calls e Explain the mechanisms that enable the remote worker to access the PBX services e What PBX telephone features are available for the remote extension in communication mode Describe the service access e What other specific remote extension features are present to benefit the service user Is your remote extension feature available for personal cellular devices Explain the requirements and provide examples of the remote extension feature for a selection of mobile telephones Does your offer include the possibility of a fixed mobile convergence Expl
100. software license increased with additional 500 users in relation with the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine size 3BA09421AA Local Ticket Accounting service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 80 users 3BA09422AA Local Ticket Accounting service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 150 users 3BA09423AA Local Ticket Accounting service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 500 users 3BA09425AA Local Ticket Accounting service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 81 and 150 users 3BA09826AA Local Ticket Accounting service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 50 users 3BA09910AA Local Ticket Accounting service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 350 users 3BA09911AA Local Ticket Accounting service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 151 and 350 users 3BA09912AA Local Ticket Accounting service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 251 and 350 users 3BA09827AA Local Ticket Accounting service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 51 and 80 users 3BA09913AA Local Ticket Accounting service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine be
101. submit a proposal to the City of Tshwane CoT to provide such hardware and support services to ensure reliable functioning and sufficient capacity exist for all the CoT communication infrastructure The purpose of this document is to e Provide the prospective Vendor with sufficient information to understand and respond to the requirements e Ensure that comparable information is obtained from Vendors e Provide a structured framework for the subsequent quantitative and qualitative evaluation of proposed solutions Contractual period will be for one year with additional warranty period of one year Any vendor submitting a bid must have the highest possible partnership with the OEM of the proposed equipment i e Alcatal Lucent Premier Partner Cisco Gold Partner HP IBM etc 2 Scope To provide and maintain the CoT with the necessary network equipment needed to extend the current network to maintain and improve the current network to monitor protect and secure the network including the deployment of UPS infrastructure on the network and data centres this is to protect the core infrastructure on the network as well as to safe gaurd the data intergrity and critical communications infrastructure against power spikes and outages It is preferable that this infrastructure be provided on this tender as it will allow for the seamless deployment of the same warrantee applicable on the voice and data switches bought here 3 Prog
102. successful tenderer s will be required to obtain exchange rate cover in order to protect the Municipality against exchange rate variations Proof must be provided that forward Exchange Rate cover has been taken out within 14 days after an order has been placed If proof that cover was taken out within 14 days after the order has been placed is not submitted to the City of Tshwane with the invoice the contract price adjustment will not be accepted and the contract may be cancelled COST PRICE ADJUSTMENT CLAUSES In instances where variable qualified prices are part of the cost factors submitted by the tenderer the following will be applicable a Request for price adjustments must be submitted within 30 days after the price indices are available with reference to the date of the original invoice applicable to the City of Tshwane for payment b All price adjustments applicable to a specific financial year of the City of Tshwane must be submitted to the City of Tshwane for that specific financial year within 5 days after the closure of the specific financial year to ensure correct statement of creditor as well as inventory values as on 30 June of each financial year City of Tshwane financial year cycles ranges from 1 July to 30 June the following years c Price adjustments received more than 6 months after price indices were available for that specific financial year will not be considered for payment except when negligence can be shown
103. the award of the contract of the time and place when the financial proposals will be opened Open only the financial proposals of tenderers who score in the quality evaluation more than the minimum number of points for quality stated in the tender data and announce the score obtained for the technical proposals and the total price and any preferences claimed Return unopened financial proposals to tenderers whose technical proposals failed to achieve the minimum number of points for quality F 3 6 Non disclosure Not disclose to tenderers or to any other person not officially concerned with such processes information relating to the evaluation and comparison of tender offers the final evaluation price and recommendations for the award of a contract until after the award of the contract to the successful tenderer F 3 7 Grounds for rejection and disqualification Determine whether there has been any effort by a tenderer to influence the processing of tender offers and instantly disqualify a tenderer and his tender offer if it is established that he engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices PartT1 Page 21 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 3 Tendering Procedures F 3 8 Test for responsiveness F 3 8 1 Determine after opening and before detailed evaluation whether each tender offer properly received a complies with the requirements of these Conditions of Tender b has been properly and fully completed and signed and c
104. the contractor will be required to make the following services available for a reputable sniffing expert 5 2 5 1 Quarterly Sniffs Quarterly sniffs will be scheduled to ensure that the network is stable The Sniffing Expert shall sniff the core network for a period of five working days and then submit a detailed report with the finds and corrective measures Prices quoted will be per quarterly sniff of five days including for the time needed to examine the sniff and to prepare the report Prices to include all software and hardware required it remains the property of the Networking Sniffing Expert or the bidder Change control procedures must be followed before the sniff is undertaken The successful tenderer must ensure that corrective actions are taken as pointed out via the sniff report 5 2 5 2 Sniff On Requirement Sniffs on requirements will be scheduled when users complain about slow access on the network The Sniffing Expert shall sniff a particular user s and or system and the building for a period of three working days and then submit a detailed report with the finds and corrective measures Prices quoted will be per sniff of three days including for the time needed to examine the sniff and to prepare the report Prices to include all software and hardware required it remains the property of the Networking Sniffing Expert or the bidder Change control procedures must be followed before the sniff is undertaken The successful tenderer
105. the validity of claims thereby increasing the risk of insurance fraud and consequent reputation damage to the Employer 11 6 6 Contractor to pay deductibles Any claim in terms of the insurance affected by the Employer shall be subject to the Contractor being responsible for the payment of the amount stated in the Annexure to the Policies as being the deductible first amount payable or Excess as defined in the Certificate of Insurance issued by the Employer s insurer in terms of the Policy Part C1 Page 23 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 5 Agreements and Contract Data CLAUSE CONTRACT DATA 11 6 7 Settlement of claims All incidents reported to the Section Insurance and Risk Management in respect of an occurrence which is likely to give rise to a claim will be forwarded to the Employer s insurer who will take the necessary actions for the settlement of any such claims The Contractor shall negotiate for the settlement of claims with the Employer or the Employer s insurer through the Section Insurance and Risk Management The Employer s Chief Financial Officer will authorize all settlements of claims Should action for the settlement of any such claim to the satisfaction of the Project Manager not be taken by the Contractor sub contractor within 30 thirty days after receipt of such claim by the Contractor sub contractor the Employer or the Employer s insurer may settle any such claim after giving th
106. their security requirements e Project managed service installation and service commissioning e Fault management 24 7 Customer helpdesks on site maintenance and proactive service monitoring e Configuration management application patches and changes to customer security policy e Service reports service availability security related events The optional features provided within the service include where applicable e URL filtering e Antivirus Antispyware e High availability resilient designs e SSL control e Instant messaging control e Media streaming control e User groups e Bandwidth optimization Part C3 Page 56 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 7 7 1 WIDE PRODUCT PORTFOLIO System management In the management part the tendered must have products for IP address management network infrastructure management and service level management Comply Non Comply Scalable and comprehensive system with a friendly user interface and clear reporting possibilities 7 2 Comprehensive fault management allowing critical faults to be forwarded by e mail or any other application for timely restoration of the network to sustain continuous business For Wi Fi network display graphical representation of the radio frequency coverage of the network locate Wi Fi devices provides special troubleshooting tools and may more Views of the actual status of the service levels agreed i
107. to physically audit verify these claims Faulty equipment under SLA must be replaced immediately under said SLA without any additional cost to CoT Said faulty equipment will then be repaired off site by the Service Provider and returned to site within a period of 6 weeks Should more time be needed due to equipment having to be ordered from the OEM this time frame can be re negotiated Planned down time must be done in accordance with in collaboration with CoT s Change Control Policy s Basic ITIL Principles Equipment that is not covered by guarantee SLA will be ordered via the official Procurement procedures However such equipment must also be replaced immediately with loan stock to ensure continuity of service It will be expected from the Service Provider to bi annually provide to Council a equipment replacement plan wrt equipment in this tender scope Proof of previous replacement plans provided to former clients Similar Network size than the CoT has to be submitted as part of the tender response Faulty equipment must be disposed by the official CoT asset disposal procedures and such equipment must be delivered to the Auction Yard in the CBD by the appointed tenderer Delivery of new equipment to meet CoT s MFMA requirements wrt delivery and payment issues including all relevant insurances Said equipment must be delivered to site where installation is to be done installed and commissioned If this is not possible due to incomplet
108. to demonstrate different configurations and treatments Describe for example a single communication server use multisite Call Admission Control multi site topology direct RTP call treatment Can your VOWLAN offer support a mesh access point topology Provide some examples Can your VOWLAN offer support access from a remote site What administrative tools are available to facilitate the configuration of the VoWLAN handsets Describe what additional hardware or software is required DECT mobility Describe the advantages of DECT telephony as a mobility solution within the enterprise The Tenderer will specify constraints and limitations of the central infrastructure due to the DECT wireless solution if any List and briefly explain the components in the DECT wireless solution stations and controllers What other requirements are necessary for the DECT installation Part C3 Page 112 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Detail the flows and protocols between the stations and controllers and the DECT phones with an estimation of the throughput of these flows Explain how the central infrastructure allows the use of wireless devices Specify the technologies DECT and or IP DECT What specific hardware is used for the DECT services e Is the hardware DECT specific e Provide a brief description of the hardware used to provide the DECT services e Provide
109. transmission limited to one type of base station Describe how the coverage area is defined by the base stations How does the handset select the optimum transmission channel 7 20 8 DEVICES AND TELEPHONE TERMINALS 7 20 8 1 General Tenderers will offer a range of IP terminal equipment as well as digital telephones each capable of meeting one or more of a variety of needs In the case of mixed systems the ergonomics and overall look and feel of the terminals should be similar The Buyer will make the final decision on the types and quantities of terminal after the detailed revision of the proposal sent by the Tenderer Tenderer must indicate the prices for each kind of terminal offered Wherever possible and as required by the client localization features should be offered Localization features can include the choice of display languages or localized language keyboards The terminals including the lower range should be equipped with keys which can be directly programmed by the user These keys should allow the chaining of several functions for example callback code outside number etc To solve a company s specific organizational problems or control issues at certain terminal locations it may be necessary to lock certain keys on the terminal to freeze particular configurations profiles 7 20 8 2 IP telephone terminals This IP terminal should be an open platform allowing the integration of corporate external hoste
110. up of various service layers with options according to customer requirements e Range of security appliances firewalls and associated software applications from leading security vendors provided as SP Equipment e Fault management 24x7 customer helpdesks on site maintenance and proactive service monitoring e Configuration management application patches and changes to customer security policy e Service reports service availability security related events e Security consultancy to assist the customer in defining their security requirements covered by cross functional services SOW o Project managed service installation and service commissioning covered by cross functional services SOW The optional features provided within the service include where applicable e High availability resilient designs e IPSec VPNs e De Militarized Zones DMZs e Threat mitigation 6 5 3 Web Access Security Services The Web Access Security Service WAS provides protection and optimization on a customer site typically controlling Web site access permitted URLs and Virus protection and or more effective use of available bandwidth usually the Internet The service is made up of various service layers with options according to Customer requirements e A range of security appliances proxies and associated software applications from leading Security vendors e Security consultancy to assist the customer in defining
111. value 151 and 350 users 3BA09888AA Call Restriction service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 251 and 350 users 3BA09889AA Call Restriction service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 351 and 500 users 3BA09952AA Call Restriction service upgrade software license increased with additional 500 users in relation with the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine size 3BA09470AA Automatic Route Selection service and Automatic voice overflow between Media Gateway software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 80 users Part C2 Page 63 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3BA09471AA Automatic Route Selection service and Automatic voice overflow between Media Gateway software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 150 users ft emer 2 Automatic Route Selection service and Automatic voice overflow between Media Gateway software ANEMA fcens for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 500 users 3BA09474AA Automatic Route Selection service and Automatic voice overflow between Media Gateway software license upgrade for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 80 and 150 users 3BA09503AA DISA service software license r 3BA09505AA Automated attendant up to 6 voice guides software license a 3BA09506AA Automated attendant over 6 voice guides s
112. 0 e Software OmniAccess Guest Manager e Access Points Dual Radio Access Point AP105 o Single Radio Access Point AP6 o Remote Access Point OAW RAP3 o Instant Access Point OAW IAP93 O 6 3 3 Network Voice Monitoring 6 3 3 1 Types and Description of Monitoring The following are normal types of monitoring Server Performance The items being monitored would include such things as CPU usage server load disk utilization memory usage and entries in selected log files This monitoring can provide advance warning Part C3 Page 32 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work SNMP Monitoring Application Monitoring Bandwidth Monitoring of impending system problems if the alert thresholds are set properly Almost every piece of equipment in a company network can be monitored via SNMP polling This methodology uses device specific management information blocks MIBs to obtain additional information about a device s health This information is collected at regular polling intervals SNMP enabled devices can also be programmed to send SNMP trap information to message handlers in real time Monitor the actual health and well being of applications An application can be active but performing so slowly that customers or employees can t use it For example this type of monitoring might be used to determine how fast server based applications respond to employees It provides a way to monitor usage and optimize the capacit
113. 0 Unified Management additional 100 extensions 3BA09346 A 8770 Alarms Base 0 extension ee EEL sno ssa OO Ararmsadatonal extensions BROOS A 3BA09332J A 8770 Start Pack additional 10 extensions 3BA09350J A 8770 Performance Base 0 extension 3BA09351J A 8770 Performance Base 250 extensions 3BA09352J A 8770 Performance additional 10 extensions 3BA09353J A 8770 Performance additional 100 extensions ooo 3BA09333J A 8770 Start Pack additional 100 extensions BBAO9354JA 8770 Directory Base 0 extension 3BA09355J A 8770 Web Directory base 250 extensions 3BA09356JA 8770 Web Directory additional 10 extensions ooo e 3BA09357J A 8770 Web Directory additional 100 extensions ooo 3BA09512J A 8770 Active directory option 3BA09362J A 8770 Topology Option 3BA09364 A 8770 Add Client Licence for simultaneous administration x1 OmniTouch CC Standard Edition P 3BA00628AA Easy Contact Welcome Pack 3BA09529AA CCdistribution Contact Center Distribution Starter Pack including 5 agents 1 mono site supervisor software license az 3BA09530AA CCdistribution Contact Center Distribution server including 5 agents software license 3BA09531AA CCdistribution Contact Center Distribution additional 5 agents pack up to 50 software license PF 3BA09532AA CCdistribution Contact Center Distribution upgrade from starter to server software license aaa 3BA09538AA ACR Advanced Call Routing database read software license Part C2 Page 76 of 94 Contract CB1
114. 00 Server meseme noora itesie Bridge 2200 8 ports Video multipoint contro unt f eoor fiteSize Bridge 7200 12 ports Video multipoint contro unt EA f SHOSOUTAA feSize UVC Video Center Pack of 1 HD Recording amp 250 HD Web Streams Standard Eaton f osora iesize UVC Video Center Pack of 5 HD Recordings amp 500 HD Web Streams Standard Edon T A DE sai2086ac ifesize Connections from end point access 10 seats voucher yea s882086R0 lifesize Connections from end point access 25 seats voucher I yea CEE C l Part C2 Page 88 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data C p HOSOUTAC aFeSize UVC Video Center Pack of 10 HD Recordings amp 750 HO Web Streams Standard Eaton 38HOS001A0 ifeSize UVC Video Center Pack of 20 HD Recordings amp 1000 HD Web Streams Standard Edition sar os0n2Aa esas UVC Video Center Pack of 1 HD Recording amp 250 HD Web Streams Enterprise Edition 38H0s0n2A8 ifesize UVC Video Center Pack of 5 HD Recordings amp 500 HD Web Streams Enterprise Edition SH 0s002Ac esas UVC Video Center Pack of 10 HO Recordings amp 750 HO Web Streams Enterprise Edition 38H 050020 ieSize UVC Video Center Pack of 20 HD Recordings amp 1000 HD Web Streams Enterprise Edition 3BH05003AA LifeSize UVC Video Center Upgrade 1 HD Recording Port amp 250 HD Web Streams Standard to Enterprise Edition 3BH05003AB LifeSize UVC Video Center Upgrade 5
115. 013 Part T1 3 Tendering Procedures F 3 11 4 NP is the number of tender evaluation points awarded for preferences claimed in accordance with F 3 11 8 Rank tender offers from the highest number of tender evaluation points to the lowest Recommend the tenderer with the highest number of tender evaluation points for the award of the contract unless there are compelling and justifiable reasons not to do so Rescore and re rank all tenderers should there be compelling and justifiable reasons not to recommend the tenderer with the highest number of tender evaluation points and recommend the tenderer with the highest number of tender evaluation points unless there are compelling and justifiable reasons not to do so and the process set out in this sub clause is repeated Method 3 Financial offer and quality In the case of a financial offer and quality a Score each tender in respect of the financial offer made and the quality offered in accordance with the provisions of F 3 11 7 and F 3 11 9 rejecting all tender offers that fail to score the minimum number of points for quality stated in the tender data if any Calculate the total number of tender evaluation points TEV in accordance with the following formula TEV NFO NQ where NFO is the number of tender evaluation points awarded for the financial offer made in accordance with F 3 11 7 NQ is the number of tender evaluation points awarded for quality offered in accor
116. 05 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3BA09654AA CCdistribution Contact Center Distribution additional 5 agents pack over 50 agents software license Satara aR networking weee O saanaranan ECD asyContact Pack for agents Without CCaipenifon CS Ssato 7328 Unarade From COD EasyContact toward Starterpack sas0sanc Orc Standard or Premium Remote Agents Crystal Hardware Board Engish 380853588 CCuperison Contact Center Supervision mono site connection software cense saatasaaan Ccsuperison Contact Center Supervision multisite connection software License semos Ccsperison CCS Light mono site connection software Ticerse 3BA09848AA CCsupervision Contact Center Supervision software license upgrade form CCsupervision Light to CCsupervision ooo 3BH11419AA WBM Wall Board Manager CD ROM including software amp documentation 3BA09535AA CRI Call Record Interface software license access to CCD detailed call records O BAOean NT Workforce Management Interface software license E EE f aooaa ECTT Contact Center Telephony Iterace Server including 5 agents sofware eens f A02 ECTT Contact Center Telephony InterFace 5 additional agents pack software Tcerse C f aosa eCagent Softphone Contact Center Agent server including 5 agents software Ticense f aooaa eCagent Softphone Contact Center Agent 5 additional agents pack software Tcerse 3BA09670AA CCagent Nomadic software
117. 1 2 Tendering Procedures Reference to relevant clauses in Standard Conditions of Addition or Variation to Standard Condition of Tender Tender Insurance Replace the contents of the clause with the following provided by the If requested by any tenderer submit for the tenderer s Employer information the policies or certificates of insurance or both which the Conditions of Contract identified in the Contract Data require the Employer to provide Acceptance of Tender Offer Tender offers will only be accepted if the Tenderer is able to produce a valid Tax Clearance Certificate issued by the South African Revenue Service the Tenderer is not in arrears for more than 3 months with municipal rates and taxes and municipal service charges the Tenderer or any of its directors is not listed on the Register of Tender Defaulters in terms of the Prevention and Combating of Corrupt Activities Act of 2004 as a person prohibited from doing business with the public sector and the Tenderer has not i abused the Employer s Supply Chain Management System or ii failed to perform on any previous contract and has been given a written notice to this effect It is considered that the performance of the services will not be compromised through any conflict of interest F 3 18 Copies of Contract One signed copy of contract shall be provided by the Employer to the successful Tenderer PartT1 Page 11 of 27
118. 2500 NMS amp OmniVista 2500 VMM for Ms Windows Linux and Solaris OS DVD includes all OmniVista 2500 NMS components OmniVista Core PolicyView SecureView Secure Access Secure ACL Quarantine Manager Access Guardian User Network profiles Web Services all merged into a single application for network infrastructure operations amp OmniVista 2500 Virtual Machine Manager VMM for Data Center operations Provisioning and troubleshooting Required ordering OmniVista 2500 NMS Starter Pack license and or OmniVista 2500NMS device license extensions if applicable for OmniVista 2500 NMS and OmniVista 2500 VMM license for Data Center operations Licenses sold separately Part C2 Page 32 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data OV25EXT1000 UPG OmniVista 2500 NMS Extension license for 1000 supplemental managed devices Upgrade Installation Upgrade License extension can only be combined with OmniVista 2500 Starter Pack upgrade License activation provides OmniVista management extension for additional 1000 devices IP management addresses Extension licenses any combinations can be combined to match the required number of nodes to manage Activated Upgrade Extension licenses are associated to a specific OV2500 NMS starter Pack Upgrade OV25START R35 U components OmniVista core functions PolicyView SecureView Secure Access SecureView ACL Quarantine Manager Access Guardian User network profiles Web Services Starter pack lice
119. 350 C f BAO cate Lucent 4645 voice mall users software license from e C5 engine 250 to eS engine 350 BAO cate Lucent 4645 voice mall users software license from e CS engine 350 to e CS engine 500 3BA09965AA Alcatel Lucent 4645 voice mail users service upgrade software license increased with additional 500 users in relation with the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine size p EL ZEOATeAh Alcatel Lucent 4645 networked voice mall Software license Value pack OmniVista Network Management application 3BA09358J A 8770 Ticket Collector Base 0 extension 3BA09359J A 8770 Ticket Collector Base 250 extensions Oooo 870 Ticket Collector Base 250 extensions 38809360 8770 Ticket Collector additional TWextensions OOOO 3809361 8770 Ticket Collector addtional TOD extensions 3809556 B77 SNMP proxy base Dextension OOOO C pO A B7TO SNMP proxy base 250 extensions SBADIS3EIA 3BA09330JA 3BA09331J A 8770 Start Pack Base 250 extensions 3BA09334 A 8770 Full Pack Base 0 extension yA E E oA O p A 8770 Wetering addon 10 extensions C pO A o Metering Base Dextension OOOO O p A 8770 Metering Base 0 eteron OOOO C pO sA 8770 Metering adctional 100 extensions 38R0s342 R 8770 Unified Management Base Dextenson Part C2 Page 75 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data zy 3BA09343 A 8770 Unified Management Base 250 extensions PF 3BA09344 A 8770 Unified Management additional 10 extensions P 3BA09345 A 877
120. 4 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data fF 3BA09558 A OmniPCX Enterprise Virtualization for tracking 3BA09784AA 3BA09785AA 3BA09786AA 3BA09788AA 3BA09789AA 3BA09790AA 3BA09791AA 3BA09792AA 3BA09794AA 3BA09795AA 3BA09796AA 3BA09797AA 3BA09798AA Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise minor upgrade for e CS 50 stand alone software license upgrade from release N 1 to release N Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise minor upgrade for e CS 80 stand alone software license upgrade from release N 1 to release N Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise minor upgrade for e CS 150 stand alone software license upgrade from release N 1 to release N Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise minor upgrade for e CS 500 stand alone software license upgrade from release N 1 to release N Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise minor upgrade for e CS 500 stand alone software license upgrade from release N 1 to release N Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise minor upgrade for e CS 50 network software license upgrade from release N 1 to release N Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise minor upgrade for e CS 80 network software license upgrade from release N 1 to release N Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise minor upgrade for e CS 150 network software license upgrade from release N 1 to release N Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise minor upgrade for e CS 500 network software license upgrade from release N 1 to release
121. 5000 IP Phones 10 switches routers oe VSUITE VOIP STANDARD PACK WIN Includes 4 VoIP Agents for active VoIP monitoring SIP pO kapable 10 RTU and CD ROM for Windows Package example 3 IP PBX 6000 IP Phones 300955432 VitalSuite ART for 1 server with 1 or 2 CPUs Windows only P 300589165 VitalSuite Cisco Netflow or RMON 1 interface Part C2 Page 11 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 300994092 VitalSuite Genesys Contact Ctr Monitoring 055151 VitalSuite SIP VoiP agent stat 1 Agent E VitalSuite VitalFlow Base RTU Required to enable the VitalFlow feature for Netflow and sFlow monitoring At least 1 flow enabled interface at 0 5 RTU must be configured to send flow records to VitalFlow server Additional flow enabled interfaces can be configured at 0 5 RTU each Netflow and sFlow monitoring are part of VitalFlow For available RTU license packages see above 300960721 VitalSuite Base Server for Windows Includes Net Real Time and Apps components and 1 for Net Real Time a license for 1 RTU or 2 for Apps a license for either 25 Desktop Agents or any combination of Mid Tier Agents and Automons up to 5 total For RTU definitions for Net Real Time please request the Vital Price Book from julie devincentis alcatel lucent com For available RTU license packages see below WAN Routers 0A5720 GE SL i x GE WAN port activation license for OmniAccess 5720S ESR ooo ESR AIC 1E1T1 l port E1 T1 c
122. 50E BP modular 126W AC backup power supply Provides backup power to one non PoE switch Ships with chassis connection cable and country specific power cord OS6850E BPPH OS6850E BPPH modular 510W AC backup power supply Provides backup power to one PoE switch Ships with chassis connection cable country specific power cord power shelf and rack mounts 0S6855 Switch ISFP 10G C10M 10 m direct attached SFP copper cable industrial grade ISFP 10G C3M 3m direct attached SFP copper cable industrial grade ISFP 10G C30CM 30 cm direct attached SFP copper cable industrial grade PF 0S6855 24 FLTR A pack of 4 air filters for 6855 24 model 0S6855 PSS 0S6855 PSS power brick AC power supply Provides only system power Does not provide PoE Ships with country specific power cord 0S6855 PSSPH O0S6855 PSSPH power brick AC power supply Provides up to 180W of PoE only power to one 0S6855 P14 Ships with country specific power cord 0S6855 PSL C 0S6855 PSL C fanless modular AC backup power supply Provides backup system power to one 0S6855 U24X switch Ships with chassis connection cable and country specific power cord 0S6855 PSL P 0S6855 PSL P modular AC backup power supply Provides backup system and PoE power to one 0S6855 24 switch Ships with chassis connection cable and country specific power cord 0S6855 24 0S6855 24 Hardened Gigabit Ethernet L3 fixed configuration chassis in a 1U form factor designed to operate in harsh environments It
123. 50W 120 240V AC power converter to 7705 shelves equipped with O ring connector blocks 3HE05051AB 1RU SAR M with 1 modular position configuration with redundant universal 48V 24V DC power feeds Node has 16 T1 E1 ASAP and 7 10 100 1000 Mbps Ethernet ports 4 SFP 3 RJ 45 and built in Control Switch functionality OS license is sold separately powers Expansion module containing a single GPON port SFF uplink with Gigabit Ethernet throughput A Fearon for GPON Phy layer synchronization Environmentally hardened 3HE05914AA Expansion module supporting 4 pair G SHDSL EFM bonding and 2 pair xDSL ADSL2 ADSL2 VDSL2 with ATM and PTM bonding Supports NTR over SHDSL and xDSL Environmentally hardened Module supports 6 RJ 11 connectors 3HE05577AA Expansion module supporting 8 pair ADSL2 ADSL2 VDSL2 PTM bonding and 2 pair ADSL2 2 ATM bonding Supports NTR over xDSL Environmentally hardened Module supports 8 RJ 11 connectors 3HE05589AA 7210 SAS M 24F2XFP MPLS Extended Temperature Range AC system includes 1 7210 SAS AC Power Supply 1 Fan Tray 7210 SAS Operating Software R3 0 Accepts 24 x 100 1000 SFP s and 2 XFP s 3HE06574AA 7750 SR 7 Slot Chassis with 7750 SR 7 100 Amp Power Filters PEM 3 s and 7750 SR 7 Enhanced Fan Tray 7750 SR SFM4 Bundle Bundle Includes 7750 SR 7 Slot DC Integrated Chassis 3HE00272DB with redundant 7750 SR 7 100 Amp Power Filters amp 100 Amp DC PEM 3 s Reduced Depth Enhanced Fan Tray 1 I
124. 60AA LifeSize Team 220 HD video system with two LifeSize MicPods and one LifeSize pan tilt zoom HD Camera Part C2 Page 87 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3BH11999AA_ LifeSize Focus fixed focus HD camera with built in microphone 3BH12000AA LifeSize pan tilt zoom HD 10X Camera 3BH12001AA LifeSize pan tilt zoom HD Camera 200 F 3BH12002AA__ LifeSize Team 220 HD video system includes only the Codec unit ee Eee emo ifesize Power Supply for Cam 200 and Passport Code OOOO E 3BH12022AA LifeSize Power Supply for Video Codecs except Passport 003 a E teste Diplayaeineh TT OOSCSCSCSC S SEHTZOQ5AR i EC 38120845 esi Softphone For WINDOWS OS Price per Teense for quantity 10 25 Ticenses P 3BH12084AC LifeSize Softphone for WINDOWS OS Price per license for quantity 26 50 licenses 38h 120520 esi Softphone For WINDOWS 0S Price per Ticense for quantity SI 100Ticenses serze fesze Softphone for WINDOWS OS Price per license Tor quantity T00T nses C f mzoe esi Connections from end point access 5 seats voucher yea ooo 3BH12087AA LifeSize Connections from computer access 1 seat voucher 1 year 3BH12087AB LifeSize Connections from computer access 5 seats voucher 1 year PF 3BH12087AC LifeSize Connections from computer access 10 seats voucher 1 year 3BH12087AD LifeSize Connections from computer access 25 seats voucher 1 year 3BH01002AA LifeSize UVC 1100 Server 3BHO1014AA LifeSize UVC 33
125. 7 F 2 10 Pricing the tender offer ssssssssseeereeesssesserrrrrrrnrtrssrrrntrrnnnrssrrrnrrnnnneserennee 17 F 2 11 Alterations to documents si sii ceesvnpct tases aunts rvteropeeientdl tree eee sede cts eee eee 18 F 2 12 Alternative tender Off rs ccccceeeecscccceeeeee cette eeenecaeaeeeeeeeeeeseeaaaeeeeeeeeennnaa 18 F 2 13 Submitting a tender offer cccs act coca ee cat ceeetenta cd deetcath tet ead eels tetas aks ate 18 F 2 14 Information and data to be completed in all respects ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 19 F 2 15 COSO 91 ae nee ae rer e ea A a EES 19 F 2 16 Tender offer validity eirctosd ss Boies shetuanbihicg Weasehes rakes ae sah Seta a a ae 19 F 2 17 Clarification of tender offer after submission ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 19 F 2 18 Provide other Matetal itccicesusscos cao crs cha eootaats waar ast ca dt oak ak otaadeliant heals 20 F 2 19 Inspections tests and analysis ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeenees 20 F 2 20 Submit securities bonds policies etC cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 20 F 2 21 Checktinal Gran ces essere cts ach ine a a e Dy ated ears 20 F 2 22 Return of other tender document ccceeeeeeeeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeseessaaaeeeeeees 20 F 2 23 COMINCALGS i coche dca cet antiete ad e eae a badt cl taadeu ne edad alone uiatdale 20 F 3 The employer s undertakings earcta cect th Ei stetew ede eileeel obec tiered eee 20 F 3 1 Resp
126. 919AA System Alarm management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 151 and 350 users 3BA09920AA System Alarm management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 251 and 350 users 3BA09921AA System Alarm management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 351 and 500 users 3BA09961AA System Alarms management service for upgrade software license increased with additional 500 users in relation with the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine size 3BA09435AA Configuration management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 80 users 3BA09436AA Configuration management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 150 users 3BA09437AA Configuration management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 500 users 3BA09439AA Configuration management service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 81 and 150 users 3BA09830AA Configuration management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 50 users 3BA09922AA Configuration management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 350 users 3BA09923AA Configuration management service upgrade software license for the Omn
127. 950B BDL 900 36 Part C2 Page 24 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data FG3950BBDL95036 FORTIGATE 3950B BUNDLE 2 SFP 10 Gig ports 2 SFP SR type transceivers included 4 SFP 10 100 1000 FortiASIC accelerated ports 2 10 100 1000 ports 5 FMC slots and dual AC power supplies Bundle includes Hardware Unit Advance Replacement Firmware Upgrades 7x24x36 months Comprehensive Support AntiVirus IPS Contect Filtering and Anti Spam ADD NON US POWER CORD FROM FORTINET ACCESSORIES IF NEEDED FG 3950B BDL 950 36 FMCC20 FORTIGATE MODULE Firewall module 20 10 100 1000 ports FMC C20 FMCF20 FORTIGATE MODULE Firewall module 20 1 Gig SFP ports includes 4 SX SFP transceivers FMC F20 FMCXD2 FORTIGATE MODULE FMC XD2 Firewall module 2 10 Gig SFP ports includes 2 SR SFP transceivers FMC XD2 FMCXG2 FORTIGATE MODULE FMC XG2 Security Processing Module SP2 acceleration 2 10 Gig SFP ports includes 2 SR SFP transceivers FMC XG2 FMCXHO FORTIGATE MODULE FMC XHO Security Processing Module SP3 no external interfaces FMC XHO FSM064 FSM MODULE Fortinet Storage Module FSM 64 GB Solid State Drive for FortiGate with FSM slot FSM 064 FC800691 36 3 Yrs 8x5 Enhanced FortiCare for FortiAnalizer 4000B FC 10 L4002 311 02 36 3HE05789LA 5620 SAM E A P R10 License for 7210 SAS M 24F2XFP Notes 1 One License is required for each 7210 SAS M 24F2XFP Chassis 2 This license applies to the
128. BA00760AA Pack with one VoIP access board INT IP3 board one 10 100 1000 BT connecting card one ARMADA daughter board for 30 additional com pression pathes 3BA00760AB Pack with one VoIP access board INT IP3 board one 10 100 1000 BT connecting card two ARMADA daughter boards for 60 additional co mpression pathes 3BA00760AC Pack with one VoIP access board INT IP3 board one 10 100 1000 BT connecting card three ARMADA daughter boards for 90 additional compression pathes 3BA23193AC INT IP2 board Board for spare 3BA23241AA GPA2 board conf 29 Dynamic Static 4 language Voice Guide 3BA23243AA 10 100BASE T connector 3BA23263AA GIP4 4 board 3BA23274AB VoIP access board INT IP3 board vaeane Board INT Pe Dea sesame frac a o is empty cabinet OOOO 3BA27118AA ACT28 mounting kit for installation in data cabinet 3BA27121AA PSAL and 48V data cabinet ACT connecting kit 3BA27134AA ACT shipment kit E 3BA56007AA ACT28 shelf Shelf 12U 28 slots 3BA56064AM__ M3 packed doors front amp rear aem o oover O SBS 057A eop es OO O Powe ANO SSCS C O A Seeon OOOO Ss eG AH DAMEN RIEMERS a oo o 3BA57185AA 48V 65 AH battery elements 3BA57186AA 48V 65 AH battery box connection kit Oooo 3BA28224AA Cable 2 meters length between the 48Volts DC charger and the 48Volts ACT in data rack format 3BA58019AA 15 m MDF TY2 96pts DIN cable for PRA BPRA PCM 120 ohm boards a 3BA58020AB 15 m MDF TY1 64pts DIN cable for UA Z
129. BA09369 A CCivr easy server PF 3BA09371 A CCivr Digital Software License 10 ports PF 3BA09371 B Upgrade CCivr Digital Software License 10 ports 3BA09372 A CCivr SIP 1 port 3BA09372 B Upgrade CCivr SIP 1 port PF 3BA09373 A CCivr Software License for 2 fax on demand sessions Input Output PF 3BA09373 B Upgrade CCivr Software License for 2 fax on demand sessions Input Output 3BA09374 A CCivr Contact Center Integration and Queuing sts naar cer ent cantar agaton n ang i EC 8h09575 8 fUparade Cow Database OSOSCSCSCSCSC SN C CQ a esee ae CS 3BA09377J A Ccivr TTS Realspeak Connector 2 sessions Oooo 3BA09377J B Upgrade Ccivr TTS Realspeak Connector 2 sessions ooo 3BA09378J A Ccivr TTS Loquendo Connector 2 sessions 3BA09378 B Upgrade CCivr TTS Loquendo Connector 2 sessions PF 3BA09379 A CCivr TTS SDK 2 sessions Part C2 Page 78 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data San Yurarade COM TTS ORDO OOSOCSCSCSCSCSC C o IE 380838078 Urarade CCiwr ASR Nuance Connector z sesos OOOO sanaaaiy a ecivr ASR Coquendo Connector zess SSS eose Urarade CCive ASR Coquendo Comector Pew S E E seasons OOOSOSOSC Wree ceases O 3BA09382 B Upgrade CCivr ASR SDK 2 sessions ooo 3BA27631AA CCivr DVD R TTS for other countries 3BA27636AA CCivr TTS Realspeak 2 sessions L1 3BA27637AA CCivr TTS Realspeak 2 sessions L2 3BA27638AA CCivr TTS Realspeak 2 sessions L3 3BA27639AA CCivr TTS Realspea
130. BA09979AA ftware license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value 350 users E 3BA09982AA Software license upgrade for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 81 to 150 users 3BA09983AA Software license upgrade for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 151 and 350 users 3BA09984AA Software license upgrade for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 351 and 500 users 3BA09985AA Software license upgrade to increase the size of the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with additional 500 users Satna Tana E s809977A8 SaFvareTicense Yor Physical users upto O usages SSCS moore feoftware icense Yor Physical users upto ISD wer s2n9a7 ane oftware icense Yor Physical users upto 350 uers OOOO semosta Physical users upgrade software icense from 51 to 80u CS 3800996288 Physical users upgrade software icense from 81 to 150 users i E semooos3A Physical users upgrade software icense from ISI te 350 uers O semos Physical users unarade software icense from 351 to 50 uses 3BA09985AB Physical users upgrade software license increased with additional 500 users in relation with the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine size 3BA09407AA e Communication Server e CS redundancy software license 3BA09407AB Com Server e CS TELEPHONY duplication license 3BA09048J A Software license for the Alcatel Lucent Smart Call which simplifies how users initiate calls being able to make a
131. BX system should provide standard APIs compliant with Internet standards like XML SOAP amp WSDL for CTI call control and management functions Part C3 Page 35 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work The IP PBX system should also provide legacy APIs such as CSTA TAPI CSTA The IP PBX system should provide call routing points for connecting Contact Center applications 6 3 5 1 2 System Hardware and Software The IP PBX hardware must have high flexibility in term of capacity system upgrade and support IP amp TDM without external interfaces The Call Server should able to support minimum 15000 users in a stand alone configuration and support up to 100 000 users in a virtual and multi servers network group The Call Server should able to handle traffic minimum 300K BHCA The system must support the following external telephony interface signalling E1 CCS PRI VN3 4 6 7 ETSI DASS2 E1 CAS R2 Q421 MFC Ericsson Q23 Decadic T1 CCS generic T1 CAS TO ISDN BRI VN3 4 6 7 ETSI E amp M Analog Loop Start and Ground Start with FSK and DTMF CLIP The switching must be able to handle Power over Ethernet devices PoE devices must be managed for Economic efficiency according to device needs Security to avoid overload of the system or the device For bandwidth intensive users the bidder should be able to supply a swich device to distribute PoE to supplementary Ethernet devices The device must be an economic plug and
132. CONTRACTOR Jan programme related activities Jas per flow chart NORMAL _ PROJECT RELATED PROCESSES TO _ BE DONE BY CONTRACTOR N A The individual activities and their associated time frames are listed on the flow chart Penalties will apply to all of these activities The individual activities and their associated time frames are listed on the flow chart Penalties will apply to all of these activities Normal Working Hours Monday To Friday 7 30 16 00 Normal Working Hours Monday To Friday 7 30 16 00 0 05 of the project value per day of late completion to a maximum of R 10 000 00 per project 0 05 of the programme value per day of late completion to a maximum of R 20 000 00 per programme Part C3 Page 125 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 13 13 1 14 14 1 Note The contractor can negotiate the time frames of projects programmes with CoT before the start of the project programme to take the size into consideration for example a six storey building will be easier to implement than a 20 storey building Each incident project call is managed and tracked throughout its service lifecycle by the Service Desk and measured exceptions are where calls are serviced outside of the contracted Service Level These are to be reported on at month end to identify failure to meet specific service level Also note that projects programs are measured under the SLA for projects
133. Clear Sea Server CS300 Appliance Server Capacity 50 PORTS seoa oesie CTearSea Server C3300 Appliance Server Capacity 100 PORS 3BH12095AA LifeSize ClearSea Server CS300 Android Clients 3BH12095AB LifeSize ClearSea Server CS300 iOS Clients 3BH12097AA Upgrade from LifeSize ClearSea Server CS100 6 ports to LifeSize ClearSea Server CS100 16 ports 3BH12097AB Upgrade from LifeSize ClearSea Server CS100 16 ports to LifeSize ClearSea ServerCS150 26 ports H i ee eee ports ee ee ee ports ed ports ee ee eee ports P 3BHO3000AA LifeSize UVC Server Hard Drive PF 3BH11873AA LifeSize MicPod Extension Cable P 3BH11875AA LifeSize MicPod Splitter 3BH11877AA LifeSize Camera Cable 7 5M 25ft 3BH11879AA LifeSize Camera Cable 15M 50ft 3BH11995AA LifeSize Remote Control Black English Mel 3BH12026AA LifeSize Cart for Video System For single Display Part C2 Page 91 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data ay 3BH12027AA LifeSize Cart for Video System For dual Display PF 3BH12028AA LifeSize Wall Mounting kit for Video System For single Display Pd 3BH12029AA LifeSize Wall Mounting kit for Video System For dual Display Whiteboard solution SBHIZ046RA interactive Whiteboard SB685ix UXGO projector GoWire Meeting Pro I 3BH12047AA Audio System for Interactive Whiteboard no power cord SBM obite Height adjustable Floor Stand for Interactive Whiteboard CS 3120500 Power Cord
134. Core Site List please note the list will be amended to accommodate future sites Centurion Sammy Marks Soshanguve HB Phillips CD Wet Munitoria Atteridgeville Mini Munitoria Mamelodi Mini Munitoria Iscor Club PDS Bosman Fire Station Rondalia Waltloo Akasia HQ Premos Capital Park BKS Noordvaal Saambou Sanlam Plaza Old Raadsal FPM Bosman 9 Isivuno Temba CC Training Skills transfers will be done via work sessions and on site training Occupational Health And Safety Act The successful tenderer will be required to comply with the requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act Act 85 of 1993 and regulations as amended Part C3 Page 126 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 15 SLA Agreement IN WITNESS WHEREOF the CoT has executed this contract on this day of REEE EE Al TE T WITNESSES a a Creer creme CITY OF TSHWANE METROPOLITAN MUNICIPALITY IN WITNESS WHEREOF 5 has executed this contract on this day of reban Andani n AU ice eke eee ae WITNESSES Tree ren ncren E terry ny Nic si ata nana The Contractor Part C3 Page 127 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work HEALTH AND SAFETY SPECIFICATION MINIMUM OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH amp SAFETY REQUIREMENTS a IN My capacity as representing SSS E contractor hereby agree in terms of Section 37 2 of the Occupational Health and Safety Act 1993 Act
135. Corrupt Activities Act 2004 Act 12 of 2004 In order to give effect to the above this form must be completed in full and signed Failure to comply will result in the tender being disqualified The following questionnaire must be completed and submitted with the tender QUESTION RESPONSE 4 1 Is the Tenderer or any of its directors listed on the National Treasurer s database as a company or persons prohibited from doing business with the public sector Companies for persons who are listed on this database were informed in writing of this restriction by the National Treasury after the audi alteram partem rule was applied Yes No If so furnish particulars 4 2 Is the Tenderer or any of its directors listed on the Register for Tender Defaulters in terms of Section 29 of the Prevention and Combating of Corrupt Activities Act 2004 Act 12 of 2004 To access this Register enter the National Treasury s website www treasury gov za click on the icon Register for Tender Defaulters or submit your written request for a hard copy of the Register to facsimile number 012 326 5445 If so furnish particulars Yes No 4 3 Was the Tenderer or any of its directors convicted by a court of law including a court of law outside the Republic of South Africa for fraud or corruption during the past five years Yes No If so furnish particulars PartT2 Page 4 of 20 Contract
136. ED BENEFITS FOR UNIFIED COMMUNICATIONS AND COLLABORATION Unified Communications Service should offer the following benefits Comply Non Comply e Improved accessibility of information and experts throughout the enterprise The easier it is for workers and customers to access information and experts the better they can resolve issues and complete tasks e Flexible workgroups which enable faster problem resolution Collaboration among workers accelerates decision making and provides a faster remedy to issues that arise e Better value from existing internal applications Employees use multiple forms of communication but often do not fully use the tools provided due to their complexity As user interfaces becomes simpler employees will better use tools provided to them e Faster response to customer requests Customers feel that the Buyer is looking out for their best interests with an immediate response to their problems e Avoidance of project delays due to communication silos By providing a fully integrated experience across all applications workers can more readily respond to critical issues e Greater control over work schedules and timeline adherence Business can eliminate major obstructions that inhibit collaboration through real time connectivity among employees e Effective communication Beyond replacing a traditional channel for contacting employees Part C3 Page 59 of 131 C
137. ETWORK SERVICES The service gateway must provide a flexible and extensible Comply Non architecture enabling new service additions to the system In order Comply to accomplish this the service gateway must provide dedicated Part C3 Page 66 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work CPU processing for these applications or services along with an embedded disk drive Application engine to provide 3rd party application installation on the service gateway Minimum of 1 180G hard disk drive Minimum standard memory compliment of 512M with the ability to grow this to 1G Services to include o DHCP Server o DNS Server o Web Caching o WAN Optimization Application Acceleration o Print Services o IP PBX o WiFi Controller o Partner Custom Application 7 17 MANAGEABILITY The Service gateway should be remotely accessible for authorized administrators to perform Monitoring Comply Non Comply Service provisioning with wizards for easy configurations Configuration management Dynamic software upgrades without reboots To ensure the remote management capabilities the service gateway must include the following features Access Interfaces console port Universal Modem USB User Interfaces CLI WebView HTTP HTTPS Management Protocols SNMP v1 v2 NetConf compliant XML API Syslog forwarding
138. Enterprise software engine size PF 3BA09504AA Integrated metering reports software license 3BA09414AA Accounting service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 80 users 3BA09415AA Accounting service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 150 users 3BA09416AA Accounting service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 500 users 3BA09418AA Accounting service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 81 and 150 users 3BA09824AA Accounting service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 50 users 3BA09825AA Accounting service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 51 and 80 users Part C2 Page 66 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3BA09906AA Accounting service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 350 users 3BA09907AA Accounting service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 151 and 350 users 3BA09908AA Accounting service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 251 and 350 users 3BA09909AA Accounting service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 351 and 500 users 3BA09957AA Accounting service upgrade
139. Extended temperature range chassis ETR as well 3HE05790LA 5620 SAM E A P R10 License for 7210 SAS X 24F2XFP Notes 1 One License is required for each 7210 SAS X 24F2XFP Chassis 3HE05791LA 5620 SAM E A P R10 License for Alcatel 7210 SAS 4xT1 E1 CES Module or 7210 SAS 2x10G MDA Module Notes 1 This product is a bundle that includes one license for SAM E SAM A and SAM P 2 For a first time deployment of the 5620 SAM please refer to the DVD ROM Media kit description for a listing of all required components to run 5620 SAM Part C2 Page 25 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3HEO7421LA 5620 SAM E A P R10 Additional License for 7705 SAR PASSIVE MDA s The following MDAs are considered Passive Power Injector Card PIC 1 Colour Optical Add Drop Mux OADM 2 Colour Optical Add Drop Mux OADM 4 Colour Optical Add Drop Mux OADM 8 Colour Optical Add Drop Mux OADM PF 3HE03605LA 5620 SAM E A P R10 Additional License for 7705 SAR 8 18 MDAs PF 3HE06551LA 5620 SAM E A P R10 Additional License for 7705 SAR 8 18 XMDAs 3HE03603LA 5620 SAM E A P R10 License for 7705 SAR 8 Chassis with 2 MDAs and this could either be a Standard MDA or XMDA Customer Account Team must request the correct MDA type XMDA or Standard for licensing Notes 1 One License is required for each 7705 SAR 8 Chassis 2 For additional 7705 SAR 8 18 Standard MDAs order P N 3HEO3605LA 3 For additional 7705 SAR8
140. Functionality Full Queuing hierarchical policing IPv4 IPv6 routing services Available upgrades licenses VPRN 3HE05053AA 7x50 1 port 100GE IMM Provides 1 physical 100GE port that accepts pluggable CFP connector Full Service Routing Functionality Full Queuing hierarchical policing IPv4 IPv6 routing services Available upgrades licenses VPRN Enhanced Subscriber Management Layer 2 or routed CO model 3HE06430AA 7x50 5 port 10GE IMM Provides 5 physical 10GE port that accepts pluggable XFP connector Full Service Routing Functionality Full Queuing hierarchical policing IPv4 IPv6 routing services Available upgrades licenses VPRN LI Enhanced Subscriber Management Layer 2 or routed CO model 3HE06431AA 7x50 8 port 10GE IMM Provides 8 physical 10GE port that accepts pluggable XFP connector Full Service Routing Functionality Full Queuing hierarchical policing IPv4 IPv6 routing services Available upgrades licenses VPRN LI Enhanced Subscriber Management Layer 2 or routed CO model 3HE06292AA 7x50 IMM RTU license for full VPRN support on IMMs with capacity of up to 100Gb s This is a per IMM license to scale up to the max VPRNs supported on the IMM 3HE00107LA 7750 SR 7 or SR 12 Release 10 0 Operating Software License otes One 1 Operating Software License is required for each SR 7 or SR 12 in the network Includes two programmed 2GB Compact Flash cards with the Operating Software 3HE04908LA 7750 SR c12 Release 10 0
141. MDAC OAW GM AVT10000 OmniAccess WLAN Guest Management Advertising Services Plugin for a maximum of 10 000 concurrent guest users OAW GM SW100R OmniAccess WLAN Guest Management SW High Availability Virtual Appliance for up to 10 000 guest users Hardware not included Not valid as standalone solution only valid for customers with GM SW100 OmniVista 2500 OV25EXT1000 NEW _ 2500 NMS Extension license for 1000 supplemental managed nodes New InstallationLicense activation provides OmniVista 2500 management extension for additional 1000 devices IP mgt addresses Extension licenses any combinations can be combined to match the required number of nodes to manage Activated New Extension Licenses are associated to a specific OV2500 NMS starter Pack New OV25START R35 N OV25EXT500 NEW OmniVista 2500 NMS Extension license for 500 supplemental managed nodes New InstallationLicense activation provides OmniVista 2500 management extension for additional 100 devices IP mgt addresses Extension licenses any combinations can be combined to match the required number of nodes to manage Activated New Extension Licenses are associated to a specific OV2500 NMS starter Pack New OV25START R35 N Part C2 Page 31 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data OV25START R35 N OmniVista 2500 NMS Starter Pack license New Installation Include activation license for all components OmniVista core functions PolicyView SecureView Secure A
142. NDDI BRA boards P 3BA58027AA 15 m MDF TY4 96pts DIN cable from CPU to MDF Part C2 Page 57 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data OmniPCX Software 3BA00570AA Premium pack 50 includes ARS accounting configuration licenses for e CS 50 engine and embedded voice guides license 3BA00570AB Premium pack 80 includes ARS accounting configuration licenses for e CS 80 engine and embedded voice guides license 3BA00570AC Premium pack 150 includes ARS accounting configuration licenses for e CS 150 engine and embedded voice guides license 3BA00570AD Premium pack 350 includes ARS accounting configuration licenses for e CS 350 engine and embedded voice guides license 3BA00571AA Privilege pack 50 includes A4645 engine license A4645 users for e CS 50 engine ARS accounting configuration licenses for e CS 50 engine and embedded voice guides license 3BA00571AB Privilege pack 80 includes A4645 engine license A4645 users for e CS 80 engine ARS accounting configuration licenses for e CS 80 engine and embedded voice guides license 3BA00571AC Privilege pack 150 includes A4645 engine license A4645 users for e CS 150 engine ARS accounting configuration licenses for e CS 150 engine and embedded voice guides license 3BA00571AD Privilege pack 350 includes A4645 engine license A4645 users for e CS 350 engine ARS accounting configuration licenses for e CS 350 engine and embedded voice guides license 3BA00535AA Node pack 50
143. P08914ACAA Virtual Hold Rendezvous v7 3GP08911ACAA Virtual Hold WebConnect v7 5GP08910ACAA Virtual Hold WebConnect v7 SS 3GP08918ACAA Virtual Hold CTI Adapter v7 3GP08913ACAA Virtual Hold Routing Adapter v7 3GPOB915ACAA Virtual Hold ReaderBoard Adapter v7 3GP08916ACAA Virtual Hold IVR Adapter v7 3GP08375ACAA v8 1 Genesys Voice Platform 3G P08380ACAA v8 1 HA Genesys Voice Platform Part C2 Page 37 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data C9 1 1000001 Project Management Rate per day C9 1 1000002 Training on site Rate per day C9 1 1000003 Site Inspection Rate per day C9 1 1000004 Self Service Terminal each C91 1000005 Stand alone touch screen equipment with printer steel enclosure and internet connectivity C91 1000006 Architecture Design Services Rate per day C9 1 1000007 Sniffer Services Rate per day C9 1 1000008 Professional Services Rate per day CS 1 1000009 Consulting Services on site Rate per day 9 1 1000010 Mobile Network Operations Centre including related equipment C9 1 1000011 WFM Services Rate per day FCS 1 1000012 Production Analytical Services Rate per day C9 1 1000013 Programme Management Rate per day fC 1 1000014 Infrastructure Audit Services Rate per day C9 1 1000015 Assessment Services Rate per day C9 1 1000016 Product Specialist Services Rate per day 7200 26920 102 HDX Executive Collection 8000 720 2ET HDX 8000 720 see 7200 23150 102 HDX
144. PCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 80 users 3BA09464AA ABC Network service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 150 users Ls 3BA09465AA ABC Network service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 500 users Part C2 Page 65 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3BA09467AA ABC Network service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 81 and 150 users hos 3BA09561AA Fax server on ABC A link software license 3BA09822AA ABC Network service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 50 users 3BA09823AA ABC Network service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 51 and 80 users 3BA09902AA ABC Network service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 350 users 3BA09903AA ABC Network service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 151 and 350 users 3BA09904AA ABC Network service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 251 and 350 users 3BA09905AA ABC Network service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 351 and 500 users 3BA09956AA ABC Network service upgrade software license increased with additional 500 users in relation with the OmniPCX
145. PM MUST BE PURCHASED WITH THIS PART Part C2 Page 22 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data CGSL1P CyberGatekeeper 1U appliance and software license hardware included Also includes CyberGatekeeper Policy Manager and Reporting Server software license A MAINTENANCE CONTRACT CGSL1P SPM MUST BE PURCHASED WITH THIS PART CGSRI1F Fail Open CyberGatekeeper 1U Remote in line appliance and software license hardware included Also includes CyberGatekeeper Policy Manager and Reporting Server software license A MAINTENANCE CONTRACT CGSR1F SPM MUST BE PURCHASED WITH THIS PART a Redundant CyberGatekeeper 1U Remote in line appliance and software license hardware pO Incudedy A MAINTENANCE CONTRACT CGSR1R SPM MUST BE PURCHASED WITH THIS PART CG800012 00 1 Yr CyberGatekeeper 1U REMOTE Redundant Server Platinum Maintenance Support provides 8x5 support and all software upgrades CGSR1R SPM CG800010 00 1 Yr CyberGatekeeper 1U REMOTE Server Platinum Maintenance Support provides 8x5 support and all software upgrades CGSR1F SPM ill 00 1 Yr CyberGatekeeper 1U Server Platinum Maintenance Support provides 8x5 support and all ONE teva upgrades CGSL1P SPM CG800003 00 1 Yr CyberGatekeeper Agent Platinum Maintenance from 1000 to 2499 seats INCLUDES One year maintenance releases e g 4 4 to 4 41 minor product releases e g 4 3 to 4 4 major releases e g 4 4 to 5 0 and email support 6 AM 6 PM PST Monday Friday
146. Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3BA09896AA Priority call service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 251 and 350 users 3BA09897AA Priority call service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 351 and 500 users 3BA09954AA Priority call service upgrade software license increased with additional 500 users in relation with the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine size 3BA09565AA Call Restriction service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 80 users 3BA09566AA Call Restriction service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 150 users 3BA09567AA Call Restriction service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 500 users 3BA09569AA Call Restriction service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 81 and 150 users 3BA09814AA Call Restriction service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 50 users 3BA09815AA Call Restriction service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 51 and 80 users 3BA09886AA Call Restriction service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 350 users 3BA09887AA Call Restriction service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the
147. R6 x user 3BA09247 A Migration license for 1 user from OmniTouch 8440 Messaging Software to OmniTouch 8400 Instant Communications Suite 3BA09248 A Free migration license of voice messaging services for 1 OmniTouch 8400 Instant Communications Suite user 3BA09256 A Optional software license for two additional Text To Speech ports for the OmniTouch Unified Communications solution ie 3BA09758AA My Phone 4980 Softphone option 10 users software license 3BA09763AA Optional software license Voice access 2 ports for the OmniTouch Unified Communications solution P 3BA09764AA Dashboard option 10 users software license 3BA09766AA Optional software license Text To Speech 1 additional language for the OmniTouch Unified Communications solution 3BA09767AA Optional software license Multi site for the OmniTouch Unified Communications solution he wa 3BA09852AA Optional software license Text To Speech for the OmniTouch Unified Communications solution PF 3BH11789AC actory integration service for OmniTouch 8440 R6 7 Messaging Software 3EY99036AA My Cellular Extension Software ID for Windows Mobile including 1 SMS configuration token for 1 user PF 3EY99037AA My Cellular Extension Software ID for BlackBerry for 1 user PF 3EY99038AA My Cellular Extension Software ID for Nokia including 1 SMS configuration token for 1 user Part C2 Page 82 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data zz 3BA09728AA Software licence for the F
148. Rest of the world x4 compatible with My IC Phone 8082 and IP Touch 8 Series My IC phone sets 3MG27036AA Alcatel Lucent OmniTouch 8082 My IC Phone 7 WVGA touch screen with sensitive feedback sensitive keys Bluetooth handset wideband audio adjustable foot 3 5mm headset jack 10 100 1000 PC connection 2 USB connectors POE or power supply connector Application openness compatible with comfort handset extended memory capacity WLAN On site mobility equipment Part C2 Page 93 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3BN78402AA Alcatel Lucent OmniTouchTM 8128 WLAN Handset includes set battery belt clip regulatory sheet 3BN78404AA Standard Standard battery for Alcatel Lucent OmniTouchTM 8118 and 8128 WLAN Handset for Alcatel Lucent OmniTouchTM 8118 and 8128 WLAN Handset em Fe NE TE ad BF CA RORKSWE CE charger Europe for Alcatel Lucent OmniTouchTM 8118 and 8128 WLAN Handset with CEE 16 mains plug Conferences modules 3GV28163AA E IP Conference Phone Pack 0T4135 IP Conference Phone bundled with Accessories Network Cable Expansion Microphones and Transformer Server amp PC Platforms P 3BA27675AA 19 inch TFT monitor for the PC servers associated to Alcatel Lucent applications i 3BA27742EN Server rack Platform 3 2 equipped with OS Windows 2008 R2 server English 3BA27745EN PC Pack 4 Windows Seven 32 bits english language PF 3BA27770EN Server rack Platform 3 4 equipped with OS Windows 2008 R2 serve
149. Scope of work 6 3 1 1 1 Core Switch Large Gigabit and 10 and 40 Gigabit Ethernet port density and performance offering up to 768 Gigabit Ethernet ports and up to 96 10 Gigabit Ethernet ports on the same chassis based system Smart Continuous Switching Hot Swap Management Module Fail over Power Monitoring and Redundancy No single point of failure and a sub second fail over in its redundant configuration Redundant Management and Redundant Switch Fabric Hot swappable components and hot insertable support switch modules SFPs XFPs Redundant Power Supplies Redundant 1 1 power and Redundant 1 1 PoE power provided by the PoE P S Spanning Tree robustness Single or Multiple STP options IEEE 802 1D STP 802 1D spanning tree for loop free topology and link redundancy and IEEE 802 1w Rapid Reconfiguration of Spanning Tree Ring Rapid Spanning Tree optimized for ring topology to provide less than 100ms convergence time IEEE 802 1s multiple spanning tree and per VLAN spanning tree 1x1 Fast forwarding mode on user ports to bypass 30 second delay for spanning tree Preventing unauthorized spanning tree enabled attached bridges from operating BPDU blocking automatically shuts down switch ports being used as user ports if a spanning tree BPDU packet is seen Preventing unauthorized spanning tree enabled attached bridges from operating Priority queues eight hardware based queues per port VRRP Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol
150. Series Notes 1 One license is required for each OS1OK XNI Network interface modules installed in any OS10K chassis 2 This product is a bundle that includes one license for SAM E SAM A and SAM P 3 For a first time deployment of the 5620 SAM please refer to the DVD ROM Media kit description for a listing of all required components to run 5620 SAM 3HE04840LA 5620 SAM E A P License for R10 for Alcatel lucent AOS OmniSwitch OS9 GNI Network Interface Series Notes 1 One license is required for each OS9 GNI Network interface modules installed in any 0S9600 0S9700 0S9800 OS9700E OS9800E chassis 2 This product is a bundle that includes one license for SAM E SAM A and SAM P 3 For a first time deployment of the 5620 SAM please refer to the DVD ROM Media kit description for a listing of all required components to run 5620 SAM 3HE04058LA 5620 SAM E A P R10 License for Alcatel lucent AOS OmniSwitch 6850 amp 6850E Series Notes 1 One license is required for each AOS OmniSwitch 6850 or 6850E unit 2 This license covers all models of AOS 6850 amp 6850E Series see comments column for more data 3 For a first time deployment of the 5620 SAM please refer to the DVD ROM Media kit description for a listing of all required components to run 5620 SAM 5620 SAM 3HE06918LA 5620 SAM E A P R10 License for Alcatel lucent AOS OmniSwitch 6900 X20 Series Notes 1 One license is required for each AOS OmniSwitch 6900 X20 Series uni
151. Tender Data Scoring preferences Confirm that tenderers are eligible for the preferences claimed in accordance with the provisions of the tender data and reject all claims for preferences where tenderers are not eligible for such preferences Calculate the total number of tender evaluation points for preferences claimed in accordance with the provisions of the tender data Scoring quality Score each of the criteria and sub criteria for quality in accordance with the provisions of the Tender Data Calculate the total number of tender evaluation points for quality using the following formula NQ W2 x SO MS where SO is the score for quality allocated to the submission under consideration MS is the maximum possible score for quality in respect of a submission and W2 is the maximum possible number of tender evaluation points awarded for the quality as stated in the tender data Insurance provided by the employer If requested by the proposed successful tenderer submit for the tenderer s information the policies and or certificates of insurance which the conditions of contract identified in the contract data require the employer to provide Acceptance of tender offer Accept the tender offer if in the opinion of the employer it does not present any unacceptable commercial risk and only if the tenderer a is not under restrictions or has principals who are under restrictions preventing participating in the employer s proc
152. User Interface GUI as well as a web based interface The Management platform must provide web access allowing the administrator to manage the system to use any PC with an internet browser The management platform must use a client server architecture allowing different administration clients to be connected to the system The management platform must perform at least the following tasks Configuration and programming of services users categories and all system parameters and features This module must provide centralized management in local or remote environments of a single system or a network The network manager will be able to quickly and easily edit create or delete any network object by the use of import export functions and multiple operations Faults and Alarms management of all the incidents and fail reports generated by the system itself informing date hour severity level and action recommended to take This module must be able to centralize the alarms and events of the system and Part C3 Page 37 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Notify an alarm depending to the severity level sending an e mail or activating an script performing an specific action Register and generate statistics for the alarms and events in the network in a daily scheme Each Alarm must include at least An identification number The severity level The manage object The notification time Additional Information The event type The probab
153. V8 1 Workforce Advisor O on eoo a E ve T Genesys Agent SBA O ona emeton Workspace NC Upgrade D E v 1 Tnteraction Workspace GADUperade SSCS Bs POBETIRCAR eode 3GPO7808ACAA v7 5 Gplus Adapter for SAP Analytics BGPO7465ACAA v 1 Gplus Data Access for SAP 3GP08976ACAA v8 0 Gplus SAP E mail Option 3GP08766ACAA v8 1 Genesys Universal SDK 5GP08749ACAA v8 1 Enterprise Integration Connector 3GP08765ACAA v8 1 Agent Connector 5GP08794ACAA v8 1 SIP Endpoint Connector Part C2 Page 36 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 5GP08760ACAA v8 1 Advanced Integ Connector Seat 5GP08827ACAA v8 1 Upgr to Advanced Integ Connector 3GP08756ACAA v8 1 Workforce Management Connector 5GP08481ACAA v8 0 Recording Connector C poea e1 momdtoNework Voige upgrade 3GP08219AEAA v7 6 Outbound Contact Upgrade SS to MS C ponse re Prev to OutBnd Cott Upgrades OOOO 3GP08222AEAA v7 6 Prevw to Outbnd Contct Upgrade MS BGPOB221AEAA w7 6 Outbd Upgrade Preview to Voice 3GP08820ACAA v8 1 Outbound Voice Upgr Gen CPD ASM 3GP08842ACAA v8 1 CCON to Info Mart Upgrade 5GP08846ACAA v8 1 HA CCON HA Info Mart Upg 3GP08614ACAA v8 0 iWD Back Office to CIM SS Upgrade 3GP08955AEAA jv 1 3rd Party Work Items to iWD Upgr P 3GP08954AEAA v8 1 3rd Party Fax to iWD Upgrade PF 3GP08428ACAA v8 0 Genesys LivePerson Adapter 3GP08917ACAA Virtual Hold Concierge v7 3G
154. VoIP traffic and quality for this the system must measure VoIP volume of traffic volume sent received and lost It must generate reports of this activity by periods of time hourly daily monthly Optional must provide Directory module to manage the telephone directory This must be LDAP compatible to be synchronized with other directory applications must also allow web access and provide information on all desktops allowing click to call features to the users The management server should provide an application that offers a topological view of the telecommunications system that constitutes the organization s network as well as the links that exist between sites The management platform must allow the administrator to generate reports and graphics of the activity per period of time in terms of traffic accounting and alarms and giving the possibility to generate statistics of all this analysis Those reports must be predefined but the option to personalize the reports must be also available These reports should be exportable in HTML pdf excel and LDAP Idif formats All IP PBX management applications Fault amp alarms Configuration Accounting and performance should belong to a single platform and a single image for data storage minimizing operation expenses Part C3 Page 38 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Optionally the management platform should offer a monitoring module which allows the administra
155. WAN INFRASTRUCTURE The request is to provide products for Wide Area Network WAN connectivity Buyer will prefer service gateways that in addition to routing all voice and data traffic between networks securely efficiently and economically can provide value added services in a single network element It is not expected that a single unit will provide all of the requested features The objective is to ensure that the option exists to choose the correct product as a function of the preferred connectivity choice and density To ensure interoperability the service gateway s must provide a complete robust end to end solution to handle legacy voice VoIP security IP transport and element management tools In addition to the routing features the service gateway should be able to house applications for traffic treatment such as firewalls security policies or VPN management Part C3 Page 64 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work If multiple services are added scalability and performance must be maintained The addition of applications for data treatment should impact performance minimally or not at all The Tenderer should provide service gateway features that are easy to install and configure according to network requirements 7 13 AVAILABILITY The service gateway can be either a modular chassis based hardware allowing flexibility and scalability or of a fixed configuration Where possible in service upgrades and
156. a ISFP GIG SX 1000Base SX Industrial Gigabit Ethernet optical transceiver SFP MSA Supports multimode fiber over 850nm wavelength nominal with an LC connector Typical reach of 300m on 62 5 125 um MMF or 550m on 50 125 um MMF ISFP GIG T 1000Base T Gigabit industrial ethernet Transceiver SFP MSA Supports category 5 5E and 6 copper cabling up to 100m SFP supports 10 100 1000 Mbit s and full duplex mode ISFP GIG EZX Industrial grade Gigabit SFP transceiver Supports single mode fiber 120 km 1550nm LC Connector Digital Diagnostic Monitoring DDM Extended Temperature 40 85C Fe 300956000 VQIP Active licensing RTU 10 000 24 999 IP Addresses Supported per IP address 300955994 VQIP Active licensing RTU Up to 9 999 IP Addresses Supported per IP address 301041661 VQIP Appl 1200 ESM HA DR RTU Pair High Availability Disaster Recovery for QIP 1200 or QIP 1200 RAID Appliance Pair 301087243 QIP 1210 replaces QIP 1200 Dual power supply model includes AMM software and is convertible to AMS and or ESM 301087268 QIP 1210 RAID replaces QIP 1200 RAID Dual power supply RAID model includes AMM software and is convertible to AMS and or ESM VitalSuit 300982600 VITALAPPS DSKTP AGNT PK OF 100 300956760 300082575 BN VSUITE ADD L 50 RTU 301007423 VSUITE GENESYS CONTACT CTR STD PACK WIN includes Genesys Monitoring 10 RTU and CD ROM for Windows Package example 5 Genesys Servers Tserver or GVP or SCS 3 IP PBX
157. a brief description of the hardware used to provide the DECT services What are the features of the interior base station in your offer Specify the radio characteristics and physical dimensions What are the features of the exterior base station in your offer Specify the radio characteristics and physical dimensions Can you reduce the number of base stations with an alternative hardware Can you provide short descriptions for the features provided by your wireless DECT telephony offer Can the wireless DECT phones provide the following capabilities e Call transfer e Caller number name display e Callback e Conferencing e Mute e DTMF e number sent e Volume control e Directory access e Short dialing keys e Call diary receive lost etc e Possibility to go in out a group line How is roaming treated in the private network if there is a change of node Explain how this situation can be covered to avoid disconnection How is roaming treated in large configurations Explain the security mechanisms implemented in the DECT solution encryption of air channel mutual authentication of the radio infrastructure and devices detection of rogue access points Describe the transmission characteristics of the DECT wireless devices during operation Part C3 Page 113 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Is the DECT
158. ability of the supplied current may undergo fluctuations of more than 10 All supplied hardware must operate on a 220 V 20 V 50 Hz 0 5 Hz power supply and be suitable for direct connection to the standard power outlets in South Africa Part C3 Page 51 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 6 4 7 12 Final Acceptance Upon expiry of the warranty period or where there is more than one such period upon expiry of the latest period and when all defects or damage have been rectified the Project Manager shall issue the Contractor a final acceptance certificate with a copy to the Contracting Authority stating the date on which the Contractor completed his obligations under the contract to the Project Manager s satisfaction The final acceptance certificate shall be issued by the Project Manager within 30 days of the expiry of the warranty period or as soon as any repairs ordered have been completed to the satisfaction of the Project Manager The contract shall not be considered to have been performed in full until the final acceptance certificate has been signed or is deemed to have been signed by the Project Manager Notwithstanding the issue of the final acceptance certificate the Contractor and the Contracting Authority shall remain liable for the fulfilment of any obligation incurred under the contract prior to the issue of the final acceptance certificate which remains unperformed at the time that final acceptance certific
159. ability to switch that traffic into an identified data VLAN further enhanceing enforced voice and data traffic seperation The IP station must have the ability to disable its guest port Management Security Administration users connecting directly to the Call Server console must be authenticated via a RADIUS server before gaining access to the call server All management traffic between a remote console session and the call server must be encrypted SSH for direct command line sessions HTTPS SSL for web sessions SFTP for file transfers etc Administrators connecting to a management platform must be authenticated via a RADIUS server prior to gaining access to the management platform Management flows between the management platform and the call server must be encrypted SSH SSL CMISE SNMPvs The management platform must provide Role Based Account Management to define different levels of administrator access depending on specific function responsibility The management Platform must provide a backup mechanism for all critical system information in both a manual and an automatic scheduled archival and a Disaster Recovery mechanism Application Communication Security The IP PBX system should provide complete encryption capabilities with the ability to encrypt all traffic media and call control signaling between IP phones softphones call controllers media gateways and all other associated endpoints via a strong encryption algorith
160. age other than English and the parts communicated electronically in the same format as they were issued by the employer Sign the original and all copies of the tender offer where required in terms of the tender data The employer will hold all authorized signatories liable on behalf of the tenderer Signatories for tenderers proposing to contract as joint ventures shall state which of the signatories is the lead partner whom the employer shall hold liable for the purpose of the tender offer Seal the original and each copy of the tender offer as separate packages marking the packages as ORIGINAL and COPY Each package shall state on the outside the employer s address and identification details stated in the tender data as well as the tenderer s name and contact address Where a two envelope system is required in terms of the tender data place and seal the returnable documents listed in the tender data in an envelope marked financial proposal and place the remaining returnable documents in an envelope marked technical proposal Each envelope shall state on the outside the employer s address and identification details stated in the tender data as well as the tenderer s name and contact address PartT1 Page 18 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 3 Tendering Procedures F 2 13 7 F 2 13 8 F 2 13 9 Seal the original tender offer and copy packages together in an outer package that states on the outside only the emplo
161. aged solutions Polycom HDX Media Centers only single and dual displays Set ee 4 2 locking for use in front 4 7200 26940 102 HDX 6000 View Media Center HDX 6000 View codec amp EagleEye View camera with embedded microphones 7200 23170 102 1 42 1080p LCD display with 60w integrated audio cable bundle Maintenance Contract Required 7200 29910 102 HDX Media Center 6000 720 1PT see 7200 29025 102 HDX MC Pedestal 1 42 1080p LCD display 1 soundbar EagleEye HD camera mount HDX Table top mic array cable bundle order casters sep Maintenance Contract Required 7200 29915 102 HDX Media Center 6000 720 1PT50 HDX 6000 720 see 7200 29025 102 HDX MC Pedestal 1 50 1080p plasma display 1 soundbar EagleEye HD camera mount cable bundle order casters sep Maintenance Contract Required 7200 30020 102 HDX Media Center 6000 720 1WC see 7200 29025 102 minus mic array HDX MC Wall mount 1 42 1080p LCD display 1 soundbar 1 White Ceiling Mic array EagleEye HD camera mount cable bundle Maintenance Contract Required Part C2 Page 44 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 7200 30030 102 HDX Media Center 6000 720 1WC50 see 7200 29025 102 minus mic array HDX MC wall mount 1 50 1080p plasma display 1 soundbar 1 White Ceiling Mic array EagleEye HD camera mount cable bndl Maintenance Contract Required 4870 00634 002 Onsite installation service for HDX Media Center 6000 series with 1 42 Display Seri
162. ain the benefits and outline the requirements Describe the fixed mobile convergence features Describe the advantages of the fixed mobile convergence features Are there differences in the feature availability for different telephone providers If so provide details Explain the general method used to interface your centralized solution with typical GSM carriers List the different GSM vendors and models with which the convergence feature is compliant List certifications where possible 7 20 7 On Site mobility What does your company offer to cover mobile communications in enterprise environment Can you provide an overview of your mobile communications offer for within the enterprise environment Can you provide an overview of your mobile communications offer for outside the enterprise environment What solutions are available to liberate employees from their desks Can you provide a solution that offers internal desk mobility Is there a possibility to maintain personal telephony configurations in different offices within the company Explain the architectural requirements for providing internal mobility e When and where can the internal mobility feature be made available e How does the user access the mobile desktop environment Part C3 Page 111 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work e How does he quit the environment e Are the person
163. al phones and IP phones The same qualtiy standard of equipment must be provided Any solutions submitted as part of this tender must expand on this model Deviation in this regard will not be accepted The same features and functionality must be maintained by any solution proposed by the vendors 4 3 Management Platform The CoT has implemented a single Management platform to manage and maintain all the core voice and data equipment using Alcatel s OmniVista management applications and SAM Service Aware Manager The centralized management platform covers all the aspects of the management from network hardware configuration security Virtual Local Area Networks VLANs Quality of Service QoS Intrusion Detection System IDS integration and telephony services These configuration settings are propagated across the entire network in a single operation Additionally the Alcatel OmniVista Quarantine Manager Application interfaces with the installed Fortigate IDS devices to automatically isolate any user detected as propagating viruses using the dynamic mobile VLAN capabilities of the Alcatel OmniSwitches Part C3 Page 8 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work It will be required of the successful tenderer to provide monthly reports using their own network management tools with the same functionality as mentioned earlier in this section In addition the sucessful tenederer will be required to use industry approved Sniffer
164. al telephone features modified during a mobile desktop change How does he quit the environment e Are there any hardware limitations for the internal mobility offer Describe the limitations e Can the internal mobility offer be applied to a dual IP subnet configuration e What languages are available for this solution Can an internal mobility feature be tailored to fit specific work contexts Mobility voice over wireless LAN Provide an overview of your voice over WLAN offer What are the key benefits of your Voice over WLAN offer How does the wireless system manage simultaneous connections to thousands of points How is load balancing treated within the network What specific hardware can be used in a voice over WLAN network Provide a descriptive list of the available switches and access points Is your offer compliant with current standards Describe the features and services present and available for the handsets in your voice over WLAN offer How is quality of service treated in the voice over WLAN offer How is call admission control treated in the voice over WLAN offer What security levels are provided by your voice over WLAN sets How is data treated in the VoWLAN network Explain the mechanism used to find the geographical location of the VLAN handset Present a simple overview of the VoWLAN architecture showing the principle hardware Can you present example architectures
165. all be 100 1000 Mbps autosensing ports with the ability to force the port speed if required Core switches shall be linked to Access Level Switches via 1000Mbps fibre optic ports All switches shall have a minimum of two fibre uplink ports supporting different Gigabit Interface Converters Backbone cabling will be supplied by others with the exception of the fibre patch leads Through the use of Virtual LAN technology it will be possible to virtually isolate the networks of individual CoT Departments Divisions and restrict control access to these networks There is thus a need to have strict security measures to segregate these different users although they will be on the same communication backbone Each Department Division should be able to function as a Virtual Local Area Network VLAN Suppliers should configure VLAN over the Layer 3 switches to ensure security of the various LANs To make effective use of bandwidth switches must support features like Quality of Service QoS Traffic Shaping Policy Based Routing or any other suitable traffic engineering mechanism should also be configured All switches provided as part of this tender must adhere to the below technical specifications as it will ensure the seamless integration aspect to work as flawlessly as is necessary Failure to comply with these specifications will result in disqualification of the SP s submission to Council Part C3 Page 17 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3
166. allation configuration commissioning insurance administrative costs such as documents and manuals required execution supervision furnishing of tools required for assembly extraordinary and or any other cost In other words the CoT will not entertain any claims for additional costs Value Added Tax must be excluded in the price Price must include for all requirements as stipulated in this document The price shall be fixed and no escalation claims will be entertained with the exception that should the contract be extended the standard SCM practises wrt CPIX will apply Acceptance of the contract will be in writing and the contract period will then commence 8 5 Submission Of Quote All costs incurred in the submission of the quote shall be for the account of the vendor whether such quote is successful or not 8 6 Quantities CoT reserves the right to reduce or increase the quantities of items without any change in unit cost 8 7 Delivery Penalty Clause lf supplier fails to deliver any or all of the goods within the period specified in the contract CoT shall without prejudice to its other remedies under the contract deduct from the contract price as liquidated damages a sum equivalent to 1 of the value of the delayed goods per week of delay until actual delivery up to a maximum deduction of 10 of the contract sum Once the maximum is reached CoT may consider the termination of the contract Notwithstanding the above CoT may wi
167. and bandwidth management Tenderer must describe the specific features or services for managing voice on the wireless LAN intelligently The Tenderer must provide an enterprise class modular WLAN switch that connects controls and intelligently integrates wireless Access Points APs and Air Monitors AMs into the wired LAN It must incorporate the following features Comply Non Comply e High performance packet processing to provide value added wireless services such as load balancing rate limiting self healing calibration authentication mobility security and centralized monitoring and configuration e Supports 48 128 256 and 512 APs through L2 or L3 network The Tenderer switch must provide the possibility of a guest connection profile to access the network with restricted rights Parameters for the guest connection should include e Usernames passwords e Expiration date time e Add and delete guest accounts The switch must support an Integrated Firewall with pin holing capabilities to support dynamic protocols such as SIP The stateful Firewall should also be able to apply QoS rules on dynamic protocols such as SIP The pin holing and QoS capability shall also apply to static port protocol such as http Part C3 Page 97 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 802 11e QoS WMM must be supported by the WLAN system It must be integrated in such a way that in conjunc
168. and Additional Documents Tenderers are reminded that irrespective of any other provision or requirement contained in this tender the only mandatory required documents to be submitted with this tender are listed in Part T2 of the Returnable Documents Add the following new clause a The Tender documents have been drafted in English The F 1 3 4 contract arising from the invitation of tender shall be interpreted and construed in English Communication Agent Director Group Information Communication and Employer s Technology Department Agent Tel 012 358 4250 Fax 086 225 4133 E mail address abelmos tshwane gov za F 1 5 The employer s right to accept or reject any tender Replace the contents of the clause with the following offer F1 5 2 The employer may subsequent to the cancellation or abandonment of a tender process or the rejection of all responsive tender offers re issue a tender covering PartT1 Page 3 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 2 Tendering Procedures Reference to relevant clauses in Standard Conditions of Tender Addition or Variation to Standard Condition of Tender O W substantially the same scope of work Add the following new clause F 1 6 2 1 Evaluation and award of tender Cost of tendering Site visit and clarification meeting Seek clarification Insurance Pricing the tender offer Alterations to documents The City of Tshwane reserves the righ
169. and Link Resiliency Network and link resiliency are important parts of network availability and the proposed product must support advanced routing load sharing and mechanisms for fast reconfiguration of links between switches servers and other network devices Part C3 Page 18 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work o VRRP Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol and OSPF Equal Cost Multipath Protocol Topological Network Redundancy In order to provide the highest levels of availability throughout an enterprise it is important to build redundancy and resiliency into the topology at the network level to insure that links have backups and traffic is always flowing o Physical redundancy o Layer 2 and layer 3 redundancies Switch must have modular slots to support following modules 1000Base T 1000Base SX and 1000Base LX 10Gig and 40 Gig Switch must support standards IEEE 802 3 10BASE T Ethernet IEEE 802 3u 100BASE TX Fast Ethernet IEEE 802 3z ab 1000Base X Gigabit Ethernet IEEE 802 3x full duplex flow control Switch must support following features IEEE 802 1p Priority Queuing IEEE 802 1d Spanning Tree Protocol IEEE 802 1Q VLAN Link Aggregation IEEE 802 3ad Trunking IGMP RFC 1112 Port Mirroring Jumbo Frame Support and MAC IP address filtering Switch must have the following SNMP features SNMP RFC 1157 Remote Monitoring MIB RFC 2819 Bridge MIB RFC 1493 802 1Q Bridge MIB RFC 2674 S
170. and password and will support dynamic VLAN access based on user Support for host integrity check and remediation VLAN Security through the implementation of a Quarantine Manager and quarantine VLAN with Security automation o Quarantine VLANs o Isolation of intruders through a Quarantine Manager PKI authentication for SSH access Learned Port Security LPS or MAC address lockdown that will allow only known devices to have network access preventing unauthorized network device access The proposed product must support User authentication Centrally authentication through a RADIUS TACACS LDAP or ACE server The proposed product must support RADIUS and LDAP admin authentication that will prevent unauthorized switch management TACACS client allows for authentication authorization and accounting with a remote TACACS server Secure Shell SSH Secure Socket Layer SSL for HTTPS and SNMPv3 for encrypted remote management communication Access Control Lists ACLs to filter out unwanted traffic including denial of service attacks Access control lists ACLs must be per port MAC SA DA IP SA DA TCP UDP port Flow based filtering in hardware L1 L4 Support for Access Control List Manager ACLMAN Support for Microsoft Network Access Policy NAP protocol Switch protocol security o MD5 for RIPv2 OSPFv2 and SNMPv3 o SSHv2 for secure CLI session with PKI support o SSLv3 for secure HTTP session DHCP Snooping DHCP IP Spoof protection Th
171. andard Industrial classification Size or class Total full time equivalent of paid employees Total annual turnover Total gross asset value fixed property excluded A schedule indicating the different sectors is attached to this form The tenderer should substantiate the information provided above by submitting the following documentation C d e A letter from the tenderer s auditor or an affidavit from the South African Police Services confirming the correctness of the abovementioned information Company profile indicating the tenderer s staff compliment and 3 year financial statement or since their establishment if established during the past 3 years PartT2 Page 10 of 20 Contract No CB105 2013 Part T2 Returnable Documents SCHEDULE See definition of small businesses in section THE TOTAL FULL TIME TOTAL GROSS ASSET SIZE OF CLASS EQUIVALENT OF PAID TOTAL TURNOVER VALUE FICED EMPLOYEES PROPERTY EXCLUDED ARGRICULTURE Medium 100 R 5 mil R 5 mil Small 50 R 3 mil R 3 mil Very Small 10 R 500 000 R 500 000 Micro 5 R 200 000 R 100 000 MINING AND QUARRYING Medium 200 R 39 mil R 23 mil Small 50 R 10 mil R 6 mil Very Small 20 R 4 mil R2 mil Micro 5 R 200 000 R 100 000 MANUFACTURING Medium 200 R 51 mil R 19 mil Small 50 R 13 mil R
172. anning tree e Preventing unauthorized spanning tree enabled attached bridges from operating e BPDU blocking automatically shuts down switch ports being used as user ports if a spanning tree BPDU packet is seen preventing unauthorized spanning tree enabled attached bridges from operating e Priority queues eight hardware based queues per port The solution must support e Dynamic link aggregation IEEE 802 3ad to support automatic configuration of link aggregates with other switches with resilient uplink capabilities e Static link aggregation that supports automatic configuration of link aggregates with other switches To guarantee hardware resiliency the proposed product must be resistant to physical and excessive temperature variations The solution should include e Thermal protection shutdown for the chassis e Hardware monitoring temperature monitoring and power monitoring amp management e Short cold and warm boot times e Built in security and device hardening Network and link resiliency are important parts of network availability and the proposed product must support advanced routing load sharing and mechanisms for fast reconfiguration of links between switches servers and other network devices The Tenderer must provide a solution that can support VRRP Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol OSPF ECMP Equal Cost Multipath Protocol and OSPF graceful r
173. ant officials directly involved in this service in Council The Contractor to hold and minute two weekly meetings with the relevant people in Tshwane to discuss any request and network related issues The Contractor to be involved in internal marketing as might be necessary from time to time Part C3 Page 124 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 10 Reporting Reports will be required from time to time and must be provided free of charge on for example emergency situations major events monthly maintenance reports etcetera It will be required of the successful contractor vendor to provide monthly reports be projects programs Reporting to relevant to service maintenance management and The following reporting is mandatory and must be given on a monthly basis o Status of all maintenance calls including quotes issued orders received with date and order number date call completed etcetera o Project Summary listing all projects and their respective status o Any other reports required by CoT and as listed in the contract 11 Confidentiality The Contractor is not allowed to discuss the network with third parties or to link third parties with the CoT network A Non Disclosure Agreement will be entered into by both parties The Contractor may not share any information about the operations of CoT with any parties outside this agreement unless CoT gave written consent 12 Service Level Agreement The table belo
174. anuals 10 2 Training CoT personnel This item shall include equipment usage training For example if new phones are deployed then the contractor must train the personnel to use the new phones 10 3 Training Learners Skills transfer shall also be done to accommodate at least 5 learners during the one year contractual period 11 General Conditions 11 1 Authorised Representative The bidder must be a reputed manufacturer or his authorized representative of the product offered In case of representative the authority from the manufacturer distributor must be submitted The bids received without authority are liable to be rejected Part C3 Page 117 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 11 2 Language The offers all correspondence and documents related to the tender exchanged by the tenderer and the Contracting Authority must be written in the language of the procedure which is English 11 3 Ethics Any attempt of negotiation direct or indirect on the part of the tender with the authority to whom he has submitted the tender or authority who is competent finally to accept it after he has submitted his tender or any endeavour to secure any interest for an actual or prospective tenderer or to influence by any means the acceptance of a particular tender will render the tender liable to be excluded from consideration Any attempt by a candidate or tenderer to obtain confidential information enter into unlawful agreements wit
175. appointing the selected adjudicator at the same time as the main contract is signed F 3 18 Provide copies of the contracts Provide to the successful tenderer the number of copies stated in the Tender Data of the signed copy of the contract as soon as possible after completion and signing of the form of offer and acceptance F 3 19 Provide written reasons for actions taken Provide upon request written reasons to tenderers for any action that is taken in applying these conditions of tender but withhold information which is not in the public interest to be divulged which is considered to prejudice the legitimate commercial interests of tenderers or might prejudice fair competition between tenderers PartT1 Page 27 of 27 Contract No CB105 2013 Part T2 Returnable Documents PART T2 LIST OF RETURNABLE DOCUMENTS CONTENTS RD A RETURNABLE DOCUMENTS REQUIRED FOR TENDER EVALUATION PURPOSES Note Failure to fully complete and submit the applicable documents will result in the tender offer being disqualified from further consideration Confirmation of Document Included Document Name Reference Tenderers may use this column to confirm documents have been completed and included in the tender Form of Offer and Acceptance Section C1 1 Declaration of interest in tender of persons in service of state Form RDA1 Declaration of Tenderer s past supply chain management practises Form RDA2 As Required Copy ies of Mun
176. ard for OA ESR modular routers ESR AIC 1SS 1 port Sync Serial card for OA ESR modular routers PF ESR AIC 2SFP 2 port GE SFP card for OA ESR modular routers Supported on OA5850 ESR and higher Pe ESR AIC 3SS 3 port Sync Serial card for OA ESR modular routers ESR AIC 2BRI 4 port BRI card for OA ESR modular routers includes DSPs lz ESR AIC 4FXSFXO 4 port FXS FXO card for OA ESR modular routers includes DSPs ESR CX21 DTE Cable to connect to a X 21 DTE OA5840 SNA SL SNA SL Data services activation license for OmniAccess 5840 ESR 0A5850 SNA SL Data services activation license for OmniAccess 5850 ESR rest a fsa enee aca ers Tor Omikecess 3850 I IIMA OA5720L US OA5720L ESR base model with 1xGE Serial V 35 V 24 X 21 WAN port 4xGE LAN ports and 1xGE WAN port Ready for 802 11bgn WLAN AP SW licenses can be ordered separately to enable WiFi and other features 0A5840 H US 0A5840 ESR modular chassis with 3 7G for Worldwide HSPA at 850 900 1900 2100 MHz fallback to EDGE GPRS Ready for 802 11bgn WLAN AP SW licenses can be ordered separately to enable WiFi and other features Part C2 Page 12 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data OA5850D US OA5850 ESR modular chassis base model with storage Adds to base model 250GB HD Memory Storage for applications Ready for 802 11bgn WLAN AP SW licenses can be ordered separately to enable WiFi and other features OA5850 US OA5850 ESR modular chassis base model Inclu
177. asures to be taken and an implementation programme any necessary modifications to the implementation programme or to any of the Contractor s obligations under the contract any adjustment to the contract price Following the receipt of the Contractor s submission the Project Manager shall after due consultation with the Contracting Authority and where appropriate the Contractor decide as soon as possible whether or not the variation should be carried out If the Project Manager decides that the variation is to be carried out he shall issue an administrative order stating that the variation is to be made at the prices and under the conditions given in the Contractor s submission Part C3 Page 119 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 11 8 Trademark in certain instances where a reference has been made to a specific make or source process trademark patent or product type the reference is made only to describe a type of product classification and all of its equivalents for which no universally approved industry standard benchmark or other sufficiently detailed or intelligible description is available at the time of the issuance of the procurement notice In any and all such instances the tendering party and the Contracting Authority shall interpret such a description as inclusive of any equivalent or better and the Contracting Authority shall accept for evaluation and procurement purposes as compatible any spec
178. ata 1 31 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS means the Agreement and all documents referenced i therein 1 32 CONTRACT DRAWINGS means the drawings listed in the Scope of Work 1 33 CONTRACT SUM means the total of prices in the Form of Offer and Acceptance 1 34 SCHEDULE means the variables listed in the Contract Data 1 35 SERVICE PROVIDER is synonymous with SUPPLIER above 1 36 EMPLOYER is synonymous with PURCHASER above 1 37 PRICES are the amounts stated in the price column of the Price Schedule 4 STANDARDS 4 1 Add the words in the Scope of Work to the end of clause 4 1 7 PERFORMANCE SECURITY Add the following 7 1 The amount of the Performance Security is given in the Data provided by the Employer 11 INSURANCE Add the following clause 11 2 Contractor to Insure The Contractor Sub contractor must obtain for the duration of the contract until the issuing of the Defects Certificate or the end of the Maintenance Period the following insurance policies in the name of the Contractor including all Subcontractors whether nominated or otherwise at an insurance company within 14 fourteen days of the notification of acceptance of the tender and must pay all premiums and supply proof thereof to the relevant Project Manager 30 thirty days before the inception of the contract that the policies have been taken out and that all premiums have been paid Part C1 Page 20 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 5 Agreements and Con
179. ata provided by the Supplier Section C1 2 Activity Schedules Schedule of Quantities Section C2 Record of Addenda to Tender Documents Form RDE1 Proposed Amendments Form RDE2 As Required As Required PartT2 Page 2 of 20 Contract No CB105 2013 Part T2 Returnable Documents FORM RDA 1 DECLARATION OF INTEREST IN TENDER OF PERSONS IN SERVICE OF STATE THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED IN FULL AND SIGNED FAILURE TO COMPLY WILL RESULT IN THE TENDER BEING DISQUALIFIED Refer to Clauses 2 25 and 2 26 in the Tender Data 1 Is the employer owner of the bidder in the service of the state YES NO INDICATE If so state particulars 2 If the provider is not a natural person whether any of its directors managers principal shareholders or stakeholder is in the service of the state or has been in the service of the state in the previous twelve months YES NO INDICATE If so state particulars 3 Whether a spouse child or parent of the provider or of a director manager shareholder or stakeholder referred to in subparagraph 2 is in the service of the state or has been in the service of the state in the previous twelve months YES NO INDICATE If so state particulars 4 Is an employer owner of the bidder a person who is an advisor or consultant contracted with the municipality or municipal entity YES NO INDICATE If so state particulars 5 Are the Tenderer or any of the members of the tendering entity
180. ate is issued The nature and extent of any such obligation shall be determined by reference to the provisions of the contract 6 4 7 13 Inspection And Testing The Contractor shall ensure that the supplies are delivered to the place of acceptance in time to allow the Project Manager to proceed with acceptance of the supplies The Project Manager shall be entitled from time to time to inspect examine measure and test the components materials and workmanship and check the progress of preparation fabrication or manufacture of anything being prepared fabricated or manufactured for delivery under the contract in order to establish whether the components materials and workmanship are of the requisite quality and quantity This shall take place at the place of manufacture fabrication preparation or at the place of acceptance For the purposes of such tests and inspections the Contractor shall a provide the Project Manager temporarily and free of charge with such assistance test samples or parts machines equipment tools labour materials drawings and production data as are normally required for inspection and testing b agree with the Project Manager the time and place for tests c give the Project Manager access at all reasonable times to the place where the tests are to be carried out If the Project Manager is not present on the date agreed for tests the Contractor may unless otherwise instructed by the Project Manager p
181. aterials and Equipment and liability for accidental death of or bodily injury to or illness or disease contracted by any person not an employee of the Contractor occurring during the Period of Insurance and arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Insured Contract at the Contract Site as defined in the Schedule at any insurance company or under the policy effected by the Employer within 30 thirty days before the inception of the contract The minimum limit of indemnity for any one event is R5 million and the number of claims will be unlimited Insurance Premium payable The Contractor will be liable for the payment of the insurance premium as calculated by the Employer s insurer within 14 fourteen days before the inception of the contract to the Section Insurance and Risk Management should the Contractor take out the Public Liability Insurance cover in terms of the insurance policy of Sub Clause 1 e of this Clause Proof must also be submitted that the Contractor complies with the conditions of the following legislation Compensation for Occupational Injuries and diseases 1993 Unemployment Insurance Act 1996 The Contractor shall in respect of the Site of the contract works appoint in writing a competent person to meet the requirements of the Health and Safety Act No 85 of 1993 as amended The Project Manager involved must furnish the required insurance documentation by 30 thirty days before the incept
182. ation network wide and SecureView Carrier Class Dynamic Group Mobility GM The proposed product must support dynamic user mobility with authentication that would allow the user to connect securely anywhere and have access to their resources without admin intervention or reconfiguration The proposed product must support converged applications such as the VoIP Diagnosing Switch problems o Port Mirroring Port based port mirroring for troubleshooting supports four sessions with multiple 24 sources to one destination configuration o Port monitoring feature that will allow capture of Ethernet packets to a file or for on screen display to assist in troubleshooting o SFlow support to monitor and effectively control and manage the network usage o RMON Support of RFC2819 RMON group 1 Statistics 2 History 3 Alarm and 9 Events Part C3 Page 21 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Switch Health Monitoring Monitoring Memory Tools and Switch Configuration Switch Logging Local on the flash and remote logging Syslog Logging into the Switch through Telnet FTP HTTP SSH SSL and SNMPv1 and v2 and v3 Remote telnet management or secure shell access using SSH Secured file upload using SFTP or SCP SNMPv1 v2 v3 Authentication or AAA Servers Policy Servers Authentication Servers such as RADIUS LDAP TACACS and ACE servers Policy Based Management with LDAP Directory Services System File Manage
183. automatically Recording of calls conversation The holder of a voice mailbox must be able to take advantage of this service to record internal or external calls Recorded calls will receive the same service as messages that have been left by callers Forwarding of voice mail messages The box holder will be able to send a copy of previously received messages to other boxes with or without requesting acknowledgement of receipt Call by name To provide universal access it must be possible to select a voice mailbox by its name by using the telephone dialing keypad The caller will be guided in this operation by voice prompts Multiple languages To ensure consistency with the system voice prompts the proposed system should be multi lingual offering four different languages The voice messaging system should be centralized or distributed to serve different sites The notification of messages must be on LED Icon on Phone Voice Guide Outbound call to any telephone number The voice messaging systems must provide silence detection to avoid recording of blanks at beginning or end of recording The System should allow distribution lists for message broadcast The System must allow the caller reaching a mailbox to choice forwarding destination The System must provide External Info Service Audiotex Additionally the voice message system must provide the following features Record of standard Greeting Record of alternate greeting Record Name
184. ayer 2 or Layer 3 network Includes Country Specific power cord OAW 4704 PEFV Policy Enforcement Firewall Module for the OAW 4704 VIA VPN termination point FEE OAW 6000 PS4 OmniAccess 6000 Chassis for PoE and Supervisor III configurations Includes one modular 4 Slot 19 Chassis one fan tray two 400 Watt Auto sensing 110V 240V AC PSU and an accessory kit Chassis EEPROM with UNRESTRICTED REGULATORY DOMAIN for deployments outside the United States and Israel Includes Country Specific power cords OAW S3 0 2X10G OmniAccess Supervisor Card III 10x 1000Base X SFP 2x 10GBase X XFP no AP license P nme ruden One OAW 6000 Chassis can accommodate up to four 4 Supervisor Card Ill PF OAW 4306G PEFV_ Policy Enforcement Firewall Module for the OAW 4306G VIA VPN termination point Part C2 Page 15 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data OAW 4704 0 OmniAccess 4704 WLAN switch with UNRESTRICTED REGULATORY DOMAIN Provides 4 auto sensing 10 100 1000BaseT RJ 45 or 1000Base X SFP dual personality ports Supports up to 128 OmniAccess APxx Access Points AP licenses required directly or remotely connected through a Layer 2 or Layer 3 network Includes Country Specific power cord OAW AP LAP1024 Access Point License 1024 Access Point License OAW AP LAP128 AP LAP128 _ Access Point License 128 Access Point License e tee OAW AP LAP16 Access Point License 16 Access Point License O OS Recess Point L
185. ays Such support will be based on the response times in accordance with the applicable SLA as well as on the core network All resources and project managers to report directly to the Deputy Director ICT Network Engineering wrt Data Switching Infrastructure amp Deputy Director Part C3 Page 122 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 3 7 Telecommunication Services wrt Voice Switching Infrastructure or appointed representative All personnel to adhere to the communication protocol The communication protocol is as follows e Project managers installation and maintenance teams all other onsite resources of the contractor to interact with project managers of the CoT e All reports on SLA issues to be reported directly to the Deputy Director ICT Network Engineering wrt Data Switching Infrastructure amp Deputy Director Telecommunication Services wrt Voice Switching Infrastructure or approved representative e All Departmental requests for equipment services to be referred to the Deputy Director ICT Network Engineering wrt Data Switching Infrastructure amp Deputy Director Telecommunication Services wrt Voice Switching Infrastructure or approved representative Escalation Procedure If faults are not cleared or no response is received the following person at Senior Management can be contacted to escalate the call Names ameen E EN e choca aa Telnr rerem ereire gene ENSA eA EE ENU E eE TEREE EEN NA Supp
186. ays YES NO If so state particulars 3 Has any contracts been awarded to the tenderer by an organ of state during the past five year YES NO If so state particulars 4 Has there been any material non compliance or dispute concerning the execution of such contract YES NO If so state particulars 5 Is any portion of the goods or services expected to be sourced out from outside the Republic YES NO If so state what portion and whether any portion of payment from the Municipality is expected to be transferred out of the Republic The undersigned who warrants that he she is duly authorised to do so on behalf of the enterprise confirms that the contents of this schedule are within my personal knowledge and are to the best of my belief both true and correct Person Authorized to sign Tender FULL NAME BLOCK LETTERS SIGNATURE DATE PartT2 Page 9 of 20 Contract No CB105 2013 Part T2 Returnable Documents FORM RDC 7 CLASSIFICATION OF BUSINESS 1 THE SMALL BUSINESSES ARE DEFINED IN THE NATIONAL SMALL BUSINESS ACT 1996 ACT 102 OF 1996 2 INFORMATION FURNISHED WITH REGARD TO THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE SMALL BUSINESSES a Indicate whether the company entity is defined as a small medium or micro enterprise by the National Small Business Act 1996 Act 102 of 1996 YES NO If the response to paragraph is YES the following must be completed Sector sub sector in accordance with the St
187. be termed a coverage or supervision terminal i e a terminal that indicates when a terminal has picked up or has hung up o The coverage or supervision terminal will be equipped to monitor and indicate the Part C3 Page 103 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work status of all terminals in the group o The following status information will appear at the coverage in two ways visual indication and tone indication Busy terminal Terminal receiving a call ringing o The members of the group will be equipped with the analog terminals each with a specific DID number each terminal will have the capability to call the group or team leader or manager by a specific code or digit o The group leader will have the capability of answering all calls to members of the group and of calling each one of them directly via a key on their set o Tenderer will indicate the maximum number of members in such a work group the minimum requirement for users belonging to a work group is 10 members e Conferences o Describe how conferences can be treated between colleagues and callers What type of conference calls can be created Can conferences be programmed Can conferences be created on the fly Detail any specific hardware requirements o Describe how your IP telephone system provides for audio conference bridging Why or how would our company benefit fro
188. been issued by CoT 4 Installation e Establish and Mobilize teams e Arrange delivery of equipment on site e Site inspections e Weekly minuted site meetings on site with all involved parties Minutes should include responsibilities of role players Involved Parties and due dates on tasks Sound project management principles must be used Solving and communicating possible installation problems Summarized reporting to Supervisor and feedback as required Conformance to specifications unless reasons exist for non conformance Inform parties of completion of sub stages i e UTP Cabling completed Fibre installation completed Fibre termination and splicing completed Voice and Data completed 5 Certification e Krone Certification for UTP fibre installation e Neatness of data and voice equipment e Site as per original condition e Quality Control 6 Invoicing and completion e Ensure that invoices are requested and handed in with Payment voucher Part C3 Page 13 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work e Ensure that invoice data is received by Supervisor and thereafter handed to the Tshwane Financial Representative e Tag keys and arrange for storage in key box e Invoices must be handed in after completion sign off within 3 working days 5 2 5 Network Sniffing Expert Please note If CoT deems it fit to do so the services of an external sniffer expert will be obtained where necessary or to double check results However
189. bid Such notification in the Part C1 Page 14 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 5 Agreements and Contract Data original bid or later shall not relieve the supplier form any liability or obligation under the contract 21 Delays in the supplier s performance 21 1 21 2 21 3 21 4 21 5 Delivery of the goods and performance of services shall be made by the supplier in accordance with the time schedule prescribed by the purchaser in the contract If at any time during performance of the contract the supplier or its subcontractor s should encounter conditions impeding timely delivery of the goods and performance of services the supplier shall promptly notify the purchaser in writing of the fact of the delay its likely duration and its cause s As soon as practicable after receipt of the supplier s notice the purchaser shall evaluate the situation and may at his discretion extend the supplier s time for performance with or without the imposition of penalties in which case the extension shall be ratified by the parties by amendment of contract The right is reserved to procure outside of the contract small quantities or to have minor essential services executed if an emergency arises the supplier s point of supply is not situated at or near the place where the goods are required or the supplier s services are not readily available Except as provided under GCC Clause 25 a delay by the supplier in the performan
190. bilities How is the messaging service secured for availability and data protection How is the messaging service managed Does the management include backup and restore features 7 20 5 Greeting attendant features Greeting What attendant telephony options are available in your offer The tenderer should be able to provide at least e anentry level phone with attendant capabilities e ascreen based model e andamultimedia attendant console to efficiently manage calls Describe in each case their principle features Attendant common services Describe what general actions can be performed by the attendant Describe how the calls are seen by the attendant and what options are available for handling the calls Describe what actions can be performed by the attendant for basic incoming calls Is it possible to prioritize specific calls Describe what actions can be performed by the attendant for priority calls and how these calls are handled Describe what actions can be performed by the attendant for Multi party calls How are these actions achieved Describe any additional or management features that are available with the Attendant application What sort of control is available for the attendant concerning trunk groups Are user keys which can be configured available on the attendant phones Describe how these User Keys can be programmed Can additional User Keys be added to the atte
191. by notifying the employer at least five working days before the closing time stated in the tender data Insurance Be aware that the extent of insurance to be provided by the employer if any might not be for the full cover required in terms of the conditions of contract identified in the contract data The tenderer is advised to seek qualified advice regarding insurance F 2 10 Pricing the tender offer F 2 10 1 Include in the rates prices and the tendered total of the prices if any all duties taxes except Value Added Tax VAT and other levies payable by the successful tenderer such duties taxes and levies being those applicable 14 days before the closing time stated in the tender data F 2 10 2 Show VAT payable by the employer separately as an addition to the tendered total of the prices F 2 10 3 Provide rates and prices that are fixed for the duration of the contract and not subject to adjustment except as provided for in the conditions of contract identified in the contract data PartT1 Page 17 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 3 Tendering Procedures F 2 10 4 State the rates and prices in Rand unless instructed otherwise in the tender data The conditions of contract identified in the contract data may provide for part payment in other currencies F 2 11 Alterations to documents Do not make any alterations or additions to the tender documents except to comply with instructions issued by the employer or n
192. cable HDX mic array Eng rmt Cables 2 compint video DVI RCA audio RCA RCA LAN UK pwr cord PAL Maintenance Contract Required Part C2 Page 40 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 7200 23160 102 HDX 8000 1080 HDX 8000 HD codec EagleEye IIl camera amp license HDX mic array Eng rmt Cables 2 compint video DVI RCA audio RCA RCA LAN UK pwr cord PAL Maintenance Contract Required 1676 27233 001 Transport Case for HDX 6000 7000 8000 Hard case with casters retractable handle and custom foam interior Accommodates base unit EagleEye up to 50 15m camera cable mic array H 320 module remote control and applicable cables 2200 30070 001 Polycom Touch Control for use with HDX 6000 7000 8000 and 9000 series codecs with software version 3 0 or later Requires PoE network connection or optional external power supply 2200 42740 XXxX 2215 28283 001 Shelf for mounting the HDX 8000 7000 and 6000 series codecs This isa black 2u shelf for 19 racks which will hold the codec in position with a secure mounting system 2u 3 5 inches x 17 5 without ears 19 with x 14 5 deep Shelf only 2457 26764 072 Extended length Black drop cable for connecting Spherical Ceiling microphone Array element to electronics interface 6ft 1 8m long Used with 2200 23809 001 amp 2200 23810 001 only Replaces 2457 24701 001 2457 26765 072 Extended length White drop cable for connecting Spherical Ceiling microphon
193. cal Modules RAA 7750 SR Port TOGBASE Ehernet NOAX Accepts One A XFP TOGIGE Optics Modules SEES 7750 SR port TOGBASE Ethernet MDAX Accepts two 2 NFP TOGIGE Optics Modules 3HE04743AA 7x50 12 port 10GE IMM Provides 12 physical 10GE ports that accept SFP pluggable optical modules Full Service Routing Functionality Full Queuing hierarchical policing IPv4 IPv6 routing services Available upgrades licenses VPRN Enhanced Subscriber Management Layer 2 or routed CO model 3HE07303AA 7x50 2 port LOOGE MultiCore CPU IMM Provides 2 physical 100GE ports that accepts pluggable CFP connector Full Service Routing Functionality Full Queuing hierarchical policing IPv4 IPv6 routing services Available upgrades licenses VPRN 3HE06320AA 7x50 3 port 40GE QSFP IMM Provides 3 physical 40GE port that accepts pluggable QSFP optic s Full Service Routing Functionality Full Queuing hierarchical policing IPv4 IPv6 routing services Available upgrades licenses VPRN 3HE07305AA 7x50 20 port 10GE MultiCore CPU IMM Provides 20 physical 10GE ports that accept SFP pluggable optical modules Full Service Routing Functionality Full Queuing hierarchical policing IPv4 IPv6 routing services Available upgrades licenses VPRN Part C2 Page 29 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3HE07304AA 7x50 6 port 40GE QSFP IMM Provides 6 physical 40GE ports that accepts pluggable QSFP optic s Full Service Routing
194. call directly from your PC screen by simply highlighting the telephone number Part C2 Page 59 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3BA09077 A License for usage of the IME INPUT METHOD ENGINE 1 USER 3BA09088 A Analog user license 3BA09089 A Standard UA license 1 user Standard Ua tense Toer CCS sa 09090y a Yausiness Ua Ticense Taser ee ES 3808000 CP on interface Weense Tse SSCS oa peep 3BA09135J A Smartcall 1 user ooo 3BA09986AA Software license for Free Desktop Environment 3BA03057AB Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise Dynamic Starter Pack includes the DECT PWT engine license and the first 20 mobile users 3BAO9003JA O SEA encryption amp Autenthication License for Mobile DECIPWT Tuer 3BA09098 A 1 additional Mobile Executive IP Touch user 3BA09110J A License for Mobile IPTouch terminal 1 user PF 3BA09593AA Notification server up to 50 alarms software license 3BA09597AA Notification server upgrade from 50 to 300 alarms software license 3BA09598AA Notification server upgrade from 300 to 800 alarms software license 3BA09599AA Notification server Notification server upgrade for more than 800 alarms software license o e for more than 800 alarms software license e a a a Infocenter pack is a software pack It includes Infocenter and Alcatel Lucent Hotel Link licenses for a better price positioning 3BA09511AA ealtware lirence for the PESE METOMEIEN i ne H li
195. can be integrated with policy based management and other technologies such as smart cards PKI and biometrics for enhanced security implementations The switch must provide multi layer security with a range of security features that can be implemented in the wiring closet the core and throughout the network These include Comply Non Comply e User authentication e Virtual local area networks VLANs e VLAN Quarantine e Access control lists ACLs e Restriction for user ports from sending control traffic BPDU RIP OSPF BGP e P source address spoofing prevention e Switch access authentication e Encryption for secure management SSHv2 HTTPS SNMPVv3 e Denial of service protection To secure management features must be integrated into the architecture including e Authenticated user access SNMPv3 and SSL for encrypted sessions e Partitioned management for multi tiered access and granular network administration 7 18 4 Intelligence To be considered intelligent the product must support the Comply Non following features Comply e The Tenderer must offer a switch based on a design that can distribute processes on the network interfaces and not rely upon a centralized control plane architecture where the management module is responsible for all processing The distributed design must allow key processes such as Spanning Tree to maintain a fully operational state e Mission cri
196. ccess SecureView ACL Quarantine Manager Access Guardian User network profiles Web Services Starter pack license includes support for up 10 managed nodes IP Managed addresses 0 to 10 incl For larger infrastructure with larger IP managed address node population refer to Extension licenses section 0V2500 VMM L License for OmniVista 2500 VMM L Large deployment Supplemental application for OV2500 NMS for VM visibility monitoring and UNP provisioning automation Min OV2500NMS Config release 3 5 3 to operate with Wmware Vcenter releases 4 0 5 1 single instance up to max 5000 virtual machines per deployment Min OV2500NMS config release 3 5 4 to operate with Citrix XenServer Master Controller release 6 0 1 single instance up to max 5000 virtual machines per deployment OV2500 VMM MI License for OmniVista 2500 VMM MI Multiple instances Supplemental application for OV2500 NMS for VM visibility monitoring and UNP provisioning automation Min OV2500NMS Config release 3 5 4 to operate with vmware Vcenter releases 4 0 5 1 2 instances up to max 5000 vm per combined deployment Combined instances Min OV2500NMS config release 3 5 4 to operate with Citrix XenServer Master Controller 6 0 1 2 instances up to max 5000 vm per combined deployment Combined instances OV2500NMS CD 35 OmniVista 2500 Network Management Solution DVDContains all software images and installers for OmniVista 2500 Network Management System OmniVista
197. ce Replacement Firmware Upgrades 7x24x36 months Comprehensive Support AntiVirus IPS Contect Filtering and Anti Spam See Bundle upgrades for other options ADD NON US POWER CORD FROM FORTINET ACCESSORIES IF NEEDED FG 200B BDL 950 36 a FG200BBDL90036 FORITGATE 200B Bundle 8 10 100 and 4 10 100 1000 ports and FortiASIC NP2 Accelerated Interfaces includes rack mount kit Bundle includes Hardware Unit Return and Replace Firmware Upgrades 8x5x36 months Enhanced Support AntiVirus IPS Contect Filtering and Anti Spam See Bundle upgrades for other options ADD NON US POWER CORD FROM FORTINET ACCESSORIES IF NEEDED FG 200B BDL 900 36 FG1000CBDL95036 FORTIGATE 1000C BUNDLE Hardware plus 3 year 24x7 Forticare and FortiGuard Bundle FG 1000C BDL 950 36 FG1000CBDL90036 FORTIGATE 1000C BUNDLE Hardware plus 3 year 8x5 Forticare and FortiGuard Bundle FG 1000C BDL 900 36 FG3240CBDL90036 FORTIGATE 3240C DC BUNDLE 12 SFP FortiASIC 10 Gig ports 2 SFP SR type transceivers included 16 SFP FortiASIC ports 2 10 100 1000 ports 1 SSD 64GB internal storage and dual AC power supplies and 3 year 8x5 Forticare and FortiGuard Bundle FG 3240C BDL 900 36 FG3950BBDL90036 FORTIGATE 3950B BUNDLE 2 SFP 10 Gig ports 2 SFP SR type transceivers included 4 SFP 10 100 1000 FortiASIC accelerated ports 2 10 100 1000 ports 5 FMC slots and dual AC power supplies ADD NON US POWER CORD FROM FORTINET ACCESSORIES IF NEEDED FG 3
198. ce of its delivery obligations shall render the supplier liable to the imposition of penalties pursuant to GCC Clause 22 unless an extension of time is agreed upon pursuant to GCC Clause 22 2 without the application of penalties Upon any delay beyond the delivery period in the case of a goods contract the purchaser shall without cancelling the contract be entitled to purchase goods of a similar quality and up to the same quantity in substitution of the goods not supplied in conformity with the contract and to return any goods delivered later at the supplier s expense and risk or to cancel the contract and buy such goods as may be required to complete the contract and without prejudice to his other rights be entitled to claim damages from the supplier 22 Penalties 22 1 Subject to GCC Clause 25 if the supplier fails to deliver any or all of the goods or to perform the services within the period s specified in the contract the purchaser shall without prejudice to its other remedies under the contract deduct from the contract price as a penalty a sum calculated on the delivered price of the delayed goods or unperformed services using the current prime interest rate calculated for each day of the delay until actual delivery or performance The purchaser may also consider termination of the contract pursuant to GCC Clause 23 23 Termination for default 23 1 The purchaser without prejudice to any other remedy for breach of con
199. ce upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 251 and 350 users 3BA09893AA Multi Tenant service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 351 and 500 users 3BA09953AA Multi Tenant service upgrade software license increased with additional 500 users in relation with the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine size Fi 3BA09579AA Priority call service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 80 users 3BA09580AA Priority call service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 150 users 3BA09581AA Priority call service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 500 users 3BA09583AA Priority call service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 81 and 150 users 3BA09818AA Priority call service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 50 users 3BA09819AA Priority call service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 51 and 80 users 3BA09894AA Priority call service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 350 users 3BA09895AA Priority call service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 151 and 350 users Part C2 Page 62 of 94 Contract CB105 2013
200. ce with the terms specified in the contract Insurance 11 1 The goods supplied under the contract shall be fully insured in a freely convertible currency against loss or damage incidental to manufacture or acquisition transportation storage and delivery in the manner specified Part C1 Page 12 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 5 Agreements and Contract Data 12 Transportation 12 1 Should a price other than an all inclusive delivered price be required this shall be specified 13 Incidental Services 13 1 The supplier may be required to provide any or all of the following services including additional services if any a performance or supervision of on site assembly and or commissioning of the supplied goods b furnishing of tools required for assembly and or maintenance of the supplied goods c furnishing of a detailed operations and maintenance manual for each appropriate unit of the supplied goods d performance or supervision or maintenance and or repair of the supplied goods for a period of time agreed by the parties provided that this service shall not relieve the supplier of any warranty obligations under this contract and e training of the purchaser s personnel at the supplier s plant and or on site in assembly start up operation maintenance and or repair of the supplied goods 13 2 Prices charged by the supplier for incidental services if not included in the contract price for the goods s
201. cense tor the meet me conference ee aa ae eee f aoo Embedded voice guides oftware eene CS o f eoa oeer sowe ene OOS ee EE eoa factional safety services softwareen SSCS aosa Warce detection channels software cense OOOO C O eo Compressed cals software ene SSCS Part C2 Page 60 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3BA09482AA Master conference service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value 80 users 3BA09483AA Master conference service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value 150 users 3BA09484AA Master conference service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value 500 users 3BA09486AA Master conference service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 81 and 150 users 3BA09812AA Master conference service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value 50 users 3BA09813AA Master conference service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 51 and 80 users 3BA09882AA Master conference service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value 350 users 3BA09883AA Master conference service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 151 and 350 users 3BA09884AA Master conference service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterpris
202. ch Business Edition Multimedia Services Platforms 3BA03242AC OpenTouch Business Edition 1 2 Server with pre installed software Software release and USB dongle providing advanced business commu nication services for up to 500 users eo OpenTouch Business Edition 1 2 Server with pre installed software Software release and USB fone kenge providing advanced business commu nication services for up to 1500 users 3BA03246AC Multimedia application 1 2 Server with pre installed software and Software release providing advanced business communication service s for up to 1500 users as an applicative add on to OXE R10 1 3BA27768AA USB Dongle for OpenTouch 3BAQ0788AC OpenTouch Business Edition 1 2 Server 500 platform with pre installed software E OpenTouch Business Edition 1 2 Server 1500 platform with pre installed software ooo 3BA00792AC OpenTouch Multimedia Services 1 2 Server 1500 platform with pre installed software OpenTouch Business Edition Multimedia Services Software PF 3BA09450 A SIP user Bypass fed 3BA09451 A Audio and Data ACS ports 3BA09452 A GVP ports 3BA09453 A GVP TTS ports ee EL oana lOpenTouch Multmedia Service T remote extension bypass j BA0ooA Automated Attendant Services including TTS capabilities Teens C oA Sease ax server ndungo es O OOOO Baoa fi audo port Tor Automated Attendant and Messaging Services cense stood a2 conferencing ports for N Party multimedia conferencing senicesTicerse
203. ch Unified Communications and OmniTouch My Teamwork solutions 3BA09215 A OmniTouch 8660 Teamwork Services software upgrade 1 user i 3 3BA09854AA My Teamwork 10 users software license 3BA09856AA Optional software license Audio conferencing 2 ports for the OmniTouch Unified Communications and OmniTouch My Teamwork solutions 3BA09857AA Optional software license Data conferencing 2 ports for the OmniTouch Unified Communications and OmniTouch My Teamwork solutions PF 3BA09988AA My Teamwork server and 10 users software license including 4 audio ports and 2 data ports Part C2 Page 83 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data CSTA interfaces BBAO9O05AA CSTA Monitoring beyond 9999 intances 3BA09081 A IP DR link Recording software license including the first 5 ports Dedicated Recording Link 3BA09082 A IP DR link record 5 additional ports software license a PDRnkrecord 5 additional ports software icense S855 ESTA Contact Center server 5 monitors includes the Tirst 5 monitorings software cense p SeoosT6AA ESTA server 5 additional monitorings pack software lense 38851 7k ESTA pilots monitoring allows CCsistribution queues monitoring software cense BBAoo5T8AA ESTA WR server including the first SVR ports software icense O E 3BA09519AA CSTA IVR 5 additional IVR ports pack software license 3BA09520AA DR link Recording Base Application software license including the first 5 ports Dedicated
204. ck E1 Interface o Transmit Receive rate 2 048 Mbps o Framing format CRC4 non CRC4 o DTE DCE interface ITU T G 704 G 703 T1 Interface o Transmit Receive rate 1 544 Mbps o Framing Format D4 super frame and extended super frame o DTE DCE interface ITU T G 704 G 703 Channel Service Unit Data Service Unit o Selectable cable length oO 0 0 Oo O00 0 Routing o Static o RIP v1 2 dynamic routing o VPN routing and forwarding o Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol VRRP o Generic Routing Encapsulation GRE IP o Border Group Protocol BGP OSPF dynamic routing Firewall Features o NAT Network Address Translation Part C3 Page 28 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work oO 00 0 0 e Qos oO 00 0 Stateful packet inspection and filtering Network Attack Detection TCP reassembly for packet protection Malformed packet protection Protocol anomaly IP TCP UDP Application Layer Gateway FTP TFTP DNS DHCP SIP Network File System NFS Real Time Streaming Protocol RTSP L3 4 traffic policy definition Ingress policing Egress shaping and priority egress scheduling Differential Services DiffServ Call admission control e VPN IPSEC Oo O0 0 0 O Site to site VPN tunnels minimum 2000 tunnel interfaces Encryption DES 3DES and AES Authentication MD 5 and SHA 1 Perfect Forward Secrecy IPSec NAT traversal IKE with preshared key or PKI e Intrusion Detection and Prevention
205. cludes a 126W AC power supply with power shelf and country specific power cord user manuals access card rack mounts and RJ 45 to DB 9 adaptor OS6850EP24XH OS6850E P24X Gigabit Ethernet L3 fixed configuration chassis in a 1U form factor with 20 RJ 45 10 100 1000 BaseT PoE ports 4 combo ports 10 100 1000 BaseT or 1000 BaseX 2 SFP 10GigE ports and 2 CX 4 ports The 2 CX 4 ports can be used as stacking ports or as connectors for the OS6 XNI U2 that supports 2 SFP ports The bundle includes a 510W AC PoE power supply with power shelf and country specific power cord user manuals access card rack mounts and RJ 45 to DB 9 adaptor OS6850EP48XH OS6850E P48xX Gigabit Ethernet L3 fixed configuration chassis in a 1U form factor with 46 RJ 45 10 100 1000 BaseT PoE ports 2 combo ports 10 100 1000 BaseT or 1000 BaseX 2 SFP 10GigE ports and 2 CX 4 ports The 2 CX 4 ports can be used as stacking ports or as connectors for the OS6 XNI U2 that supports 2 SFP 10GigE ports The bundle includes a 900W AC PoE power supply with power shelf and country specific power cord user manuals access card rack mounts and RJ 45 to DB 9 adaptor Part C2 Page 5 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data OS6850E BPPX OS6850E BPPX modular 900W AC backup power supply Provides backup system and PoE power to one 48 port PoE switch Ships with chassis connection cable country specific power cord power shelf and rack mounts OS6850E BP OS68
206. configuration changes due to a fault in one service should cause minimal or no disruption to other services in operation Wherever possible the hardware must be plug and play The insertion and removal of the cards on a chassis based system should be detected dynamically and configured accordingly to enable service continuity during hardware upgrades It must be possible to monitor the state including the environmental status of each card within the chassis and alarms must be generated if corrective actions are required Modular software architecture enabling administrators the capability to perform always live operating system upgrades to start or stop individual software modules with no disruption to existing traffic flows install real time services without traffic disruption and to allow the insulation of the system from the failure of any service within the system Built in architectural redundancy Comply Non Comply e Redundant interfaces WAN e Redundant power e Bonding Techniques including MLPPP and MFR e VRRP To ensure connectivity the solution should provide a wide selection Comply Non of connectivity options including Comply e T1 E1 V 35 X 21 e ADSL e ISDN e Gig Ethernet 7 14 SECURITY To ensure secure communications between and through the service gateway the solution offered must support a comprehensive set of security services and protocols To
207. contract the parties shall make every effort to resolve amicably such dispute or difference by mutual consultation 27 2 If after thirty 30 days the parties have failed to resolve their dispute or difference by such mutual consultation then either the purchaser or the supplier may give notice to the other party of his intention to commence with mediation No mediation in respect of this matter may be commenced unless such notice is given to the other party 27 3 Should it not be possible to settle a dispute by means of mediation it may be settled in a South African court of law 27 4 Notwithstanding any reference to mediation and or court proceedings herein a the parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under the contract unless they otherwise agree and b the purchaser shall pay the supplier any monies due the supplier for goods delivered and or services rendered according to the prescripts of the contract 28 Limitation of Liability 28 1 Except in cases of criminal negligence or wilful misconduct and in the case of infringement pursuant to Clause 6 a the supplier shall not be liable to the purchaser whether in contract tort or otherwise for any indirect or consequential loss or damage loss of use loss of production or loss of profits or interest costs provided that this exclusion shall not apply to any obligation of the supplier to pay penalties and or damages to the purchaser and b the agg
208. cordance with the contract b their replacement with proper and suitable supplies c the removal and proper re installation notwithstanding any previous test thereof or interim payment therefor of any installation which in respect of materials workmanship or design for which the Contractor is responsible is not in the opinion of the Project Manager in accordance with the contract d that any work done or goods supplied or materials used by the Contractor is or are not in accordance with the contract or that the supplies or any portion thereof do not fulfil the requirements of the contract The Contractor shall with all speed and at his own expense make good the defects so specified If the Contractor does not comply with such order the Contracting Authority shall be entitled to employ other persons to carry out the orders and all expenses consequent thereon or incidental thereto shall be deducted by the Contracting Authority from any monies due or which may become due to the Contractor Part C3 Page 50 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Supplies which are not of the required quality shall be rejected A special mark may be applied to the rejected supplies This shall not be such as to alter them or affect their commercial value Rejected supplies shall be removed by the Contractor from the place of acceptance if the Project Manager so requires within a period which the Project Manager shall specify failing whic
209. could impact the communication thereby frustrating the business processes Mechanism to improve availability in wireless networks such as Adaptive Radio Management must be proposed In case there is a failure of the switch WLAN access point adjacent access points have the ability to increase transmission power to maintain coverage of the office space Adaptive radio Management allows the end users to continue business at their preferred location Part C3 Page 61 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 7 8 ACCESS SECURITY AND NETWORK AUTHORIZATION Access security and network authorization is important to prevent unsolicited access to network resources in general avoiding costs by preventing digital attacks or information theft and unauthorized access to specific resources in the network by specific users or devices The SP s LAN switches and Wireless LAN solution must have access authentication and network authorization features embedded They allow end users as well as end systems to log on to the network By using standards based authentication there is no need to invest in licenses for end systems In addition a database is required to store user and system credentials The switch solutions should support the RADIUS protocol to access this database Next to authentication the switched must be capable of authorizing end users and end systems into segregated virtual parts of the network By simply adding a profile parameter
210. d or third party Web applications via XML SOAP It should provide a set of tools for customizing their communications to the specific day to day demands of work and to fit specific enterprise group and individual needs Telecommunication Institutions The equipment and the eventual technical solution as proposed must be approved by the relevant legal telecommunications instances The proposal must indicate the type of approval references for the various parts which constitute the proposed equipment If these references cannot be given the tender submitter must specify whether the equipment which was part of the offer was submitted for type approval to the relevant organization In this case the following information must be specified in the proposition e The file reference for the application for type approval e The reference of the sites that received installation authorization e The forecast approval date Part C3 Page 114 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 8 Pricing And Pricing Schedules 8 1 Invitation Please note that this is a mere invitation to do business and under no circumstances whatsoever shall it be construed as an offer giving rise to any contractual obligations on the part of the CoT The City of Tshwane shall not be bound to accept the quote submitted by the contractor and reserves the right to accept the whole or part of the said proposal The CoT further reserves the right to negotiate and
211. d 802 1Q tagging IEEE 802 3z IEEE 802 3 ab IEEE 802 3x Flow Control IEEE 802 3ad Link Aggregation Control Protocol LACP RFC 1534 DHCP BOOTP Interoperation e Mounting o 19 standard Rack mountable with mounting kit o Maximum use of 2 Rack Units RU e Management Console o Switch should be manageable through Console port Telnet SNMP HTTP RMON HTTPS and SSH o Must have console port o Provide console cable power cables and operating manuals e Authentication o TACACS and RADIUS authentication e Administration o Allows software upgrade via FTP TFTP e Performance o Throughput up to 35 7 million pps 64 byte packets o Switching capacity 48 Gbps e Security Features o Access Control List o Rate Limiting o Port Security oy MAC address filtering o IP filtering o MAC based port level security multilevel access security for console e Indicators and Diagnostic LED s o Per port status Link integrity activity speed full duplex o System status System RPS link status link duplex link speed e Environmental Ranges o Operating temperature 0 C to 45 C o Storage temperature 25 to 70 C o Operating relative humidity 10 to 85 e AC Input Voltage o Standard South Africa Power Supply 220 230 v 410 50 Hz 5 o Must support power redundancy e Expansion through cascading o Switch should be stackable i e manageable via single IP address up to 8 units e Quality of Service e Other o LAN Base Image installed
212. d CoT decide not to renew license fees CoT will be authorised to continue using the fully functional version at no additional cost No annual license fees will be entertained as part of this tender 8 10 Power Other Cords To be included in the price of the main switch equipment 9 Evaluation Criteria Criteria Applicable Guidelines Points Solution Overall solution Key Account 30 Management Strategy Quality Implementation plan strategy Maintenance on Exisiting Skills CV s of support 20 Infrastructure personnel proposed Management Team and Structure Disposal and buyout plan Network Operations Centre Security availability 20 escalation strategy proposed noc solution Stock Availablity Proof Audited report on the 10 availability of stock R10 million and location warehouse Training Training strategy workshops 10 etc Value Add Services Internship Mentorship 10 programme Administrative Conformity The aim at this stage is to check that tenders comply with the essential requirements of the tender dossier A tender is deemed to comply if it satisfies all the conditions procedures and specifications in the tender dossier without departing from or attaching restrictions to them If a tender does not comply with the tender dossier it will be rejected immediately and may not subsequently be made to comply by correcting it or withdrawing the departure or restriction An example of an Admin
213. d as useful include Comply Non Comply e Power supply redundancy with hot swap support e AC and or DC power availability for the 24 or 48 port switches e Power over Ethernet capabilities to support VoIP phones WLAN AP security cameras etc e Possibility to upgrade any 10 100 ports to Gigabit capacity e 10 Gigabit uplink availability To be economically viable for the future the switch should provide full IPv6 support with hardware based forwarding for wire rate speeds classification and tunnelling Performance must remain unaffected by enabling IPv6 processing whether deploying IPv4 IPv6 or IPv4 IPv6 The switch must provide or support authentication methods to include 802 1x AVLANs MAC authentication PKI etc To reduce administration costs a user friendly centralized management must be available to provide e Network activity monitoring e Device configuration and troubleshooting e VLAN management e ACL management e Quality of Service configuration e Switch access security e Quarantine possibilities for visiting users For security and facility the wired and mobile users must be treated in the same way by using RADIUS authentication The switches must meet with the following general requirements e Advanced security Access e Advanced QoS features Prioritization Filtering etc e End to End host integrity check e Dynamic analysis of
214. d be able to Determine the types of telephony hardware devices required by the different types company personnel Determine the types of telephony services required for the company personnel Provide the reasons for the choice of products Based on the findings the bidder should be able to provide the devices and services listed in the audit 6 3 5 1 4 System Management The IP PBX system should provide a suit of applications and tools to permanently evaluate and report the operational health of the system It should provide the following functions Software licensing check Automatic recognition of plugged sets User moving Monitoring of all the events on the system Capture of performance and level of use of the resources Register and log all calls and give accounting information Monitor and register all users attendants trunks activity to generate traffic and level of use analysis The IP PBX system must include the possibility to have remote maintenance access via dial up having access to the system for configuring diagnosis and monitoring This access must be protected with security mechanism to prevent unauthorized intrusions The system must include a dedicated management server platform that will be based on the latest technologies such as JAVA JEE This server should support a minimum of five 5 clients having different access rights to the applications The management platform must provide a single graphical client Graphical
215. d monitor English remote standard HDX cable bundle Note the standard table top mic is removed Based on 7200 23130 102 and 2200 23809 002 Mandatory Partner Premier to be ordered separately 7200 23130 102 HDX 7000 720 HDX 7000 HD codec EagleEye camera amp 3m cable HDX mic array P C PPCIP 2nd monitor Eng rmt Cables 2 comp1nt video DVI RCA audio RCA RCA LAN UK pwr PAL Maintenance Contract Required 7200 23140 102 HDX 7000 1080 HDX 7000 HD codec EagleEye III camera amp license HDX mic array P C PPCIP 2nd monitor option English rmt Cables 2 Compint video DVI to 3xRCA audio RCA RCA LAN UK pwr PAL Part C2 Page 42 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 7200 27670 102 HDX 7001 Incl codec EagleEye HD camera HDX mic array PPCIP P C Eng rmt Cables Compint video DVI to 3xRCA audio RCA RCA LAN U E A Pwr Cord Mandatory Partner Premier to be ordered separately 2215 12917 001 HDX 7001 upgrade kit Hardware upgrade for HDX 7001 systems to convert to an HDX 7000 rev C codec Requires installation by certified service partner HDX must have software version 2 5 0 8 or later 2200 30070 001 Polycom Touch Control for use with HDX 6000 7000 8000 and 9000 series codecs with software version 3 0 or later Requires PoE network connection or optional external power supply 2200 42740 XXxX 2215 28283 001 Shelf for mounting the HDX 8000 7000 and 6000 series codecs This isa blac
216. d the Scope of Work but the quantity of work of which is not measured in any units Units of Measurements The units of measurement described in the Price Schedule are metric units Abbreviations used in the of Quantities are as follows mm millimetre h hour m metre kg kilogram km kilometre t ton 1000kg m square metre no number m pass square metre pass sum lump sum ha hectare MN meganewton m cubic metre MN m meganewton metre m km cubic metre kilometre PC sum Prime Cost sum litre Prov sum Provisional sum kl kilolitre Per cent MPa megaspascal kW kilowatt Part C2 Page 2 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 1 Pricing Data 3 Rates This price list has columns for quantity rate and price for the goods Entries in these columns are made as follows 3 1 If the Supplier is to be paid an amount for the goods which is a fixed price for an item or a fixed price for each of a series of items the tendering supplier enters the amount in the price column only the other two columns being left blank 3 2 If the Supplier is to be paid an amount for the goods which is the unit rate for each item multiplied by the quantity of the item supplied i e a Price Schedule arrangement the tendering supplier enters the rate which is then multiplied by the quantity which has been entered either by him or by the Purchaser to produce the price which is also entered 3 3 If the S
217. dance with F 3 11 9 Rank tender offers from the highest number of tender evaluation points to the lowest Recommend tenderer with the highest number of tender evaluation points for the award of the contract unless there are compelling and justifiable reasons not to do so Rescore and re rank all tenderers should there be compelling and justifiable reasons not to recommend the tenderer with the highest number of tender evaluation points and recommend the tenderer with the highest number of tender evaluation points unless there are compelling and justifiable reasons not to do so and the process set out in this subclause is repeated PartT1 Page 24 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 3 Tendering Procedures F 3 11 5 Method 4 Financial offer quality and preferences In the case of a financial offer quality and preferences a Score each tender in respect of the financial offer made preference claimed if any and the quality offered in accordance with the provisions of F 3 11 7 to F 3 11 9 rejecting all tender offers that fail to score the minimum number of points for quality stated in the tender data if any b Calculate the total number of tender evaluation points TEV in accordance with the following formula TEV NFO NP NQ where NFO is the number of tender evaluation points awarded for the financial offer made in accordance with F 3 11 7 NP is the number of tender evaluation points awarded for preferences claim
218. dentified in the Contract Data NAME S etock LETTERS CAPACITY of authorized agents SIGNATURE s of authorized agents SIGNED at on this WITNESSES Full name BLOCK LETTERS and signature Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 1 Agreements and Contract Data ACCEPTANCE By signing this part of this Form of Offer and Acceptance the Seller identified below accepts the Purchaser s Offer In consideration thereof the Purchaser shall pay the Seller the amount due in accordance with the Conditions of Contract identified in the Contract Data Acceptance of the Purchaser s Offer shall form an agreement between the Purchaser and the Seller upon the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and in the Contract that is the subject of this Agreement The terms of the contract are contained in Part T1 Tendering Procedures Part T2 Returnable Documents Part C1 Agreements and Contract Data which includes this Agreement Part C2 Pricing Data Part C3 Scope of Work and drawings and documents or parts thereof which may be incorporated by reference into Parts C3 above Deviations from and amendments to the documents listed in the Tender Data and any addenda thereto listed in the Tender Schedules as well as any changes to the terms of the Offer agreed by the Seller and the Purchaser during this process of offer and acceptance are contained in the Schedule of Deviations attached to and forming part of this Agreement N
219. des 2xGE 8xGE ports 1 DSL slot 2xAIC slots Ready for WLAN 802 11bgn SW licenses can be ordered separately to enable WiFi and other features OSES a E src E E oaeo s Teephany services activation Ticense for OmniAccess s806 UUU Ometo TeTephany services activation Ticense for OmniAccess 5850ER WLAN MORIK MSRI200 dual 2x2 TIN radio 200MM New Boot Loader ROW model C f e IS RA000 ved 22 TIN radio 320W POE New Boot Loader ROW mod MST2HP MST200 single 2x2 11N radio 320mW Int Antenna 5GHz PoE New Boot Loader ROW model AP ANT 16 2 4 2 5Ghz 2 5dBi 4 9 5 9GHz 3 dBi 3 Element MIMO Antenna in a single mechanical package Down Tilt Omni Directional w ceiling mount hardware RP SMA Connectors AP ANT 13B 2 4 2 5Ghz 2 5dBi 4 9 5 9GHz 3 dBi Down Tilt Smallest Form Factor Omni Directional Single Antenna w ceiling mount hardware RP SMA Connector AP ANT 13B KIT 2 4 2 5Ghz 2 5dBi 4 9 5 9GHz 3 dBi MIMO Kit of qty 3 individual Smallest Form Factor Down Tilt Omni Directional Antennas w ceiling mount hardware RP SMA Connectors AP ANT 2 4 2 5Ghz 3 0dBi 4 90 5 99GHz 4 0dBi Down tilt Omni Directional Diversity Antenna c w pA overhang mount hardware N Type Connector AP ANT AP ANT 91_ 2 4 2 5Ghz 5 0dBi 4 90 5 99GHz 5 0dBi Dual band 120 Degree Sector Antenna Ntype Male AP ANT ae 2 4 2 5GHz 7 5dBi 5 15 5 875GHz 7 5dBi 3 Element MIMO 60 Degree Sector Antenna 3
220. ding to manufacturer s standards The contractor shall employ or contract suitably qualified and trained personnel to provide the Services to Tshwane in terms of this agreement The personnel must be certified and it will be expected by from the SP to adhere to Councils mandate to provide training and skills transfer to identified members from the community as identified by CoT Top Management and Political Role Players Costing related to test equipment must be included in the support costs After conclusion of the contract the test equipment will remain the property of the contractor 5 3 8 Leave Arrangements Etc The contractor must provide a list with additional Certified Professionals to act as replacements for example for leave arrangements courses etc As previously discussed in this tender 6 Equipment And Other Requirements 6 1 Cabling Cabling work will be limited to the following e Supply deliver and install fibre patch leads required to connect the switch with the existing backbone fibre e Supply deliver and install stacking cables and or fibre patch leads required to stack or connect switches or other network equipment e Patch existing users patch cables will be supplied by others e Supply deliver and install electrical power cords as per South African power standards and related to equipment bought on this tender 6 2 Cabinets Cabinets and electrical outlets will be supplied by other approved service providers
221. djusted in terms of currency fluctuations only Rate or Price excl VAT Material Equipment Part C1 Page 29 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 Pricing Data PART C2 PRICING DATA PRICING DATA CONTENTS C2 1 PRICING INSTRUCTIONS rnense AA AA 2 C2 2 PRIGE SGHEDULE 4 2 ES Sass oh eG skis oie eee eis 4 SUMMARY OF PRICE SCHEDULE cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Error Bookmark not defined Part C2 Page 1 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 1 Pricing Data C2 1 PRICING INSTRUCTIONS 1 1 1 2 2 General This section provides the tenderer with guidelines and requirements with regard to the completion of the Price Schedule The Schedule has to be completed in black ink and the tenderer is referred to the Tender Specifications in regard to the correction of errors The Price Schedule shall be read with all the documents which form part of this Contract The following words shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them Unit The unit of measurement for each item of work in terms of the Specifications and the Project Specifications Quantity The number of units of work for each item Rate The payment per unit of work at which the tenderer tenders to do the work Price The product of the quantity and the rate tendered for an item Lump sum An amount tendered for an item the extent of which is described in the Price Schedule the Specification an
222. dressed and may contain confidential and or privileged information and material Any review retransmission dissemination or other use of or taking of any action in reliance upon this information by persons or entities other than the intended recipient is prohibited Recipients of this document shall respect the confidentiality of the information contained herein together with any other information obtained during the course of the RFP process The Contractor and his staff shall be obliged to maintain professional secrecy for the entire duration of the contract and after its completion All information reports and documents drawn up or received by the Contractor shall be confidential The contractor shall not save in so far as may be necessary for the purposes of the contract s execution publish or disclose any particulars of the contract without the prior consent in writing from CoT If any disagreement arises as to the necessity for any publication or disclosure for the purpose of the contract the decision of CoT shall be final 11 5 Laws and Regulations The Contractor shall respect and abide by all laws and regulations in force in South Africa and the by laws and regulations of CoT and shall ensure that his her personnel their dependants and his her local employees also respect and abide by all such laws and regulations The Contractor shall indemnify CoT against any claims and proceedings arising from any infringement by the Contractor his
223. dvanced business communication services for OpenTouch users 3BA09523J U Base USER license providing access to advanced business communication services for upgrade users OpenTouch 1 0 to 1 x 3BA09530J A User option completing OpenTouch Standard user license with MyIC Mobile client services for Any Mobile 3BA09409 A OpenTouch User license providing access to advanced business communication services a 3BA09410 A Per user option completing OpenTouch Standard user license with MyIC Desktop PC client services Part C2 Page 53 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3BA09411 A User option completing OpenTouch Standard user license with MylC Mobile client services for Blackberry 3BA09412 A User option completing OpenTouch Standard user license with MylC Mobile client services for Windows mobile 3BA09413 A User option completing OpenTouch Standard user license with MylC Mobile client services for Android 3BA09414 A User option completing OpenTouch Standard user license with MylC Mobile client services for iPhone 3BA09415 A User option completing OpenTouch Standard user license with MylC Mobile client services for Nokia a EC nA Standard User Analog DeviceTicense OOOO SEAOSETBTA 3BA09419 A Standard User SIP Device license 3BA09421 A Standard User WLAN Device license he 3BA09422 A User option completing OpenTouch user license with voice mail services PF 3BA09423 A Use
224. e e the day to day maintenance and support of the network including all types of networking equipment inclusive of Cisco Alcatel 3 Com etc This shall include first line support and therefore include activities such as o determining whether the fault is electrical related and escalation thereof determining whether the fault is fiber related and escalation thereof fault tracing equipment and reconfiguring thereof providing reports on faulty equipment replacing power supplies where applicable o realigning radio antennas e The delivery installation configuration of network equipment related to Projects and or programs O 00 0 Onsite Resources And Support Hours It is crucial that the contractor provide CoT with the best trained qualified human resource base with service related experience directly applicable to the services and systems deployed in Council It must be noted that the staff must be available at all times to CoT and that the contractor is not allowed to utilize the staff for other purposes unless pre approved Should staff not be available suitable pre approved replacement staff must be provided The resource skills must be on site during the hours 7 30 to 16 00 official CoT working hours Standby At least one team must be on standby after hours and over weekends A monthly roster must be provided with the name and contact detail of the persons on standby Support for after hours weekends and public holid
225. e QWERTY alphabetic keyboard Comfort handset headset jack PC connection without power supply 3GV27061TB Alcatel Lucent IP Touch 4038 phone extended edition Urban Grey 6 lines graphical display 4 directions navigator 10 soft keys hands free QWERTY alphabetic keyboard Comfort handset headset jack PC connection without power supply 3GV27060TB Alcatel Lucent IP Touch 4028 phone extended edition Urban Grey 4 lines graphical display 4 directions navigator 6 soft keys hands free QWERTYalphabetic keyboard Comfort handset headset jack PC connection without power supply 3GV27063TB Alcatel Lucent IP Touch 4018 phone extended edition Urban Grey 1x20 characters display 2 directions navigator hands free 6 programmable keys with LED Comfort handset without power supply 9 Series digital sets 3GV27011TB Alcatel Lucent 4019 Digital phone Urban Grey 1x20 characters display 2 directions navigator group listening 6 programmable keys with LED standard handset Options for 8 amp 9 Series sets 3GV27013AB Smart display additional module for Alcatel Lucent 4028 4029 4038 4039 4068 phones Urban Grey with 14 keys foot Common option and accessories for 8 amp 9 series and Reflexes sets 3GV28048AB Corded headset for Alcatel Lucent IP Touch Digital and Reflexes phones Binaural Including jack plug 3 5mm and RJ 11 plugs connectors Plantronics Supra Plus H261 voice tube Power supply for sets 3MG27006RW 48V Power supply
226. e average value of the comparative pricing in a section will be used as benchmark to the item prices Higher than average item pricing will result in total disqualification of the vendors bid on the relevant section Clarification To facilitate the examination and evaluation of tenders the evaluation committee team may ask each tenderer individually for clarification of his tender The request for clarification and the response must be in writing but no change in the price or substance of the tender may be sought offered or permitted except as required to confirm the correction of arithmetical errors discovered during the evaluation of tenders Criteria e Local content e Certifications e Cv s of engineers e Experience The Service Provider must provide proof of its personnel s experience level on similar size networks as Council has deployed Preferably in Local Government Technical Evaluation After analysing the tenders deemed to comply in administrative terms the evaluation committee will rule on the technical admissibility of each tender classifying it as technically compliant or non compliant 10 Training 10 1 Training ICT personnel Within the tender the successful contractor should provide on site training for ICT personnel in order that they can operate the equipment supplied A suitable venue will be provided by CoT and the contractor will be responsible for the training facilitator equipment needed and the necessary m
227. e 47 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work e The system should support Nokia Intellisync Call Connect Client e The Dual mode cellular extension should be possible for SIP clients e The system must allow remote users to be connected using softphone applications and having the same level of service as they were at the office desk e The system should support users mobile devices to work in tandem mode with the desktop phone 6 4 Other Conditions and Considerations 6 4 1 Quality Assurance The successful tenderer shall have a quality insurance program to ensure the quality of both product and service 6 4 2 Environmental Suppliers shall make recommendations concerning earthing lighting protection environmental conditions ie air conditioning and other environmental requirements 6 4 3 Technical Documentation A detailed network topology architecture for the above should be proposed and a properly labelled layout showing for example clearly the used and free ports on the switch of the network design should be handed over to the Client by the successful bidder during commissioning Supplier should provide a technical document for each building to the CoT e Configuration of the equipment router L3 switch e A layout of the system with proper labeling e Troubleshooting procedures e Complete technical details along with make model number complete specification pamphlets literature of the systems highlighting the sp
228. e Array element to electronics interface 6ft 1 8m long Used with 2200 23809 002 amp 2200 23810 002 only Replaces 2457 24701 003 ee 23912 001 HDX MPPlus Multipoint Software Option License Allows for 4 site MP video calls Available for HDX See ystems 4000 4500 7000 8000 and 9000 Series 5150 26126 001 HDX Expanded I O software option Enables the HD camera 2 video input and the HD monitor 2 video output ports Available for the HDX 8002 only 5150 26946 001 Software option for HDX 7000 revC HDX 8000 revB and HDX 9000 revB systems to enable 1080 encode decode 1080p codec 5150 63389 001 X RTV CCCP license Enables support for Microsoft RTV codec and direct calls to MS AV MCU Available for HDX 9006 HDX 8000 rev B HDX 7000 rev C or D HDX 6000 HDX 4500 HDX 4000 rev C Waaa 63611 001 HDX TIP license Enables support for Cisco TIP compatibility Available for HDX 9000 rev B HDX eel rev B HDX 7000 rev C HDX 4500 HDX 4000 rev C Lh 5150 65478 001 HDX Software upgrade version 3 1 for all Polycom HDX systems Part C2 Page 41 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 2215 26690 001 Quad BRI Module for HDX Series Includes four ISDN 20ft 6m cables with clear connectors and HDX external peripheral interface box 2215 26695 001 PRI E1 Module for HDX Series Includes 1 20ft 6m PRI cable with clear connector and HDX external peripheral interface box 2215 26696 001 V 35 Module for HDX series
229. e Contractor notice of its intention to do so provided that no such claim shall be settled by the Employer or the Employer s insurer without first consulting the Contractor sub contractor The foregoing provisions of this Sub Clause shall apply mutatis mutandis to any such claim received by the Contractor directly It is distinctly understood that should the Employer or the Employer s insurer not settle any such claim at the earliest opportunity it shall in no way prejudice the Employer or the Employer s insurer s rights to recover from the Contractor nor shall the Contractor raise any such defence against the Employer or the Employer s insurer Any moneys which become payable as a result of a claim under the insurance effected by the Employer shall be paid to the Employer after deduction of the deductible amount first amount payable or Excess who shall pay such amount to the Contractor or to the party rectifying repairing or reinstalling or who has suffered the loss or damage but this shall in no way affect the Contractor s obligations in terms of the Contract 16 PAYMENT 16 5 16 6 Add the following clauses For Term Service contracts the Supplier assesses the amount due for work completed on or around the 25 of each month and furnishes the Purchaser with an invoice for the change in the amount due since the previous payment The Purchaser corrects any incorrect assessments and advises the Supplier accord
230. e Female interface Supports RF frequency Passband of 2 4 2 5 GHz OAW AP LAR 1 Outdoor Antenna Lightning Arrestor Lightning Surge Arrestor for the OAW AP85 Access Points Single In line lightening arrester with N type Male to Ntype Female interface Supports RF frequency pass through of 2Ghz 6Ghz ANT 2X2 2005 Pair H V Polarization 2 4GHz Omni directional 5dBi Direct mount N type connectors Pole mount beam and ceiling tile mount hardware included Requires N male to N female extension cable if not used in direct mount ANT 2X2 5010 Pair H V Polarization 5GHz Omni directional 10dBi Direct mount N type connector Pole mount beam and ceiling tile mount hardware included Requires N male to N female extension cable if not used in direct mount ANT 2X2 5005 Pair H V Polarization 5GHz Omni directional 5dBi Direct mount N type connectors Pole mount beam and ceiling tile mount hardware included Requires N male to N female extension cable if not used in direct mount ANT 2X2 STAGE Set of 2 dual band staging antennas with N type male connectors direct mount articulating OAW 4306G 0 OmniAccess 4306G WLAN switch with UNRESTRICTED REGULATORY DOMAIN Provides 6 auto sensing 10 100 1000Base T RJ 45 interfaces including 4 Power Over Ethernet PoE capable ports 2x 1000Base X SFP ports and 4x USB ports Supports up to 16 OmniAccess APxx Access Points AP licenses required directly or remotely connected through a L
231. e address on receipt of a non refundable deposit as indicated above Only cash or bank guaranteed cheques will be accepted Tenders will be evaluated on the basis of points awarded for price and BBBEE status level of contribution The lowest or any tender will not necessarily be accepted and the Municipality reserves the right to accept a tender as a whole or in part Tenders must remain valid for a period of 180 days after the closing date Enquiries 012 358 0343 Mr J Ngobeni CITY MANAGER Notice 17 of 2013 17 May 2013 PartT1 Page 2 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 2 Tendering Procedures T1 2 TENDER DATA The conditions of tender are the Standard Conditions of Tender as contained in Annexure F of SANS 294 2000 bound into Section T1 3 The Standard Conditions of Tender makes several references to the Tender Data The Tender Data shall have precedence in the interpretation of any ambiguity or inconsistency between it and the Standard Conditions of Tender to which it mainly applies Reference to relevant clauses in Standard Conditions of Addition or Variation to Standard Condition of Tender Tender Actions The Employer is THE CITY OF TSHWANE The term bid in the context of this standard is synonymous with term tender Tender documents Tender Document This document in which are bound the Tendering Procedures Returnable Documents Agreements and Contract Data Pricing Data Scope of Work Site Information
232. e booting e Image rollback to automatically re load previous configurations and software versions To provide a cost effective highly available scalable and re configurable network it would be advantageous to provide a modular based chassis that can be combined with other switches provided by the Tenderer The Tenderer must provide standards based features such as e Per VLAN spanning tree 802 1s and rapid recovery spanning tree 802 1w to provide added resiliency fast fail over to redundant links and layer 2 load sharing on Part C3 Page 85 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work otherwise unused network links bandwidth capacity e Dynamic link aggregation 802 3ad to provide inherent fail over to remaining existing links in the aggregate should one or more links fail and automatically builds multi gigabit capacity with other switches e Backup power availability in case of any power supply failure The Tenderer must provide switches that ensure continuity by providing the following capabilities Hot Swap Management Module Fail over Power Monitoring and Redundancy There must be e No single point of failure and a sub second fail over in its redundant configuration e Redundant Management amp Redundant Switch Fabric e Hot swappable components amp hot insertable support switch modules transceivers e Redundant Power Supplies Redundant 1 1 powe
233. e can be provided on every switch for administrator authentication Multi layer security enables the building of sophisticated hardware and software based solutions that can be integrated with policy based management and other technologies such as smart cards PKI and biometrics for enhanced security implementations The switch must provide multi layer security with a range of security features that can be implemented in the wiring closet the core and throughout the network These include Comply Non Comply e User authentication e Virtual local area networks VLANs e VLAN Quarantine e Access Control Lists ACLs e Restriction for user ports from sending control traffic BPDU RIP OSPF BGP e P source address spoofing prevention e Switch access authentication e Encryption for secure management SSHv2 HTTPS SNMPv3 e Denial of service protection e Native ability to analyze traffic to detect traffic flows to secure the switch Secure management features must be integrated into the architecture including e Authenticated user access SNMPv3 and SSL for encrypted sessions Part C3 Page 80 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work e End to End Host integrity check e Partitioned management for multi tiered access and granular network administration 7 18 9 Intelligence To be considered intelligent the product must support the
234. e employer for the purpose of a full and fair risk assessment Should the tenderer not provide the material or a satisfactory reason as to why it cannot be provided by the time for submission stated in the employer s request the employer may regard the tender offer as non responsive F 2 18 2 Dispose of samples of materials provided for evaluation by the employer F 2 19 F 2 20 F 2 21 F 2 22 F 2 23 F 3 F 3 1 where required Inspections tests and analysis Provide access during working hours to premises for inspections tests and analysis as provided for in the tender data Submit securities bonds policies etc If requested submit for the employer s acceptance before formation of the contract all securities bonds guarantees policies and certificates of insurance required in terms of the conditions of contract identified in the contract data Check final draft Check the final draft of the contract provided by the employer within the time available for the employer to issue the contract Return of other tender documents If so instructed by the employer return all retained tender documents within 28 days after the expiry of the validity period stated in the tender data Certificates Include in the tender submission or provide the employer with any certificates as stated in the tender data The employer s undertakings Respond to requests from the tenderer F 3 1 1 Respond to a request for c
235. e enterprise confirms that the contents of this schedule are within my personal knowledge and are to the best of my belief both true and correct Person Authorized to sign Tender FULL NAME tock LETTERS SIGNATURE DATE PartT2 Page 19 of 20 Contract No CB105 2013 Part T2 Returnable Documents FORM RDE 2 PROPOSED AMENDMENTS The Tenderer should record any deviations or qualifications he may wish to make to the tender documents in this Returnable Schedule Alternatively a tenderer may state such deviations and qualifications in a covering letter to his tender and reference such letter in this schedule The Tenderer s attention is drawn to clause 3 8 of the Standard Conditions of Tender referenced in the Tender Data regarding the Employer s handling of material deviations and qualifications PAGE CLAUSE ORITEM PROPOSAL The undersigned who warrants that he she is duly authorised to do so on behalf of the enterprise confirms that the contents of this schedule are within my personal knowledge and are to the best of my belief both true and correct Person Authorized to sign Tender FULL NAME BLOCK LETTERS SIGNATURE DATE PartT2 Page 20 of 20 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 Agreements and Contract Data PORTION 2 CONTRACT PART C1 AGREEMENTS AND CONTRACT DATA CONTENTS C1 1 FORM OF OFFER AND ACCEPTANCE 0 eeseeceeeesseeeeeeeeneeeeeeesaneeeeesneeeeeeeneaes 2 C1 2
236. e for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 51 and 80 users 3BA09930AA Performance management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 350 users 3BA09931AA Performance management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 151 and 350 users 3BA09932AA Performance management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 251 and 350 users 3BA09933AA Performance management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 351 and 500 users 3BA09962AA Performance management service software license increased with additional 500 users in relation with the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine size 3BA09026 A Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise minor upgrade stand alone increased with additional 500 users software license upgrade from release N 1 to release N 3BA09027 A Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise minor upgrade network increased with additional 500 users software license upgrade from release N 1 to release N 3BA09028 A Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise major upgrade stand alone increased with additional 500 users software license upgrade from release N 2 to release N 3BA09029 A Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise major upgrade network increased with additional 500 users software license upgrade from release N 2 to release N Part C2 Page 71 of 9
237. e proposed product must restricts user ports from sending control traffic BPDU RIP OSPF BGP The proposed product must prevent IP source address spoofing Mandatory Technical Requirements for a Highly Intelligent system Virtual local area networks VLANs o Upto 4 094 VLANs and up to 4 094 VLAN tags value support o Per port 802 1Q and policy based VLAN including authentication VLAN A VLAN The proposed product must support wire speed and feature rich Quality of Service QoS Part C3 Page 20 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Industry classification standards including 802 1Q p TOS and DiffServ which will be enhance with complementary features such as extensive QoS mappings and re tagging of prioritization o IEEE 802 1p ToS DSCP marking o QoS mapping 802 1p to 802 1p and ToS and DSCP ToS to ToS and 802 1p and DSCP DSCP to DSCP and 802 1p and ToS o Classification per port 802 1p CoS value MAC SA DA TOS precedence DSCP value IP SA DA TCP UDP port range o 8 egress queues per port to support Strict SP Weighted Round Robin WRR and or hybrid queuing Strict Weighted Round Robin queuing algorithms o Eight hardware based queues with flow based classification and processing o Ingress bandwidth rate limiting per port flow in 64k increments o Egress bandwidth rate limiting per port in 1Mbps increments Wire speed everything including switching routing ACLs QoS traffic redirect
238. e software engine between the value 251 and 350 users 3BA09885AA Master conference service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 351 and 500 users 3BA09951AA Master conference service upgrade software license increased with additional 500 users in relation with the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine size 3BA09572AA Multi Tenant service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 80 users 3BA09573AA Multi Tenant service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 150 users 3BA09574AA Multi Tenant service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprisesoftware engine with the value of 500 users 3BA09576AA Multi Tenant service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 81 and 150 users Part C2 Page 61 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3BA09816AA Multi Tenant service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 50 users 3BA09817AA Multi Tenant service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 51 and 80 users 3BA09890AA Multi Tenant service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 350 users 3BA09891AA Multi Tenant service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 151 and 350 users 3BA09892AA Multi Tenant servi
239. e status of the delivery site premises the equipment must be delivered to storage facility nominated by the CoT All cost related to delivery to the final site must be included in the Service Providers quote Part C3 Page 6 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work NORMAL MAINTENANCE RELATED PROCESSES TO BE DONE BY CONTRACTOR No Order Within 1 week Part C3 Page 7 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 4 Overview Of Current CoT Voice and Data Backbone Infrastructure The current deployed Voice and Data infrastructure is based on the Alcatel Lucent range of products Given the vast investment made and the substantial saving brought about by this network Council will not replace this platform Any solution must be able to fully integrate and support the same level of functionality and seamless integration of all functions and features This will be the sole responsibility of the SP to ensure functionality 4 1 Data Platforms The CoT have developed a carrier grade high availability secure and easy to manage infrastructure to carry IP data voice and video All applications are thus supported across the existing 1 and 10 Gigabit Ethernet Backbone The core network is deployed using Alcatel OmniSwitch range Edge or user accesses are all based on Ethernet standards ranging in speeds depending on the need All networking equipment delivers Layer 2 3 4 switching functionality The Ethernet core distribut
240. e years commencing on the date indicated in the Letter of Acceptance as and when required CB114 2013 Closing date 20 June 2013 at 10 00 Queries Karabo Morake tel 012 358 0843 The following tender is not available on the internet www tshwane gov za but can be purchased at a non refundable deposit of R620 00 including VAT at the office mentioned below Only cash or bank guaranteed cheques will be accepted The 90 10 preference point system will be applied to the tender 9 Tender for the supply delivery installation testing and commissioning of optical ground wire CB97 2013 CIDB 6EE or higher Closing date 24 June 2013 at 10 00 Compulsory session 28 May 2013 at 10 00 offices of Electronic Services Riviera Queries James Masonganye tel 012 358 5745 Tenders will be received on at the closing dates and times shown must be enclosed in separate sealed envelopes bearing the applicable tender heading and reference number as well as the closing time and due date must be addressed to the Executive Director Supply Chain Management Pretoria 0001 and must be placed in the tender box situated at the Procurement Advice Centre at the entrance of C de Wet Centre 175 Es kia Mphahlele Drive Pretoria West Tenders will be opened at this address at the time indicated The specifications and tender forms will be obtainable during normal office hours Mondays to Fridays from 07 45 till 15 15 from the Executive Director at the abov
241. ease N 2 to a release N 3BA09802AA Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise major software upgrade for a software engine at the maximum value e CS 50 in a networked configuration A major software upgrade is applied when the system release goes at least from a release N 2 to a release N 3BA09803AA Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise major software upgrade for a software engine at the maximum value e CS 80 in a networked configuration A major software upgrade is applied when the system release goes at least from a release N 2 to a release N 3BA09804AA Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise major software upgrade for a software engine at the maximum value e CS 150 in a networked configuration A major software upgrade is applied when the system release goes at least from a release N 2 to a release N 3BA09807AA Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise major software upgrade for a software engine at the value over 500 e CS 500 in a networked configuration A major software upgrade is applied when the system release goes at least from a release N 2 to a release N 3BA09871AA Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise minor upgrade for e CS 350 stand alone software license upgrade from release N 1 to release N 3BA09872AA Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise minor upgrade for e CS 350 network software license upgrade from release N 1 to release N 3BA09873AA Alcatel Lucent OmniPCX Enterprise major software upgrade for a software engine at the maximum value e CS
242. ecessary to correct errors made by the tenderer All signatories to the tender offer shall initial all such alterations Erasures and the use of masking fluid are prohibited F 2 12 Alternative tender offers F 2 12 1 F 2 12 2 Unless otherwise stated in the tender data submit alternative tender offers only if a main tender offer strictly in accordance with all the requirements of the tender documents is also submitted as well as a schedule that compares the requirements of the tender documents with the alternative requirements that are proposed Accept that an alternative tender offer may be based only on the criteria stated in the tender data or criteria otherwise acceptable to the employer F 2 13 Submitting a tender offer F 2 13 1 F 2 13 2 F 2 13 3 F 2 13 4 F 2 13 5 F 2 13 6 Submit one tender offer only either as a single tendering entity or as a member in a joint venture to provide the whole of the works services or supply identified in the contract data and described in the scope of works unless stated otherwise in the tender data Return all returnable documents to the employer after completing them in their entirety either electronically if they were issued in electronic format or by writing legibly in non erasable ink Submit the parts of the tender offer communicated on paper as an original plus the number of copies stated in the tender data with an English translation of any documentation in a langu
243. ecial features must be supplied along with the bid All final handover documentation at completion of the project shall be electronically either in word or acrobat format Drawings to be in Visio format 6 4 4 Expansion Protocols Any expansion ie where new equipment is deployed or configuration changes requires that the successful vendor will be responsible to update all diagrams drawings applicable to the relevant environment All changes and expansions must be managed in accordance with Council s existing Change Control processes and procedures in line with ITIL best practice All new projects must be deployed adhering to these principles 6 4 5 Third Party Network Management Tools The CoT has deployed the following network management tools i e SMARTS In Charge and NetQoS It will be required that certified personnel be deployed on site to manage and maintain all deployed systems and tools Reporting must be made available either at set times during the month and also for any ad hoc requests All information on the systems are confidential and must at all times be routed through the correct channels and protocols 6 4 6 Alcatel Product Range It must be understood that CoT has in principle standardised on the Alcatel range of products for its Voice and Data switching equipment needs and will not replace the existing infrastructure but is requesting companies that understands the Alcatel product range and will be able to enhance the exi
244. ectralink WiFi Multimedia WMM U APSD Tspec the IP wireless phones should have at least following functions 128x64 pixels display 4 dynamic keys having function according communication state 1 Key to access the functions menu of the phone 1 key to navigate on the menu 1 function key to access a customization menu Option to connect a corded headset The IP Wireless phones must support IP address assignment by DHCP The IP Wireless phones must support the following standards for security features 128 bit static Wired Equivalent Privacy WEP WiFi Protected Access WPA WPA Pre Shared Key PSK Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP IEEE 801 11i WiFi Protected Access 2 WPA2 Advanced Encryption System AES Algorithm The telephone must support G 711 G 729a ab voice encoding The IP Wireless phone must provide easy access to the dial by name features of the IP PBX system In addition to the standard 256 Latin characters Greek Cyrillic and Unicode characters should be handled Supported languages should include French English Spanish German Dutch Portuguese Italian and Greek If required by the client a push to talk feature should be available TDM Wireless Phones The system must offer a range of TDM Wireless Phones that support the below standards Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommunications DECT 1880 1900 MHz Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommunications DECT 1900 1930 MHz The TDM Wireless Phone
245. ed 3BH12036AA RADVISION Pathfinder Server H 323 video gateway and gatekeeper 20 ports included 3BH12038AA RADVISION Pathfinder H 323 video gateway and gatekeeper 10 additional ports 3BH12039AA RADVISION iView Suite Video multipoint control unit management software license 25 ports RTU 3BH12040AA RADVISION iView Suite Bundled version to standalone version upgrade 3BH12041AA RADVISION iView Suite Alternate Video multipoint control unit redundancy management software license 25 ports RTU tH 3BH12042AA RADVISION ECS Pro Gatekeeper software license 25 ports RTU 3BH12043AA RADVISION SCOPIA 100 Standalone ISDN gateway P10 Part C2 Page 85 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data zy 3BH12044AA RADVISION SCOPIA 100 Standalone ISDN gateway P20 PF 3BH12045AA RADVISION SCOPIA 100 Standalone ISDN gateway B40 3BH12053AA eee RADVISION SCOPIA Video multipoint control unit model 5110 with Desktop Pro and with iView Suite 4 3BH12054AA RADVISION SCOPIA Video multipoint control unit model 5115 with Desktop Pro and with iView Suite a 3BH12055AA RADVISION SCOPIA Video multipoint control unit model 5230 with Desktop Pro and with iView Suite 22 3BH12064AA Radvision Scopia Mobile 25 Seats Ll 3BH12065AA Radvision Scopia Mobile 50 Seats PF 3BH12066AA Radvision Scopia Mobile 100 Seats 3BH12067AA Radvision Scopia Mobile 500 Seats 3BH12079AA RADVISION SCOPIA Video multipoint control unit mod
246. ed 802 1Q tagging IEEE 802 32 IEEE 802 3 ab IEEE 802 3x Flow Control IEEE 802 3ad Link Aggregation Control Protocol LACP RFC 1534 DHCP BOOTP Interoperation e Mounting o 19 standard Rack mountable with mounting kit o Maximum use of 2 Rack Units RU e Management Console o Switch should be manageable through Console port Telnet SNMP HTTP RMON HTTPS and SSH o Must have console port o Provide console cable power cables and operating manuals e Authentication o TACACS and RADIUS authentication e Administration o Allows software upgrade via FTP TFTP e Performance o Throughput up to 35 7 million pps 64 byte packets o Switching capacity 48 Gbps e Security Features o Access Control List o Rate Limiting o Port Security oy MAC address filtering o IP filtering o MAC based port level security multilevel access security for console e Indicators and Diagnostic LED s o Per port status Link integrity activity speed full duplex o System status System RPS link status link duplex link speed e Environmental Ranges C0000 0 oO0O000 CoO 0 0 Part C3 Page 26 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work o Operating temperature 0 C to 45 C o Storage temperature 25 to 70 C o Operating relative humidity 10 to 85 e AC Input Voltage o Standard South Africa Power Supply 220 230 v 410 50 Hz 5 o Must support power redundancy e Expansion through cascading o Switch should be stackable i e
247. ed in accordance with F 3 11 8 NQ is the number of tender evaluation points awarded for quality offered in accordance with F 3 11 9 c Rank tender offers from the highest number of tender evaluation points to the lowest d Recommend the tenderer with the highest number of tender evaluation points for the award of the contract unless there are compelling and justifiable reasons not to do so d Rescore and re rank all tenderers should there be compelling and justifiable reasons not to recommend the tenderer with the highest number of tender evaluation points and recommend the tenderer with the highest number of tender evaluation points unless there are compelling and justifiable reasons not to do so and the process set out in this sub clause is repeated F 3 11 6 Decimal places Score financial offers preferences and quality as relevant to two decimal places F 3 11 7 Scoring Financial Offers Score the financial offers of remaining responsive tender offers using the following formula NFO W1x A where NFO is the number of tender evaluation points awarded for the financial offer W1 is the maximum possible number of tender evaluation points awarded for the financial offer as stated in the Tender Data PartT1 Page 25 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 3 Tendering Procedures F 3 11 8 F 3 11 9 F 3 12 F 3 13 F 3 13 1 A is a number calculated using the formula and option described in Table F 1 as stated in the
248. egrity check solution must be able to automatically move hosts that pass inspection dynamically into their proper VLAN based on the user or move them into a protected environment where they could maintain limited access to network resources for remediation The offer must include support for a quarantine engine and support Intrusion Detection Systems IDS so that the network can automatically detect attacks and take protective action such as limiting the traffic and placing the device in quarantine to secure the LAN Part C3 Page 87 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work The switches must support Access control lists ACLs to filter out undesirable communication The Tenderer must offer a switch which includes an authenticated VLAN feature to provide the ability to authenticate by user with username and password and then dynamically place the user into the proper IEEE 802 1x VLAN A standards based approach to network access is an effective way of challenging a user by requesting a username and password before allowing access the network The solution should support learned port security that allows only pre authorized network devices to communicate with each other This provides protection against rogue devices such as WLAN access points as well as unsecured and potentially virus infected laptops or PC s Switch administration must be secured by encrypting remote management with secure shell SSHv2 for Telnet Secure Soc
249. el 5105 with iView Suite and 5 clients desktop Pro mobile 3BH12080AA Upgrade RADVISION SCOPIA ELITE 5105 with 50 clients Pro Mobile gt RADVISION SCOPIA ELITE 5110 with 100 clients Pro Mobile 3BH12081AA RADVISION SCOPIA Video multipoint control unit model 5105 with iView Suite and 5 clients desktop Pro mobile 3BH12082AA Upgrade RADVISION SCOPIA ELITE 5105 with 50 clients Pro Mobile gt RADVISION SCOPIA ELITE 5110 with 100 clients Pro Mobile LifeSize Video endpoints solution 3BH11976AA LifeSize Passport HD video system with one LifeSize Focus Camera fixed focus HD camera with built in microphone 3BH11977AA LifeSize Passport HD video system with one LifeSize MicPod and one LifeSize pan tilt zoom HD Camera 3BH11979AA LifeSize Express 220 HD video system with one LifeSize MicPod and one LifeSize pan tilt zoom HD 10X Camera i 3BH11980AA LifeSize Express 220 HD video system with one LifeSize Phone and one LifeSize pan tilt zoom HD 10X Camera Part C2 Page 86 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3BH11981AA LifeSize Team 220 HD video system with two LifeSize MicPods and one LifeSize pan tilt zoom HD 10X Camera a 3BH11982AA LifeSize Team 220 HD video system with one LifeSize Phone and one LifeSize pan tilt zoom HD 10X Camera PF 3BH11984AA LifeSize Room 220 HD video system with one LifeSize pan tilt zoom HD 10X Camera 3BH11985AA LifeSize Room 220 HD video system with one LifeSize Phone and one LifeS
250. elating to any incident The Municipality will obtain an interest in the issue of any formal inquiry conducted in terms of the Occupational Health and Safety Act in any incident involving the contractor and or his employees and or his subcontractors The contractor undertakes to report to the Municipality anything deemed to be unhealthy and or unsafe and that he undertakes to verse his employees and or subcontractors in this regard The contractor undertakes to immediately report all injuries on duty sustained by the employees of the contractor to the Municipal Contract manager Part C3 Page 130 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 10 10 1 13 1 14 1 14 2 14 3 LIAISON AND SUPERVISION The contractor hereby undertakes to report on a regular basis not exceeding a period of one I week in the instances of long term contracts to the Municipal Contract Manager regarding any hazards or incidents that may be identified or encountered during the performance of the principal contract SERVICE INTERRUPTION Should any work done by the contractor cause a possible interruption written permission must be obtained from the Municipality before such work commences The contractor may not switch on or off any service without written permission from the Municipality LIQUOR DRUGS DANGEROUS WEAPONS AND FIREARMS The contractor shall ensure that he and his employees comply with the official policy of the Munic
251. elonging to Municipality may be used without written permission from the Municipality Unless prior arranged contractors must bring sufficient tools and equipment to the site to finish the contract including offices and storerooms The mentioned equipment remains the responsibility of the contractor with respect to loss damage and theft EXCAVATIONS Before any excavations commence the contractor must obtain information with regard to all existing services The Municipality does not guarantee the accurateness of the information supplied All excavations and obstructions in floor tar and dirt surfaces must be fenced effectively and safeguarded between sundown and sunup with a sufficient amount of red yellow warning lights and symbolic signs The surrounding area must be kept clean safe and tidy during excavation Excess material may not obstruct unnecessarily If any property is in danger during excavation it must be supported and the proposed support work must be submitted to the Department of Labour OHS and Municipality for approval Written permission must be obtained from Municipality to grant admittance to restricted areas as well as areas where dangerous or poisonous gases are present Part C3 Page 129 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 6 6 7 1 7 2 8 1 9 1 9 2 9 3 9 4 That all excavations be done in accordance with the stipulations of the Occupational Health and Safety Act
252. elop under normal use of the supplied goods in the conditions prevailing in the country of final destination 15 2 This warranty shall remain valid for twelve 12 months after the goods or any portion thereof as the case may be have been delivered to and accepted at the Part C1 Page 13 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 5 Agreements and Contract Data final destination indicated in the contract or for eighteen 18 months after the date of shipment from the port or place of loading in the source country whichever period concludes earlier unless specified otherwise 15 3 The purchaser shall promptly notify the supplier in writing of any claims arising under this warranty 15 4 Upon receipt of such notice the supplier shall within the period specified and with all reasonable speed repair or replace the defective goods or parts thereof without costs to the purchaser 15 5 If the supplier having been notified fails to remedy the defect s within the period specified the purchaser may proceed to take such remedial action as may be necessary at the supplier s risk and expense and without prejudice to any other rights which the purchaser may have against the supplier under the contract 15 6 The method and conditions of payment to be made to the supplier under this contract shall be specified 16 Payment 16 1 The method and conditions of payment to be made to the supplier under this contract shall be specified 16 2 The s
253. em totals resulting from the product of a unit rate and a quantity in bills of quantities or schedules of prices or ii the summation of the prices F 3 9 3 Notify the tenderer of all errors or omissions that are identified in the tender offer and invite the tenderer to either confirm the tender offer as tendered or accept the corrected total of prices F 3 9 4 Where the tenderer elects to confirm the tender offer as tendered correct the errors as follows a If bills of quantities or pricing schedules apply and there is an error in the line item total resulting from the product of the unit rate and the quantity the line item total shall govern and the rate shall be corrected Where there is an obviously gross misplacement of the decimal point in the unit rate the line item total as quoted shall govern and the unit rate shall be corrected PartT1 Page 22 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 3 Tendering Procedures b Where there is an error in the total of the prices either as a result of other corrections required by this checking process or in the tenderer s addition of prices the total of the prices shall govern and the tenderer will be asked to revise selected item prices and their rates if bills of quantities apply to achieve the tendered total of the prices F 3 10 Clarification of a tender offer Obtain clarification from a tenderer on any matter that could give rise to ambiguity in a contract arising from the tender off
254. ems and endpoints using the following standards SIP H323 QSIG GF QSIG BC DPNSS DSS1 7 20 2 COMMUNICATION SERVICES AND TELEPHONY FEATURES The Tenderer will describe which of the following features that can be offered to the users without restriction and how they operate when different The offered system must support the following services without the need for any external or additional server to support them 7 20 3 Telephony features List and describe the standard call features available for the telephones supplied with the offer Please detail the following points Internal calls Consultation call Calls outside the system direct outward dialing DOD Attendant call Over dialing DTMF dialing Number store store redial and communication log Consultation call Broker call Transfer Non answered calls Callback Part C3 Page 102 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work o Call back to last caller o Automatic call back activate cancel o Call back request activate cancel o Call back request notification Communication forwarding Three party conference Advance call features List and describe the advanced telephony features available for the telephones supplied with the offer Please detail the following points Call announce
255. eparate Gigabit uplink modules The Tenderer must be able to offer management interfaces that e Provide users with commands and user interfaces that can be ergonomically coherent throughout the converged network e Can interact with other management systems e Can be web based for user friendly element management e Can use SNMP for third party network management systems The Tenderer must be able to provide management applications and tools that simplify the management of networking devices The application must be able to e Allow managers to monitor network activity e Configure and troubleshoot each device e Manage an entire network from a single platform e Offer network wide visibility e Element management and VLAN management e Manage policy based QoS e Have centralized management of secure switch access e Quarantine capabilities to prevent security breaches by isolating potential threats e All within a scalable architecture The Tenderer must be able to offer an application to enable the network administrator to quarantine devices to protect the Part C3 Page 75 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work network from attacks The solution needs to be able to effectively manage Virtual Machine environment Automatic VM Move Auto VLAN Auto address allocation Address updates The solution needs to be able to give netw
256. er F 3 11 Evaluation of tender offers F 3 11 1 F 3 11 2 F 3 11 3 General Appoint an evaluation panel of not less than three persons Reduce each responsive tender offer to a comparative offer and evaluate them using the tender evaluation methods and associated evaluation criteria and weightings that are specified in the tender data Method 1 Financial offer In the case of a financial offer a Rank tender offers from the most favourable to the least favourable comparative offer b Recommend the highest ranked tenderer for the award of the contract unless there are compelling and justifiable reasons not to do so c Re rank all tenderers should there be compelling and justifiable reasons not to recommend the highest ranked tenderer and recommend the highest ranked tenderer unless there are compelling and justifiable reasons not to do so and the process set out in this subclause is repeated Method 2 Financial offer and preference In the case of a financial offer and preferences a Score each tender in respect of the financial offer made and preferences claimed if any in accordance with the provisions of F 3 11 7 and F 3 11 8 b Calculate the total number of tender evaluation points TEV in accordance with the following formula TEV NFO NP where NFO is the number of tender evaluation points awarded for the financial offer made in accordance with F 3 11 7 PartT1 Page 23 of 27 Contract CB105 2
257. erMEX controller board and one uplink cable 3BA00768AA Module link kit 2 for the second additional expansion module includes 1 x HSL2 daugtherboard one PowerMEX controller board and one uplink cable 3BA23275AB ARMADA ARMADA daughter board for 30 additional compression pathes 2 board for 30 additional compression pathes ace 3EH73084AE Gateway Driver CPU ee en Pe 3 board BEH73084AF o CPU applicative board GA 3 board a EE f Booe Rack 3 module with 230 V power supply must be used with external Battery andra f Asm Rie Tor Common Hardware battery mounting in standard 19inchrak lt EE O p mo Mounting Kt For Rack O OOOO SEHTSOIZAB 3EH76181AA Rack charger 48V 14AH without rectifier PF 3EH76185AA Rectifier 500W for rack charger SEHTBISEAR P eoe UPSrange Power backup SWI OOOO P M OmniPCX Crystal Hardware 3BA23064AC PCM2 board pulse code modulation board 1 3BA23254AB NPRAE 2 board 2 x T2 accesses 3BA23265AD e Z32 2 board 32 anolog interfaces 3BA23266AA e UA32 board 32 UA interfaces PF 3BA00180AB INTOF2 pack including 2 x INTOF2 boards cable for connection of peripheral ACT on main ACT 3BA00443AB VoIP access board including INT IP2 board with 2 GIP4 1 cards PF 3BA00445AB VoIP access board including INT IP2 board with 2 GIP4 4 cards Part C2 Page 56 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data fF 3BA00759AA VoIP access board INT IP3 board including one 10 100 1000 BT connecting card 3
258. ering Must have a TCP State Aware Packet Filter Technology Throughput 200Mbps scalable to 400 Mbps Concurrent connections 130 000 Simultaneous VPN tunnels 2000 168 bit 3DES IPSec VPN throughput Up to 135 Mbps with VAC or 63 Mbps with VAC 128 bit AES IPSec VPN throughput Up to 130 Mbps with VAC 256 bit AES IPSec VPN throughput Up to 130 Mbps with VAC Support for unlimited number of networks Support for unlimited number of users Support Dynamic NAT and Static NAT Capability to redirect the port requests to user configurable ports PAT Integrated Security Must have an inbuilt Anti spoof engine to drop all such packets Ability to drop all the IP fragment packets Protection against popular attacks such as ping of death attack tear drop attack etc Administrator must be able to configure the default timeout for TCP UDP services Ability to send mail alerts to the administrator Ability to log the number of active TCP UDP sessions Must have firewall configuration backup and restore facility IP Traffic Control to be based on Source Destination Protocols Ports etc Provide secure encrypted Web based Remote Management Provide different privileges for administration and management Display firewall server s current date and time in remote Administrative Console Able to create policies based on Objects Must be able to reconfigure the firewall parameters and policies from remote console Part C3 Page 30 of 131
259. es If installations fall outside of J ohannesburg Durban and Cape Town surrounding areas travel costs will be charged and will be quoted on seperately 4870 00842 002 Onsite installation service for HDX Media Center 6000 with View Camera If installations fall outside of J ohannesburg Durban and Cape Town surrounding areas travel costs will be charged and will be quoted on seperately If installations fall outside of J ohannesburg Durban and Cape Town surrounding areas travel costs will be charged and will be quoted on seperately 4870 29915 002 Onsite installation service for HDX Media Center 6000 series with 1 50 Display Perea 23170 102 HDX 6000 View codec EagleEye View with internal microphones and 3m cable English Remote ee Rese bundle 6 HDMI 12 LAN 2 5m UK Pwr Cord PAL Maintenance Contract Required oe 29025 102 HDX 6000 HD codec EagleEye camera amp 3m cable HDX microphone with 25 cable English ee Remote Cable bundle 6 HDMI 12 LAN 2 5m UK pwr cord Maintenance Contract Required 1676 27233 001 Transport Case for HDX 6000 7000 8000 Hard case with casters retractable handle and custom foam interior Accommodates base unit EagleEye up to 50 15m camera cable mic array H 320 module remote control and applicable cables 2200 30070 001 Polycom Touch Control for use with HDX 6000 7000 8000 and 9000 series codecs with software version 3 0 or later Requires PoE network connection or optional exter
260. esigned to enable a resilient wireless infrastructure to avoid costs of business interruption caused by Part C3 Page 57 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work failures of the network Standard based wireless security must be fully supported to avoid unsolicited access of the network which can reach outside the company s premises due to the nature of radio signals e Inthe Wide Area Network branch offices can be equipped with the Unified Services Gateway router for access of central and Internet resources Backbones in Wide Area Networks can be built with the Service Router and the Ethernet Service Switch Both the SR and ESS must be high capacity switches to deploy MPLS networks Virtualization of those networks to support multiple division or segregated applications should be realized by Virtual Private LAN Switching VPLS VPLS is a virtualization technique that does not force networks or applications into high costs by changing IP address schemes Neither does VPLS require costly skills to maintain compared to well known Virtual Private Routed Network VPRN technology requiring the complexity of Border Gateway Protocol BGP Products e WLAN enforcing Network Access Control e Gatekeeper for Host Integrity Check HIC e A firewall able to operate in stealth mode e Unified Threat Management UTM 7 3 LOCAL AREA NETWORK The LAN product line must help
261. estart Part C3 Page 71 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 7 18 3 Security To provide high security in the LAN data center the proposal must comply with the features listed in this section The Tenderer must supply applications embedded or otherwise to provide proactive network wide security through auto sense authentication that prevents unauthorized network access The solution must provide reactive security by automatically handling malicious attacks by taking intrusion information and dynamically reconfiguring the network to contain the attack The switch must support a distributed security approach enhance emerging security technologies and help secure the LAN data center using proactive and reactive strategies The Tenderer must include a host integrity check solution to ensure that prior to allowing network entry attached devices are running administrator defined credentials such as e Operating system patch level e Local firewall is activated e Antivirus version is up to date The host integrity check solution must be able to automatically move hosts that pass inspection dynamically into their proper VLAN based on the user or move them into a protected environment where they could maintain limited access to network resources for remediation The offer must include support for a quarantine engine and support Intrusion Detection Systems IDS so that the network can automatically detect a
262. etitor However communication between partners in a joint venture or consortium will not be construed as collusive bidding In particular without limiting the generality of paragraphs 6 above there has been no consultation communication agreement of arrangement with any competitor regarding a Prices b Geographical area where product of services will be rendered market allocation c Methods factors of formulas used to calculate prices PartT2 Page 17 of 20 Contract No CB105 2013 Part T2 Returnable Documents d The intention or decision to submit or not to submit a bid e The submission of a bid which does not meet the specifications and conditions of the bid or f Bidding with the intention not to win the bid 8 In addition there have been no consultations communications agreements or arrangement with any competitor regarding the quality quantity specifications and conditions or delivery particulars of the products or services to which this bid invitation relates 9 The terms of the accompanying bid have not been and will not be disclosed by the bidder directly or indirectly to any competitor prior to the date and time of the official bid opening or to the awarding of the contract 10 am aware that in addition and without prejudice to any other remedy provided to combat any restrictive practises related to bids and contracts bids that are suspicious will be reported to the Competition Commission for i
263. ew documents F 3 3 Return late tender offers Return tender offers received after the closing time stated in the Tender Data unopened unless it is necessary to open a tender submission to obtain a forwarding address to the tenderer concerned F 3 4 Opening of tender submissions F 3 4 1 Unless the two envelope system is to be followed open valid tender submissions in the presence of tenderers agents who choose to attend at the time and place stated in the tender data Tender submissions for which acceptable reasons for withdrawal have been submitted will not be opened F 3 4 2 Announce at the meeting held immediately after the opening of tender submissions at a venue indicated in the tender data the name of each tenderer whose tender offer is opened and where applicable the total of his prices preferences claimed and time for completion for the main tender offer only F 3 4 3 Make available the record outlined in F 3 4 2 to all interested persons upon request F 3 5 Two envelope system F 3 5 1 Where stated in the tender data that a two envelope system is to be followed open only the technical proposal of valid tenders in the presence of tenderers agents who choose to attend at the time and place stated in the tender data and announce the name of each tenderer whose technical proposal is opened F 3 5 2 Evaluate the quality of the technical proposals offered by tenderers then advise tenderers who remain in contention for
264. excluding holidays Typical response time is under four hours during normal support hours CGAD 01000 SPM CG800000 00 1 Yr CyberGatekeeper Agent Platinum Maintenance from 50 to 99 seats INCLUDES One year maintenance releases e g 4 4 to 4 41 minor product releases e g 4 3 to 4 4 major releases e g 4 4 to 5 0 and email support 6 AM 6 PM PST Monday Friday excluding holidays Typical response time is under four hours during normal support hours CGAD 00050 SPM 00 1 Yr CYBERGATEKEEPER for Alcatel Lucent data integration deployments 50 99 CGAD OS INT eee Jecoso sem CG800017 00 1 Yr CYBERGATEKEEPER for Alcatel Lucent data integration deployments 1000 2499 CGAD OS INT 01000 SPM Fortinet Part C2 Page 23 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data FAZ4000B FORTIANALYZER 4000B Six 6 removable 1TB HDD up to 6000 logs sec up to 2000 devices any FortiGate model rack mountable A MAINTENANCE CONTRACT MUST BE PURCHASED WITH THIS REFERENCE SEE SERVICE AND SUPPORT SECTION FOR DETAILS ADD NON US POWER CORD FROM FORTINET ACCESSORIES IF NEEDED FAZ 4000B FG300CBDL95036 FG 300C Hardware plus 3 year 24X7 Forticare and FortiGuard Bundle FG300CBDL90036 FG 300C Hardware plus 3 year 8x5 Forticare and FortiGuard Bundle FG200BBDL95036 FORITGATE 200B Bundle 8 10 100 and 4 10 100 1000 ports and FortiASIC NP2 Accelerated Interfaces includes rack mount kit Bundle includes Hardware Unit Advan
265. failover to redundant link IEEE 802 1s IEEE 802 1s multiple spanning tree Fast Port BPDU Filtering when STP is disabled Spanning Tree Protocol STP Root Guard Fast forwarding mode on user ports to bypass 30 second delay for spanning tree Part C3 Page 92 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Static and 802 3ad dynamic link aggregation that supports automatic configuration of link aggregates with other switches that supports automatic configuration of link aggregates with other switches with resilient uplink capabilities IEEE 802 1s MISTP 802 1s is an IEEE standard which allows several VLANs to be mapped to a reduced number of spanning tree instances This is possible since most networks do not need more than a few logical topologies Each instance handles multiple VLANs that have the same Layer 2 topology The switch must be protected against the possibility of Broadcast storm The switch solution should support both short cold and warm boot times To allow for scalability and redundancy it should be possible to create a fault tolerant loop stack topology with up to 8 units Topological Network Redundancy In order to provide the highest levels of availability throughout an enterprise it is important to build redundancy and resiliency into the topology at the network level to insure that links have backups and traffic is always flowing e Physical redundancy e Layer 2
266. ffect from 1 July 2013 or the nearest date CB101 2013 Closing date 19 June 2013 at 10 00 Queries Enos Ramonoana tel 012 358 0201 5 Tender for the supply delivery and offloading of tamperproof value hydrant KPA 2 as and when required three year period with effect from 1 December 2013 or the nearest date CB102 2013 Closing date 19 June 2013 at 13 30 Queries Enos Ramonoana tel 012 358 0201 6 Request proposal from Service Provider is in the voice and data switching equipment technology field to submit tenders to Council to continue providing the same voice and data technology on which Council has standardized to ensure the integrity and safety of the current deployed infrastructure network and to expand the current network to the 100 odd sites not yet networked CB105 2013 Closing date 20 June 2013 at 10 00 Compulsory briefing 29 May 2013 at 10 00 at Premos Auditorium Queries Tshepo Bokaba tel 012 358 3635 7 Tender for the general repairs of the City of Tshwane s pick up s sedans kombis minibus and panel vans for a one year period annually renewable to a maximum period of three years commencing on the date indicated in the Letter of Acceptance as and when required CB112 2013 Closing date 20 June 2013 at 10 00 Queries Karabo Morake tel 012 358 0843 8 Tender for the general repairs of the City of Tshwane s Commercial Vehicles for a one year period annually renewable to a maximum period of thre
267. fied the Project Manager of the incident The Section Insurance and Risk Management will notify the Employer s insurer of the incident The Contractor Sub contractor shall afford all reasonable access to the Site to the Employer the Project Manager the Employer s insurers and or representatives for the purpose of assessment of any loss or damage Part C1 Page 22 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 5 Agreements and Contract Data CLAUSE CONTRACT DATA d The Project Manager will be responsible to complete and submit the relevant claim documentation for each incident within 30 thirty days after the incident occurred to the Section Insurance and Risk Management Should the incident be reported by the Project Manager more than 30 thirty days after the incident occurred to the Section Insurance and Risk Management the claim will only be considered if the claim documentation is accompanied by a letter from the relevant Head of Department motivating the reason s for the late reporting of the incident Should the relevant claim documentation not be submitted within 30 thirty days the claim will be repudiated 11 6 3 Reporting of crime related incidents All crime related incidents losses or shortages irrespective of the value must within 24 twenty four hours by the person who was involved or who has discovered the incident to the nearest South African Police Services SAPS station The name of the Pol
268. fined party The interactive dialogue will be based upon DTMF errors incorrect entries will be sent to an information message and returned to the earlier point in the menu lf a DTMF entry is not received the call will automatically overflow after a programmable timed parameter to a pre determined number The requirements are as follows e Day menu o 2 Classes of level o 4 Classes of choice o 1 Error message o 1 Excuse message i e I m sorry our offices are closed e Night menu o 1 Class level o 4 Classes of choice The switchover to the night or day message must take place automatically reflecting the switchover of the IP PBX system The transfer of a call to an internal party or service must be supervised by the application e f the desired service or party is free or forwarded the call will be transferred if it is busy the caller will receive a busy signal or will be directed toward the Direct call to a busy terminal welcome message e When needed the service will take the place of the attendant group for an hour nevertheless the traffic continues to be important and it will be necessary to install a system that can handle six 6 simultaneous connections Tenderer will specify whether the proposed system is integrated or outside of the IP PBX system and describe in detail the system capacity as well as the system modularity 7 20 6 Off
269. from which the services are supplied Goods are produced when through manufacturing processing or substantial and major assembly of components a commercially recognized new product results that is substantially different in basic characteristics or in purpose or utility from its components Day means calendar day Delivery means delivery in compliance of the conditions of the contract or order Delivery ex stock means immediate delivery directly from stock actually on hand Delivery into consignees store or to his site means delivered and unloaded in the specified store or depot or on the specified site in compliance with the conditions of the contract or order the supplier bearing all risks and charges involved until the goods are so delivered and a valid receipt is obtained Dumping occurs when a private enterprise abroad market its goods on own initiative in the RSA at lower prices than that of the country of origin and which have the potential to harm the local industries in the RSA Force majeure means an event beyond the control of the supplier and not involving the supplier s fault or negligence and not foreseeable Such events may include but is not restricted to acts of the purchaser in its sovereign capacity wars or revolutions fires floods epidemics quarantine restrictions and freight embargoes Fraudulent practice means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence a procurement process or the e
270. ft Ethernet cable and Installation Guide 5620 SAM E R10 Base Product for Solaris Order this part number to receive the 5620 SAM E Base Product for Solaris which includes Primary SAM Server 5 SAM Operator Positions and license to run SAM Database Oracle on a platform with up to 2 x mono core UltraSPARC III Processor or 1 x dual core UltraSPARC IV Processor or 2 x dual core AMD Processors or 1 x quad core or 1 hex core AMD Processor This kit contains Qty 3 DVD ROMs which contain Release 10 software for the full SAM suite SAM E A P O and on line documentation User Guide OSS Developer Guide and Installation Guide etc DVD ROM Notes a Includes SAM Server Database software for Sun Solaris OS b Includes SAM Client software installed on every Operator Position for Windows Sun Solaris and Linux Redhat OS 5620 SAM E A P License for R10 for Alcatel lucent AOS OmniSwitch OS10K GNI Network Interface Series Notes 1 One license is required for each OS1OK GNI Network interface modules installed in any OS10K chassis 2 This product is a bundle that includes one license for SAM E SAM A and SAM P 3 For a first time deployment of the 5620 SAM please refer to the DVD ROM Media kit description for a listing of all required components to run 5620 SAM Part C2 Page 19 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3HEO6906LA 5620 SAM E A P License for R10 for Alcatel lucent AOS OmniSwitch OS10K XNI Network Interface
271. ftware Includes support for IPv4 Routing protocols OSPFv2 BGPv4 PIM SM DM and DVMRP Includes support for IPv6 Routing protocol OSPFv3 OS BPS OS BPS OmniSwitch backup power shelf BPS It Protects against primary power supply and AC circuit failure The BPS can actively backup 8 devises It has total of 5 power supply bays to accommodate up to three PoE power supplies OS BPS P xx and two 450W system power supplies OS BPS S By default the power supply shelf comes with one 450W AC power supply four 1m long DB25 cables and country specific power cord Additional system and PoE power supplies have to be purchased separately OS BPS P OS BPS P Modular Power Over Ethernet PoE AC power supply for OmniSwitch Backup Power Shelf BPS It provides up to 1200W 110V of PoE power Comes with country specific power cord Must be installed along with OS BPS S system power supply OS BPS S OS BPS S Modular 450W AC power supply for OmniSwitch Backup Power Shelf BPS It provides a backup for system power only Comes with country specific power cord Separate power supply has to be purchased if PoE backup is required OS6850EU24X OS6850E U24X Gigabit Ethernet L3 fixed configuration chassis in a 1U form factor with 22 SFP GigE ports 2 combo ports 10 100 1000 BaseT or 1000 BaseX 2 SFP 10GigE ports and 2 CX 4 ports The 2 CX 4 ports can be used as stacking ports or as connectors for the OS6 XNI U2 that supports 2 SFP 10GigE ports The bundle in
272. g letting and the granting or acquiring of rights but excluding immovable property unless otherwise indicated in the bidding documents 2 2 Where applicable special conditions of contract are also laid down to cover specific goods services or works 2 3 Where such special conditions of contract are in conflict with these general conditions the special conditions shall apply General 3 1 Unless otherwise indicated in the bidding documents the purchaser shall not be liable for any expense incurred in the preparation and submission of a bid Where applicable a non refundable fee for documents may be charged 3 2 Invitations to bid are usually published in locally distributed news media and on the municipality municipal entity website Standards 4 1 The goods supplied shall conform to the standards mentioned in the bidding documents and specifications Use of contract documents and information inspection 5 1 The supplier shall not without the purchaser s prior written consent disclose the Part C1 Page 10 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 5 Agreements and Contract Data contract or any provision thereof or any specification plan drawing pattern sample or information furnished by or on behalf of the purchaser in connection therewith to any person other than a person employed by the supplier in the performance of the contract Disclosure to any such employed person shall be made in confidence and shall extend onl
273. g travel amp expense additional PF SS PoE AT One port 802 3af PoE injector for SpectraGuard Sensors compatible with Y cable splitter SS 300 AT C 50 Single radio dual band SpectraGuard AP Sensor that can be used for dedicated monitoring of 2 4 and 5 GHz frequency bands or as a Wi Fi AP with background scanning and threat mitigation Comes with internal antennas and connectors for external antennas 802 3af PoE compliant SE SW VM 50 SpectraGuard Enterprise Virtual Server bundle that works with VMWare vSphere or ESx server and can support up to 600 SpectraGuard Sensors Includes license for 50 Sensors VMWare licenses NOT included SE UL 50 STD 50 Sensor WIPS license upgrade for SA 250 SA 350 and SA SW HP ZL 50 CGADOSINT 01000 Agent from 1000 to 2499 seats A MAINTENANCE CONTRACT CGAD OS INT 01000 SPM MUST BE PURCHASED WITH THIS PART CGADOSINT 00050 CyberGatekeeper Agent from 50 to 99 seats A MAINTENANCE CONTRACT CGAD OS INT 00050 SPM MUST BE PURCHASED WITH THIS PART CGAD 00050 MINIMUM PURCHASE IS 50 AGENTS Price for each CyberGatekeeper Agent license when purchasing from 50 to 99 licenses Computers supported include Windows Linux and MAC A MAINTENANCE CONTRACT CGAD 00050 SPM MUST BE PURCHASED WITH THIS PART CGAD 01000 Price for each CyberGatekeeper Agent license when purchasing from 1000 to 2499 licenses Computers supported include Windows Linux and MAC A MAINTENANCE CONTRACT CGAD 01000 S
274. graph 5 1 2 5 2 3 Operations Manager The successfull vendor will be required to have and deploy permanently on site for the duration of the contract and guarantee period an Operations Manager The duties of the Operations Manager are listed below e Day to day management of all contracted staff from Service Provider Technical Administrative and Projects e Responsible for monthly reports that provide SLA statistics projects and other related business information and statistics applicable to all areas of the Service Provider s services to Tshwane e Monthly minuted meetings with Deputy Directors and Directors to discuss Operational Reports e Single point of contact to discuss Tshwane requirements as well as escalations Operations and Projects e Service Desk Calls Maintenance Handling of daily complaints Complaints are issued via the Service Desk The Operations Manager must ensure that the call is logged with the correct category Completion reaction times will be used as a metric to determine performance This is a daily activity e Procurement tracking and reporting on a weekly and monthly basis This includes correct invoicing Part C3 Page 12 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 5 2 4 Project Manager The successfull vendor will be required to have and deploy permanently on site for the duration of the contract and guarantee period a project manager The duties of the project manager are listed below
275. h competitors or influence the committee or the Contracting Authority during the process of examining clarifying evaluating and comparing tenders will lead to the rejection of his candidacy or tender and may result in administrative penalties When putting forward a candidacy or tender the candidate or tenderer shall declare that he is affected by no potential conflict of interest and has no equivalent relation in that respect with other tenderers or parties involved in the project Should such a situation arise during execution of the contract the Contractor must immediately inform the Contracting Authority The Contractor must at all times act impartially and as a faithful adviser in accordance with the code of conduct of his profession The Contractor shall refrain from making public statements about the project or services without the Contracting Authority s prior approval The Contractor may not commit the Contracting Authority in any way without its prior written consent For the duration of the contract the Contractor and his staff shall respect human rights and undertake not to offend the political cultural and religious mores of the beneficiary state 11 4 Confidentiality The information contained in this RFP document or provided by management or staff of The City of Tshwane is solely for the purpose of providing Vendors with information on which to submit their proposals It is intended only for the person or entity to which it is ad
276. h they shall be removed as of right at the expense and risk of the Contractor Any works incorporating rejected materials shall be rejected 6 4 7 7 Final Inspection Final inspection will take place at the location s of delivery The inspection will test the completed installations and integration and the proper operation confirming the technical validity of the equipment and documents with the design specification documents and quality standards prescribed This final inspection will be the basis for provisional acceptance A letter will be sent to the contractor at least one week before the final inspection will take place 6 4 7 8 Administrative The Contractor shall comply with administrative orders given by the Contract Manager Relevant Deputy Director in Council Where the Contractor considers that the requirement of an administrative order goes beyond the scope of the contract he shall on pain of breach of contract notify the Project Manager Relevant Deputy Director in Council thereof giving his reasons within 30 days of receipt of the order Execution of the administrative order shall not be suspended because of this notice 6 4 7 9 Implementation Methodology Programme The Contractor shall submit a programme of implementation of the contract for the approval of the Project Manager The programme shall contain at least the following e the order in which the Contractor proposes to perform the contract including design manufacture
277. h two 10 Gig SFP ports 22 SFP ports which support various distances and 2 combo ports configurable to be 10 100 1000 BaseT or 100 1000 Base x The 10Gig SFP ports can be used either as uplinks or as stacking ports The bundle comes with an AC power supply power shelf country specific power cord user manual access card and rack mounts 0S6900 Switch OS XNI T8 OS XNI T8 10Gigabit Ethernet Optional Module for the 0S6900 series of switches with 8 10GBase T ports that support 1Gig and 10Gig speeds OS XNI U12 OS XNI U12 10Gigabit Ethernet Optional Module for the 0S6900 series of switches with 12 SFP ports that support 1Gig and 10Gig transceivers OS XNI U4 OS XNI U4 10Gigabit Ethernet Optional Module for the OS6900 series of switches with 4 SFP ports that support 1Gig and 10Gig transceivers OS HNI U6 OS HNI U6 Hybrid Optional Ethernet Module for the OS6900 series of switches with 2 40Gig QSFP ports and 4 10Gig SFP ports The SFP ports support 1Gig and 10Gig transceivers OS QNI U3 OS QNI U3 40Gigabit Ethernet Optional Module for the 0S6900 series of switches with 3 40Gig QSFP port ma 0S6900 SW DC Data Center Software for support of DCBX FCoE and EVB on 0S6900 One license required per chassis Part C2 Page 7 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 0S6900 SW AR O0S6900 SW AR Advanced routing software license Includes support for Policy Based Routing VRF BGP OSPFv2 PIMSM DM DVMRP IPv6 Routing OSPF
278. hall be agreed upon in advance by the parties and shall not exceed the prevailing rates charged to other parties by the supplier for similar services 14 Spare Parts 14 1 As specified the supplier may be required to provide any or all of the following materials notification and information pertaining to spare parts manufactured or distributed by the supplier a Such spare parts as the purchaser may elect to purchase from the supplier provided that this election shall not relieve the supplier of any warranty obligations under the contract and b in the event of termination of production of the spare parts i advance notification to the purchaser of the pending termination in sufficient time to permit the purchaser to procure needed requirements and ii following such termination furnishing at no cost to the purchaser the blueprints drawings and specifications of the spare parts if requested 15 Warranty 15 1 The supplier warrants that the goods supplied under the contract are new unused of the most recent or current models and that they incorporate all recent improvements in design and materials unless provided otherwise in the contract The supplier further warrants that all goods supplied under this contract shall have no defect arising from design materials or workmanship except when the design and or material is required by the purchaser s specifications or from any act or omission of the supplier that may dev
279. has 20 RJ 45 connectors individually configurable to 10 100 1000 BaseT four of which provide PoE and 4 combo ports The bundle comes with 0S6855 PSL P power supply power shelf country specific power cord user manual access card and rack mounts Part C2 Page 6 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 0S6855 P14 0S6855 P14 Hardened Gigabit Ethernet L3 fixed configuration fanless chassis in a 1U form factor designed to operate in harsh environments It has 12 RJ 45 connectors individually configurable to 10 100 1000 BaseT all of which are PoE capable and 2 SFP ports that support various distances The bundle comes with power supply power shelf country specific power cord user manual access card and rack mounts Ethernet optical transceivers and backup power supplies can be ordered separately 0S6855 U10 0S6855 U10 Hardened Gigabit Ethernet L3 fixed configuration fanless chassis in a 1U form factor designed to operate in harsh environments It has 2 RJ 45 connectors individually configurable to 10 100 1000 BaseT and 8 SFP ports which support various distances The bundle comes with O0S6855 PSS power supply power shelf country specific power cord user manual access card and rack mounts Ethernet optical transceivers and backup power supplies can be ordered separately 0S6855 U24X 0S6855 U24X Hardened Gigabit Ethernet L3 fanless chassis in a 1U form factor designed to operate in harsh environments It comes wti
280. he accounting officer among others to a Take all reasonable steps to prevent such abuse b Reject the bid of any bidder if that bidder or any of its directors has abused the supply chain management system of the municipality or municipal entity or has committed any improper conduct in relation to such system and C Cancel a contract awarded to a person if the person committed any corrupt or fraudulent act during the bidding process or the execution of the contract 4 This MBD serves as a certificate of declaration that would be used by institutions to ensure that when bids are considered reasonable steps are taken to prevent any form of bid rigging 5 In order to give effect to the above the attached Certificate of Bid Determination MBD 9 must be completed and submitted with the bid Includes price quotations advertised competitive bids limited birds and proposals Bid rigging or collusive bidding occurs when businesses that would otherwise be expected to compete secretly conspire to raise prices of lower the quality of goods and or services for purchasers who wish to acquire goods and or services through a bidding process Bid rigging is therefore an agreement between competitors not to compete PartT2 Page 16 of 20 Contract No CB105 2013 Part T2 Returnable Documents CERTIFICATE OF INDEPENDENT BID DETERMINATION the undersigned in submitting the accompanying bid Bid Number and Description In resp
281. he form of offer and acceptance before the expiry of the validity period stated in the tender data or agreed additional period Providing the form of offer and acceptance does not contain any qualifying statements it will constitute the formation of a contract between the employer and the successful tenderer as described in the form of offer and acceptance F 3 14 Notice to unsuccessful tenderers After the successful tenderer has acknowledged the employer s notice of acceptance notify other tenderers that their tender offers have not been accepted F 3 15 Prepare contract documents If necessary revise documents that shall form part of the contract and that were issued by the employer as part of the tender documents to take account of a addenda issued during the tender period b inclusion of some of the returnable documents c other revisions agreed between the employer and the successful tenderer and d the schedule of deviations attached to the form of offer and acceptance if any F 3 16 Issue final contract Prepare and issue the final draft of the contract to the successful tenderer for acceptance as soon as possible after the date of the employer s signing of the form of offer and acceptance including the schedule of deviations if any F 3 17 Complete adjudicator s contract Unless alternative arrangements have been agreed or otherwise provided for in the contract arrange for both parties to complete formalities for
282. he service that the contract was in joint venture and provide the name of the joint venture that contracted with the employer In the column for the value of the contract for the service record the value of the portion of the contract performed or to be performed by the tender Complete the record or attach the required information in the prescribed tabulation All services commenced or completed to an organ of state in the last five years Organ of state i e national Title of contract for Value of Date completed or provincial department the service contract for State current if not public entity municipality or service incl yet completed municipal entity VAT Rand 10 Attach additional pages if more space is required PartT2 Page 8 of 20 Contract No CB105 2013 Part T2 Returnable Documents FORM RDC 6 COMPANY INFORMATION FOR TENDERS GREATER THAN R10 MILLION 1 The tenderer is required by law to prepare annual financial statements for auditing and is therefore requested to provide audited annual financial statements for the past three years or e since their establishment if established during the past three years Indicate whether these have been included in the tender YES NO 2 Does the tenderer have any undisputed commitments for Municipal services towards a municipality or other service provider in respect of which payment is overdue for more than 30 d
283. he tender in question and 1 2 The tenderer further confirms that the Purchaser has the right to cancel the tender if the funds necessary to cover the total envisaged expenditure of the tender are not available for the current financial year 1 3 The tenderer further confirms that if the tender is cancelled in terms of paragraph 1 2 supra he she will not hold the Purchaser responsible for any loss or damages suffered by the tenderer due to the lodging of his her tender Notwithstanding anything contained in this agreement the Purchaser reserves the right to terminate this contract by giving three 3 month s written notice to this effect Add the following clauses 37 TERM SERVICE CONTRACTS Add the following new clause 37 1 A Term Service is a contract to maintain an asset of the Purchaser for a period of time 37 2 The Supplier provides this Service as set out in the Scope of Work Part C1 Page 26 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 5 Agreements and Contract Data C1 2 3 DATA PROVIDED BY THE SELLER CLAUSE OPTION DATA 1 Definitions 1 28 The name of the Seller is The City of Tshwane The authorised and designated representative of the Seller is Name Director Group Information Communication Technology Department Physical address 201 Lilian Ngoyi Street Standard Bank Building 5 Floor Fax Number 086 225 4133 E mail abelmos tshwane gov za Postal address P O Box 440 Pret
284. hones wireless access points and more fitting the strategy of converging networks to reduce cost by eliminating the need to maintain separate video and telephony networks The SP product line for Wi Fi must allow deploying a single wireless access point for a home worker through tens of access points in small and large branches to thousands of access points in large offices Control of these access points must be through WLAN switches ranging from small switches with embedded access points to a chassis based switch supporting 1000 s of wireless access points This wireless LAN product must support IP telephony alongside other applications making it ideal for a cost saving converged environment with mobility needs 7 7 BUSINESS CONTINUITY Availability of the network infrastructure is important for the SP to maintain business operational Beyond the well known mechanisms to provide resiliency in networks SP must offer innovative resilience protocols to avoid cost of inoperative business due to network failures The switch product line must offer protection mechanisms for backbones Ethernet Ring Protection and access switches Dual Home Link where the users connect to the network The time to recover from a link failure in backbones and to access switches must be reduced below 50 ms Recovery of connections within 50 ms allows real time communications like video and telephony to continue without notice to the end users Higher recovery times
285. iPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 151 and 350 users 3BA09924AA Configuration management service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 251 and 350 users 3BA09925AA Configuration management service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 351 and 500 users 3BA09960AA Configuration management service upgrade software license increased with additional 500 users in relation with the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine size 3BA09831AA Configuration management service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 51 and 80 users Part C2 Page 70 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3BA09449AA Performance management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 80 users 3BA09450AA Performance management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 150 users 3BA09451AA Performance management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 500 users 3BA09453AA Performance management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 81 and 150 users 3BA09834AA Performance management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 50 users 3BA09835AA Performance management service software licens
286. ice Station Investigation Officer and the Case number must be obtained and stated on the Contractor Claim Form Should the incident not be reported to the SAPS the claim will be repudiated 11 6 4 Claim documentation The Project Manager must obtain all relevant information from the Contractor Sub contractor and complete the Contractor Claim Form included in this report as Annexure B that is available on the Intranet The project number must be stated on the Contractor Claim Form The Project Manager must submit with the Contractor Claim Form a detailed cost sheet indicating the estimate of the loss or damage Any misrepresentation misdescription or non disclosure of material facts at the option of the insurers can result in claims submitted being declared null and void 11 6 5 Authorization of claim forms It is imperative that a formally delegated official or his nominee of the Employer should authorize the Contractor Claim Forms as proof of the appropriate authorization verification and approval of claims submitted The Head of Department must provide an authorization letter to the Section Insurance and Risk Management stating the names and the specimen signatures of the delegated official or his nominee within 30 thirty days from approval of this report by Council Should the delegated official or his nominee not sign the relevant claim form the claim will be repudiated as this may lead to inappropriate independent verification of
287. icense SIZ Recess Pomme License SSS OAW SSN ACR1024 Advanced Cryptography License 1024 Sessions OAW APPEFNG1024 Policy Enforcement Firewall Module 1024 AP License PF OAW AP PEFNG128 Policy Enforcement Firewall Module 128 AP License OAW AP PEFNG16 Policy Enforcement Firewall Module 16 AP License CRW AP PEFNGSIZ Policy Enforcement Firewall Module SIZAP License OAW S3 PEFV Policy Enforcement Firewall Module for the Supervisor 3 VIA VPN termination point OAW AP RFP1024 RF Protect License including WIP and Spectrum 1024 AP Support CAW AP RFPIZ8 RF Protect License including WIP and Spectrum 128 AP Suppor CS OAW AP RFP16 RF Protect License including WIP and Spectrum 16 AP Support OAW AP RFP512 RF Protect License including WIP and Spectrum 512 AP Support OAW SSN XSC128_ xSec Module License 128 Sessions OAW SSN XSC2048 xSec Module License 2048 Sessions Omwen eec WoduTe License B2 Sesion OOO OAS 90076 I Port 802 3at POE Midspan 10 1007 1000 30W Wo power cord nude i OAW AP BC CAR T2VOC Car Power Adapter Kit Tor compatible OmniAccess Access Point modes AP ANT 1F AP Antenna with integrated cellular interference filter 2 4 2 5GHz 2 0dBi 4 9 5 875GHz 5 0dBi Omni Directional Direct Mount Antenna RP SMA Connector OAW AINS2KKIT00 Includes accessories that may be useful in the installation process two electrical tape rolls mastic tape white tie wraps PF PD 9001GR AC OAW WLAN 1 P
288. icipal Account s of the tenderer and each Director Member of the company or where applicable a copy of the lease agreement RD C ADDITIONAL RETURNABLE DOCUMENTS REQUIRED FOR TENDER EVALUATION PURPOSES Note Failure to submit the applicable document will result in the Tenderer having to submit same upon request within 7 days and if not complied with will result to the tender offer being disqualified from further consideration See also clause 2 18 of the Standard Conditions of Tender Confirmation of Document Name Reference Document Included Valid Tax Clearance Certificate Schedule of Tenderer s experience Form RDC1 Record of services provided to organs of state Form RDC5 Company information for tenders greater than R 10 million Form RDC6 Classification of Business Form RDC7 Certificate of Authority of Signatory Form RDC8 Status of concern submitting tender Form RDC9 Certificate of independent bid determination Form RDC10 As Required PartT2 Page 1 of 20 Contract No CB105 2013 Part T2 Returnable Documents RD E OTHER DOCUMENTS THAT WILL BE INCORPORATED INTO THE CONTRACT Note Failure to fully complete and submit the applicable documents will result in the tender offer being disqualified from further consideration Confirmation of Document Name Reference Document Included Form of offer and acceptance Section C1 1 Contract data Part 2 D
289. ification which is equivalent or better irrespective of the actual nomenclature used by the tendering party Further Information The compulsory briefing session will be held on the XX May 2013 for further information all the questions can be directed to the following email coxx tshwane gov za No telephonic queries will be entertained Part C3 Page 120 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Memorandum of Agreement entered into by and between City of Tshwane Metropolitan Municipality Herein represented by in his capacity as Municipal Manager and duly authorised thereto in terms of a Council Resolution dated a copy of which is attached hereto as Annexure A Hereinafter referred to as the City of Tshwane CoT and Herein represented by eceeeeeeeeeee ees in his her capacity as and duly authorised thereto in terms of a resolution dated a copy of which is attached hereto as Annexure B Hereinafter referred to as The Contractor Service Level Agreement CB 2013 Data And Voice Maintenance and Equipment Tshwane Part C3 Page 121 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 1 1 2 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT Background This document comprises the SLA with the successful contractor Commercial Details The contractor will take overall responsibility of the network infrastructur
290. ill Set 5 2 1 Certified Switch Experts The successfull vendor will be required to have and deploy permanently on site for the duration of the contract and guarantee period at least two Alcatel Certified ACSE s for Data Alcatel Certified Switch Expert as to ensure seamless integration into the Alcatel environment Should the bidder offer non Alcatel products then an additional two product specific Certified Switch Experts will be required deployed permanently on site for the duration of the contract and guarantee period The daily management and control wrt these resources will be with the relevant DD and SP Operations Manager taking into consideration and adhering to the organogram as provided by the SP As per paragraph 5 1 2 5 2 2 Certified Voice Experts The successfull vendor will be required to have and deploy permanently on site for the duration of the contract and guarantee period at least two Alcatel Certified ACSE s for Voice Alcatel Certified Switch Expert as to ensure seamless integration into the Alcatel environment Should the bidder offer non Alcatel products then an additional two product specific Certified Switch Experts will be required deployed permanently on site for the duration of the contract and guarantee period The daily management and control wrt these resources will be with the relevant DD and SP Operations Manager taking into consideration and andhering to the organogram as provided by the SP As per para
291. in the data base entry of the end user or end system the SP solution upon authentication only grants access to a specific part of the network By deploying profiles it is even possible to limit the maximum bandwidth of a user or a system and to enforce a check of the integrity of the system entering the network In short the intelligence should be in the network equipment The security relies on standards based protocols and software implementations and does not need any additional SP appliance or software installed in the network or its end systems To effectively re use existing investment in security technology this authentication authorization and system compliance checking mechanisms must be based on open standards This security should be deployed without installing any additional software on user s or visitor s workstations allowing maintaining control without the need to invest and maintain new software distribution services 7 9 WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK WLAN Highlights Comply Non Comply e Security o Support of all standardized Wi Fi access security o User Network Profiling authorization o Unique Built in Firewall to separate the wireless from the wired environment e Centralized management o Location tracking supported by API e Support and advanced IP telephony o SIP and SP proprietary Part C3 Page 62 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of wor
292. ingly before paying 17 17 2 PRICES Add the following clauses VARIABLE QUALIFIED PRICES The attention of tenderers is drawn to clause 17 of the General Conditions of Contract in terms of which tenderers are required to submit the cost factors governing the selling price in order that any variation in cost may be positively proved without difficulty in the event of the selling price s being subject to variation Part C1 Page 24 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 5 Agreements and Contract Data CLAUSE CONTRACT DATA 31 31 3 Where the price s offered is are based on the rate of exchange the price basis must be stated in the DATA PROVIDED BY THE SUPPLIER A bank statement or auditor s report indicating the exchange rate which was applicable during the transaction payment to the overseas supplier must be submitted with each invoice in the case of imported goods Furthermore the attention of tenderers is drawn to the fact that documentary proof substantiating any claims in respect of price adjustments is essential for the approval of such claims and must be submitted timeously and to the satisfaction of the Municipality Where the price list method is used to quote prices the price list must be attached to the tender document in order to qualify for future price escalations FORWARD EXCHANGE RATE COVER In the event of price prices being based on the exchange rate the
293. involved in another entity for this particular tender YES NO INDICATE If so state particulars The undersigned who warrants that he she is duly authorised to do so on behalf of the enterprise confirms that the contents of this schedule are within my personal knowledge and are to the best of my belief both true and correct Person Authorized to sign Tender FULL NAME tock LETTERS SIGNATURE DATE PartT2 Page 3 of 20 Contract No CB105 2013 Part T2 Returnable Documents FORM RDA 2 DECLARATION OF TENDERER S PAST SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT PRACTICES This Municipal tender document must form part of all tenders invited It serves as a declaration to be used by Municipalities and Municipal entities in ensuring that when goods and services are being procured all reasonable steps are taken to combat the abuse of the supply chain management system The tender of any Tenderer may be rejected if that Tenderer or any of its directors have abused the Municipality s Municipal entity s supply management system or ITEM a b c d committed any improper conduct n relation to such system been convicted for fraud or corruption during the past five years wilfully neglected reneged on or failed to comply with any government Municipal or other public sector contract during the past five years or been listed in the Register for Tender Defaulters in terms of Section 29 of the Prevention and Combating of
294. ion and Server Load Balancing Featuring full wire rate including first packet and 10GigE single flow support Native support for IPv4 and IPv6 for network future proofing o Full IPv6 support with hardware based forwarding classification and tunnelling o Ability to interconnect the IPv6 island through an existing IPv4 network through hardware based tunnelling o Use of IPv6 across public organizations o Ability to connect to the IPv6 backbone o Ability to control IPv6 flows with extensive QoS ACL policies The proposed product must support extensive Multicast L2 non IP IPv4 IPv6 IM DM PIM SMv2 and PIM SSM and DVMRPv3 Wire rate multicast using hardware based replication in all configurations The proposed product must support high density traffic aggregation in mission critical business network cores The proposed product must provide fast network response time including hardware based source learning and first packet handling in hardware The proposed product must support Server Load Balancing SLB Full power over Ethernet PoE IEEE 802 3af support Residential bridging features DHCP option 82 DHCP Snooping and Port Mapping Routing Protocols IPv4 and IPv6 RIPng RIPvi v2 and OSPFv2andv3 and OSPF ECMP and BGPv4 Mandatory Technical Requirements for a Highly Manageable system NMS Data and services network management including OneTouch QoS PolicyView with OneTouch QoS centralizes and simplifies QoS configur
295. ion and access layer is deployed using Alcatel OmniSwitches The submitter will need to augment the existing high availability IP infrastructure to deliver Value Added Services to CoT existing and future users The physical infrastructure is mainly based on fiber optic connectivity multimode single mode and long haul single mode with copper cabling Cathe Copper 10 and 6 Cat Category and wireless links used as required The network enables extensive quality of service to support existing response time critical applications and multimedia services like voice over IP with provision for video on demand and conferencing systems Radio links exist ranging from 11 Mbps to 300 Mbps Wi Fi equipment is deployed at several sites including public Wi Fi access Any solution provided by the service provider must adhere to a certified carrier grade solution as part of this submission The solution offered must preferably be scalable to deliver network connectivity on the back bone from 10Gbps to 100Gbps on a single ASIC Please provide detail as to how this is to realised 4 2 Voice Platforms CoT currently utilizes a range of products from Alcatel to fulfil in its voice needs which is seamlessly integrated as a converged voice and data network It has a wide range of Alcatel voice products to full fill these needs including the Alcatel Omni PCX Enterprise remote shelves management software and a wide range of phones ranging through products like digit
296. ion of the contract to the Section Insurance and Risk Management CONTRACT WORKS CLAIMS REPORTING PROCEDURES Reporting of incidents Part C1 Page 21 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 5 Agreements and Contract Data CLAUSE CONTRACT DATA In the event of an occurrence which is likely to give rise to a claim under the insurance policy effected by the Employer the Contractor Sub contractors and Project Manager will adhere to the following procedures a In addition to any statutory obligations and or requirements contained in the Conditions of Contract the Contractor shall notify the Employer and the Project Manager of every occurrence within 48 forty eight hours giving the circumstances nature and an estimate of the loss or damage The Project Manager will be responsible to complete and submit the relevant claim documentation for each incident within 30 thirty days after the incident occurred to the Section Insurance and Risk Management Should the incident be reported by the Project Manager more than 30 thirty days after the incident occurred to the Section Insurance and Risk Management the claim will only be considered if the claim documentation is accompanied by a letter from the relevant Head of Department motivating the reason s for the late reporting of the incident but the Project Manager must take note that the Insurer might repudiate the loss if it is found that the insured s rights ha
297. ipality at all times GENERAL CONDITION Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this agreement it is hereby specifically determined that the Contractor shall have acquainted himself and be conversant with the contents of all statutory provisions applicable to the health and safety of workers and other persons on the site including the execution of the work and in particular the conditions contained in the Occupational Health and Safety Act 1993 Act 85 1993 and the regulations promulgated in terms thereof and shall comply therewith meticulously and in all aspects and or take care that it is complied with CONTRACTOR IDENTIFICATION BOARD The contractor shall provide on any work premises a temporary identification board at all worksites containing the following information Company name On behalf of which division department the work is being done e The contact number and name of the person representing the contractor The contact number and name of the person representing Municipality The specifications of the identification board shall be as follows Size 900mm x 900mm Material The board must be constructed of aluminium or similar strength material Letter size Letters must be at least 70mm in height The identification board must be displayed in a conspicuous manner at the worksite of the contractor for the duration of the work performed Part C3 Page 131 of 131
298. is responsive to the other requirements of the tender documents F 3 8 2 A responsive tender is one that conforms to all the terms conditions and specifications of the tender documents without material deviation or qualification A material deviation or qualification is one which in the Employer s opinion would a detrimentally affect the scope quality or performance of the works services or supply identified in the Scope of Work b significantly change the Employer s or the tenderer s risks and responsibilities under the contract or c affect the competitive position of other tenderers presenting responsive tenders if it were to be rectified Reject a non responsive tender offer and not allow it to be subsequently made responsive by correction or withdrawal of the non conforming deviation or reservation F 3 9 Arithmetical errors omissions and discrepancies F 3 9 1 Check responsive tenders for discrepancies between amounts in words and amounts in figures Where there is a discrepancy between the amounts in figures and the amount in words the amount in words shall govern F 3 9 2 Check the highest ranked tender or tenderer with the highest number of tender evaluation points after the evaluation of tender offers in accordance with F 3 11 for a the gross misplacement of the decimal point in any unit rate b omissions made in completing the pricing schedule or bills of quantities or c arithmetic errors in i line it
299. isation within 7 seven calendar days from date of notification Accept that failure to submit proof of authorisation to sign the tender shall result in a Tender Offer being regarded as non responsive The identification details are Correct tender reference no Correct Tender description Correct closing time Correct due date Each tender shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope bearing the correct identification details and shall be placed in the tender box located at PROCUREMENT ADVICE CENTRE TENDER BOX AT THE ENTRANCE OF C DE WET CENTRE C DE WET CENTRE 175 E SKIA MPHAHLELE DRIVE PRETORIA WEST 0183 This address is 24 hours available for delivery of Tender offers F 2 13 6 ee A two envelope procedure will not be followed F 2 15 Closing time F 2 15 1 Details of the closing time for submission of tender offers is stated in the Tender Notice and Invitation to tender PartT1 Page 6 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 2 Tendering Procedures Reference to relevant clauses in Standard Conditions of Addition or Variation to Standard Condition of Tender Tender Tender Offer validity The Tender Offer validity period is 180 days Add the following to the clause If the tender validity expires on a Saturday Sunday or public holiday the Tender Offer shall remain valid and open for acceptance until the closure of business on the following working day Clarification of Replace the contents of
300. ise customers This item can be loaded on one server and is specific to the server s IP address Each license is also limited to PolicyAssistant mode only AAA EPA 1000 8950 AAA RTU license for 1000 additional users devices for Enterprise customers only This item can be loaded on one server and is specific to the server s IP address Each license is also limited to PolicyAssistant mode only AAA EPHA 10000_ This item adds a license to configure a second redundant server for the 8950 AAA RTU license for 10 000 users devices This license only applies to enterprise customers Part C2 Page 21 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data AAA EPHA 50000 This item adds a license to configure a second redundant server for the 8950 AAA RTU license for 50 000 users devices This license only applies to enterprise customers AAA EPAHA 1000 This item adds a license to configure a second redundant server for the 8950 AAA RTU license for the additional 1000 users devices This license only applies to enterprise customers AAA EP TACACS This item describes the 8950 AAA RTU license for TACACS support This license only applies to enterprise customers AAA EP PFUNLCK This item describes the 8950 AAA RTU license to allow customers to create their own Policy Flow This does not allow for the policy assistant to be modified This license only applies to enterprise customers Airtight _ PS T SE OS 1 Five day on site trainin
301. it EagleEye up to 50 15m camera cable mic array H 320 module remote control and applicable cables een 21969 120 Stereo Speaker Set 120V Includes two Satellite speakers subwoofer speaker stands 3 5mm to ee RCA and speaker wire 2200 21969 240 Stereo Speaker Set 240V Includes two Satellite speakers subwoofer speaker stands 3 5mm to 2xRCA and speaker wire 2200 23809 001 Ceiling microphone array Black Primary Includes 2ft 60cm drop cable electronics Interface wall plate with 10ft 3m amp 50ft 15m plenum cable For RealPresence Group HDX amp SoundStructure See Extension for additonal arrays 2200 23809 002 Ceiling microphone array White Primary Includes 2ft 60cm drop cable electronics Interface wall plate with 10ft 3m amp 50ft 15m plenum cable For RealPresence Group HDX amp SoundStructure See Extension for additonal arrays 2200 23810 001 Ceiling microphone Array Black Extension Kit Includes 2ft 60cm drop cable electronics interface 25ft 7 6m plenum cable For use with Ceiling microphone Array 2200 23809 001 Platform dictates maximum supported 2200 23810 002 Ceiling microphone Array White Extension Kit Includes 2ft 60cm drop cable electronics interface 25ft 7 6m plenum cable For use with Ceiling microphone Array 2200 23809 002 Platform dictates maximum supported 2200 30070 001 Polycom Touch Control for use with HDX 6000 7000 8000 and 9000 series codecs with software ver
302. ithin 2 weeks from the go live to officially hand the site over to relevant Director responsible for ICT infrastructure in Council to allow for the official hand over to the maintenance teams The process is described in the flow chart below mainly to give an indication of the process but also to list the required documents and to indicate the time frames associated with this The process can be changed by CoT at any time during the contractual period to incorporate additional requirements or changes The below delivery and timeframes provided per phase must be regarded as a guestimate and can be changed and amended by way approved change control processes mutually agreed upon between Council s project manager and the approved service providers contract manager Part C3 Page 2 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work NORMAL PROJECT RELATED PROCESSES TO BE DONE BY CONTRACTOR Order Received Finalisation Report Invoice Part C3 Page 3 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 3 2 Programs For the purpose of this document Programs will be defined as special projects that might be required from time to time CoT will define these special projects Business cases BC are applicable where the BC are required by CoT for strategic decision making and to determine infrastructure technology deployment Project proposals by the contractor applies once the CoT has determined the scope of a project to meet the s
303. ithm optimized for ring topology to provide less than 100ms convergence time e IEEE 802 1s multiple spanning tree and per VLAN spanning tree 1x1 e Fast forwarding mode on user ports to bypass 30 second delay for spanning tree e Preventing unauthorized spanning tree enabled attached bridges from operating e BPDU blocking automatically shuts down switch ports being used as user ports if a spanning tree BPDU packet is seen preventing unauthorized spanning tree enabled attached bridges from operating e Priority queues eight hardware based queues per port The solution must support e Dynamic link aggregation IEEE 802 3ad to support automatic configuration of link aggregates with other switches with resilient uplink capabilities e Static link aggregation that supports automatic configuration of link aggregates with other switches To guarantee hardware resiliency the proposed product must be resistant to physical and excessive temperature variations The Part C3 Page 78 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work solution should include e Thermal protection shutdown for the chassis e Hardware monitoring temperature monitoring and power monitoring amp management e Short cold and warm boot times e Built in security and device hardening Network and link resiliency are important parts of network availability and the proposed product
304. itstrative disqualification is for example if no or a non valid tax certificate is submitted Technical Evaluation After analysing the tenders deemed to comply in administrative terms the evaluation committee will rule on the technical admissibility of each tender classifying it as technically compliant or non compliant Part C3 Page 116 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Financial Evaluation Tenders found to be administratively and technically compliant shall be checked for any arithmetical errors in computation and summation Amounts corrected in this way will be binding on the tenderer If the tendererdoes not accept them his tender will be rejected Errors will be corrected by the evaluation committee team as follows where there is a discrepancy between amounts in figures and in words the amount in words will be the amount taken into account except for lump sum contracts where there is a discrepancy between a unit price and the total amount derived from the multiplication of the unit price and the quantity the unit price as quoted will be the price taken into account For comparative purposes all items must be priced Should pricing not be provided on an item a letter from the manufacturer claiming its discontinuance must be attached Any proposal where a section is not completely priced without the aforementioned documentation will be disqualified Creative pricing ie deviation of more than 20 on th
305. ize pan tilt zoom HD 10X Camera 3BH12058AA LifeSize Express 220 HD video system with one LifeSize MicPod and one LifeSize pan tilt zoom HD Camera 3BH12059AA LifeSize Express 220 HD video system with one LifeSize Phone and one LifeSize pan tilt zoom HD Camera PF 3BH12062AA LifeSize Room 220 HD video system with one LifeSize pan tilt zoom HD Camera aa 3BH12063AA LifeSize Room 220 HD video system with one LifeSize Phone and one LifeSize pan tilt zoom HD Camera 3BH12073AA LifeSize Bridge 2200 16 Ports Video multipoint control unit fo 3BH12078AA LifeSize Conference 220 HD video system with one LifeSize Phone and 3 LifeSize HD 10X Camera Ln 3BH12083AA LifeSize Passport Connect video system with Logitech HD Camera 3BH03011AA LifeSize Digital MicPod omnidirectional HD active microphone touch sensitive Mute button and Mute and In Call LED indicators 3BH11978AA LifeSize Express 220 HD video system includes only the Codec unit fF 3BH11983AA LifeSize Room 220 HD video system includes only the Codec unit 3BH11996AA LifeSize MicPod omni directional high definition active microphone with mute button and call status mute indication lights Ll 3BH11997AA LifeSize Phone high definition audio conference phone supported for use with the video systems only za 3BH11998AA LifeSize pan tilt zoom HD Camera 200 aa 3BH12061AA LifeSize Team 220 HD video system with one LifeSize Phone and one LifeSize pan tilt zoom HD Camera mz 3BH120
306. k o Call Admission Control o Battery saving features e Easy deployment o Access point Automatic channel assignment o Centralized set up e Availability o Redundant WLAN switches o Automatic coverage repair when an AP fails e Home working secured and easy to deploy solution refer slide 12 e Meshing o Support of Wireless meshing e Outdoor e Hardened Access Points 7 10 Network Management Network Management plays a very important role in optimizing the costs of maintaining a network The Network Management System NMS is the central platform for managing a Local Area Network It will display the network topology including all links and elements and their status The Network Management System must adhere to FCAPS Fault Configuration Administration Performance and Security management In addition to the previous described fault management must be able to perform the following tasks Comply Non Comply e Configuration management to be able to do on line or scheduled configuration of multiple switches at the same time to avoid spending time adapting each switch individually e Administration management to secure access to the Switch s controls by defining user id s passwords and encryption but also to be able to backup and restore switch configurations e Performance management to collect and store statistics about net
307. k 2 sessions L4 3BA27640AA CCivr ASR SDK 2 sessions 3BA27641AA CCivr TTS SDK 2 sessions 3BA27691AA CCIVR ASR NUANCE 2 Sessions First Language L1 PF 3BA27692AA CIVR ASR NUANCE 2 Sessions Second Language L2 o CCIVRASR NUANCE 2 Sessions Third and more langage tS 3BA27694AA CCIVR ASR LOQUENDO Connector 2 Sessions 3BA27695AA CCIVR TextToSpeech REALSPEAK Connector 2 Sessions oo 3BA27696AA CCIVR TextToSpeech LOQUENDO Connector 2 Sessions 3BA27697AA CCIVR ASR NUANCE Connector 2 Sessions 3BAZTTZSAA 3BA27726AA CCIVR NMS SIP 64 ports 3BA27727AA CCIVR NMS SIP 128 ports 3BA27728AA Alcatel Lucent Omnitouch 4625 CCIVR SIP 1 port C aren cet Cn ar any Cone RGN OTCE f mm rosaa EC Fax server Software License for 2 fax on demara sessions C p e ooa Software License opos SSCS Part C2 Page 79 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data zy 3BR03436AA CCivr Contact Center Integration and Queuing 3BR03437AA CCivr Database Read amp Write a 3BH11617AB Wallboard 6 lines of 16 color characters PF 3BH11760AC WALLBOARD PANEL PC 42 INCH OmniTouch Unified Communication 3BA00691AA Secondary server for Teamwork services and Voice broadcast For Telephony Messaging and One number services pe 3BA00732AA My Cellular Extension software pack for 1 user includes the Remote Extension license PF 3BA00733AA Dual mode option Cellular Wifi of the My Instant Communicator mobile client for 1 user 3BA00734AA My Instant
308. k 2u shelf for 19 racks which will hold the codec in position with a secure mounting system 2u 3 5 inches x 17 5 without ears 19 with x 14 5 deep Shelf only 2457 26764 072 Extended length Black drop cable for connecting Spherical Ceiling microphone Array element to electronics interface 6ft 1 8m long Used with 2200 23809 001 amp 2200 23810 001 only Replaces 2457 24701 001 2457 26765 072 Extended length White drop cable for connecting Spherical Ceiling microphone Array element to electronics interface 6ft 1 8m long Used with 2200 23809 002 amp 2200 23810 002 only Replaces 2457 24701 003 2230 27885 001 HDX 7000 2nd monitor kit for compint displays includes SW option and 12 DVI m to 3xRCA m cable PAL countries requires 2 5 or later software This software option is included with HDX 2 6 release and later 2230 27886 001 HDX 7000 2nd monitor kit for VGA displays includes SW option and 3m DVI m to VGA m cable Required for PAL countries using software 2 0 x This software option is included with HDX 2 6 release and later Paaa 23912 001 HDX MPPlus Multipoint Software Option License Allows for 4 site MP video calls Available for HDX ee ystems 4000 4500 7000 8000 and 9000 Series 5150 26946 001 Software option for HDX 7000 revC HDX 8000 revB and HDX 9000 revB systems to enable 1080 encode decode 1080p codec 5150 63389 001 X RTV CCCP license Enables support for Microsoft RTV codec and direct calls to MS AV
309. k related support but for first line support as well This imply that it is the contractor s responsibility to rule out any electrical fibre or other related issues that causes the network to be down The issue must be escalated to ensure faster response times in accordance with SLA1 being the preferred SLA level for the vast network that needs to be supported The contractor must therefore also have the necessary test equipment to determine whether the network is down due to a fibre related problem 5 3 2 Network Drawings and Project Templates Network drawings must be updated regularly and must also show the fibre connection and type of fibre between the switches After every project or change the network drawing must be updated to reflect the necessary updates changes 5 3 3 Transport Service New equipment must be delivered to the ICT store for asset tagging The contractor must therefore provide a transport service inclusive of the necessary insurance to transport the equipment to the ICT store and then to site after it was asset tagged The same transport service must be utilized to deliver faulty end of life old and redundant equipment to the Auction Yard inclusive of the necessary insurance Official disposal of asset procedures must be adhered to 5 3 4 Radio Support Radios are mostly located on water towers reservoirs and other high sites Support here must be certified for working on heights and any other OHSA requirements
310. keep the data up to date o If the name sought is not available in the database the search should automatically overflow to other LDAP directories in the Buyer s network system o To facilitate management operations when a name is fixed to a speed dial number the name and number information will appear automatically in the database used by the call by name feature o This service must not be limited to a simple call but must also be used in all call states e g consultation calls terminal programming of call forwarding and automatic callback or other service e Describe the manager assistant concept and explain the methodology with your phones o Call Filtering with manager control o Manager Secretary hot line o Private Line for Manager set o Absent secretary key o Secret listening of the secretary by the manager o Multiple Managers Multiple Secretaries e Describe the features and possibilities for supervising a group of telephones Does the solution allow trunk and mailbox supervision e Business account code e Private call Personal Identification Number PIN e Associated number for overflow o on either busy or no reply o on both busy and no reply o on out of order e Appointment reminder e Onhold retrieval from hold e Listening to tones and voice guides e Do not disturb e Speed dialing e Can the telephone sets
311. ket Layer SSL for web based management and SNMPv3 for network wide management systems Additionally all administrators must be centrally authenticated through a RADIUS TACACS LDAP or ACE server A local database can be provided on every switch for administrator authentication Multi layer security enables the building of sophisticated hardware and software based solutions that can be integrated with policy based management and other technologies such as smart cards PKI and biometrics for enhanced security implementations The switch must provide multi layer security with a range of security features that can be implemented throughout the network These security features include Comply Non Comply e User authentication e Virtual local area networks VLANs e VLAN Quarantine e Access control lists ACLs e Restriction for user ports from sending control traffic BPDU RIP OSPF BGP e P source address spoofing prevention e Switch access authentication e Encryption for secure management SSHv2 HTTPS SNMPv3 e Denial of service protection To secure the management features must be integrated into the architecture including Part C3 Page 88 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work e Authenticated user access e SNMPv3 and SSL for encrypted sessions e Partitioned management for multi tiered access and granular network administration
312. l back to last caller Local Internal External Automatic call back activate cancel on No reply busy set busy trunk group Call back request activate cancel on No reply Busy Set Call back request notification by LED on the user s set Icon on wireless phones Voice guide for analog sets Dial by name with central directory repository Last number redial Multiple redial Abbreviated dialing Automatic call set up on unhook Private call Personal Identification Number PIN Distinctive ringing for internal and external calls on all types of sets Call Overflow Overflow on either busy or no reply Overflow on both busy and no reply Overflow on out of order Timed call overflow on no reply Call Pick up Individual or in group No Replied Calls Repertory Local internal calling numbers with caller name date and time of calls Enquiry call enquiry call cancel Call transfer on Reply No reply Busy Call transfer to Set Hunting Group Attendant Voice Mail Trunk to call transfer Trunk to timed transfer Three Participants Conference Multiple Meet Me Conference Announcement Paging on Loudspeaker Announcement Paging on Loudspeaker Calling party name identification CNID Direct inward dial DID Direct outward dial DOD Direct inward system access DISA User set creation user validation of his set created by attendant User moving personal plug in plug out by prefix Call recording on voice mail
313. l requirements contained in the tender schedules that are included in the returnable documents are deemed to be part of these conditions of tender F 1 3 2 These conditions of tender the tender data and tender schedules which are only required for tender evaluation purposes shall not form part of any contract arising from the invitation to tender F 1 3 3 For the purposes of these conditions of tender the following definitions apply a conflict of interest means any situation in which i someone in a position of trust has competing professional or personal interests which make it difficult to fulfill his or her duties impartially ii an individual or organization is in a position to exploit a professional or official capacity in some way for their personal or corporate benefit or PartT1 Page 14 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 3 Tendering Procedures F 1 5 iil incompatibility or contradictory interests exist between an employee and the organization which employs that employee comparative offer means the tenderer s financial offer after the factors of non firm prices all unconditional discounts and any other tendered parameters that will affect the value of the financial offer have been taken into consideration corrupt practice means the offering giving receiving or soliciting of anything of value to influence the action of the employer or his staff or agents in the tender process and fraudulent practice means the
314. la lapis ehieleainadieiatihale theta rele 3 T1 3 STANDARD CONDITIONS OF TENDER 0 cc eeseeseeeeesneeeeeeesneeeeteenneeeeenenaes 12 PartT1 Page 1 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 1 Tendering Procedures T1 1 TENDER NOTICE AND INVITATION TO TENDER The following tenders are available free of charge on the internet www tshwane gov za and can also be purchased at a non refundable deposit of R60 00 including VAT at the office mentioned below Only cash or bank guaranteed cheques will be accepted The 90 10 preference point system will be applied to these tenders 1 Tender for the once off supply delivery installation of specified furniture for the office of the chief audit executive CB73 2013 Closing date 18 June 2013 at 10 00 Queries Rudzani Tshishonga Obed Thenga tel 012 358 3964 2 Tender for actuarial services for the IAS 19 report for 2013 2014 and 15 budget years CB84 2013 Closing date 18 June 2013 at 13 30 Compulsory briefing 31 May 2013 at 10 00 at 285 Francis Baard Street Bothongo Plaza East Building Boardroom No 1318 13th Floor Pretoria Queries Magdalene Siwela tel 012 358 7538 3 Tender for the appointment of a consultant on access control capabilities for the City of Tshwane CB98 2013 Closing date 19 June 2013 at 10 00 Queries Cynthia Ramulifho tel 012 358 3928 4 Tender for the supply delivery and offloading of pipe repair clamps as and when required three year period with e
315. larification received up to five working days before the tender closing time stated in the Tender Data and notify all tenderers who drew procurement documents F 3 1 2 Consider any request to make a material change in the capabilities or formation of the tendering entity or both or any other criteria which formed part of the qualifying requirements used to prequalify a tenderer to submit a tender offer in terms of a previous procurement process and deny any such request if as a consequence a an individual firm or a joint venture as a whole or any individual member of the joint venture fails to meet any of the collective or individual qualifying requirements b the new partners to a joint venture were not prequalified in the first instance either as individual firms or as another joint venture or c in the opinion of the Employer acceptance of the material change would compromise the outcome of the prequalification process PartT1 Page 20 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 3 Tendering Procedures F 3 2 Issue Addenda If necessary issue addenda that may amend or amplify the tender documents to each tenderer during the period from the date that tender documents are available until seven days before the tender closing time stated in the Tender Data If asa result a tenderer applies for an extension to the closing time stated in the Tender Data the Employer may grant such extension and shall then notify all tenderers who dr
316. le cause A Fault diagnosis Generate reports and graphics about the statistics of the alarms and its correspondent resolution time Accounting of all calls generated by the users including cost date hour Must provide different options to group the billing of the calls cost center extension number trunk user city area associated to dialed numbers The accounting module must be able to Adapt to the financial organization of the company along the cost centers and the organization levels Manage carriers fees to apply specific costs Must be able to manage multi carrier schemes Define thresholds for phone usage and Tracking monitoring this activity providing a graphical view of the accounting thresholds per user cost center or group Generate reports and graphics classified by User Cost Centre Organizational Level Duration Pin Project Coide Number Dialed Destination Carried used Performance and traffic Analysis of the operation of the system This must include at least the following information Measurement of response time Measurement of the VoIP traffic Statistics on the quality of VoIP calls Statistics on the line occupancy ratio for incoming calls Reports and graphics on attendant trunks and users traffic Occupancy rates of the different internal and external links Average time spent waiting for an attendant The performance module must provide specific tracks on the voice over IP calls to better follow up of the
317. lient to sign off Said FS refers to the solution functionality as determined by the Client and excludes technical requirements Part C3 Page 4 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work The process is described in the flow chart below mainly to give an indication of the process but also to list the required documents and to indicate the time frames associated with this The process can be changed by CoT at any time during the contractual period to incorporate additional requirements or changes The below delivery and timeframes provided per phase must be regarded as a guestimate and can be changed and amended by way of approved change control processes mutually agreed upon between Council s project manager and the approved service providers contract manager PROGRAM RELATED PROCESSES TO BE DONE BY CONTRACTOR ol wo TE Functional Spec No Order ithin 3 weeks Minuted Site Meetings Update Project Schedule Part C3 Page 5 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 3 3 Maintenance The successful Tenderer must have sufficient maintenance stock of at least R10m to enable immediate replacement of strategic critical switching equipment as currently deployed on Councils core sites whether the equipment is covered by an SLA or not Proof Confirmation letter from Auditor of this must be provided in your tender response Failure to do so will result in cancellation of your tender submission CoT reserves the right
318. ll requests for hardware or services will be via this office Under no circumstances shall the OM give feedback to any director but the CoT Director responsible for Networks or appointed representative Contractors shall not set up attend meetings with other directors or represent ICT in any form or meeting unless express permission was granted and shall adhere to CoT procedures at all times 5 1 5 ITIL And Change Control All activities need to be planned and executed as per ITIL practices The existing CoT forms can be utilized or modified if the need dictates No work will be carried out on the network unless a Change Control was submitted by the successful contractor to ICT Request for changes must be accompanied by an impact study and the necessary change control as to avoid unnecessary Maintenance calls Due notification communication to users will in some cases be necessary In a project setup communications must be via the project managers If however the project managers and team cannot agree both parties can escalate the matter to ICT Management for final decision 5 1 6 Meetings And Presentations The contractor will be required to schedule and minute a bi weekly forth nightly meeting with the CoT The following must be standing discussion points e Reporting on complaints i e complaints received and scheduling information etc e Reporting on status of projects The contractor may also be required to attend AdHoc meeting
319. lue 251 and 350 users 3BA09917AA ABC Ticket Accounting service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 351land 500 users 3BA09959AA ABC Ticket Accounting service software license increased with additional 500 users in relation with the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine size 3BA09456AA Directory management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 80 users 3BA09457AA Directory management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 150 users 3BA09458AA Directory management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 500 users Part C2 Page 68 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3BA09460AA Directory management service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 81 and 150 users 3BA09836AA Directory management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 50 users 3BA09837AA Directory management service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 51 and 80 users 3BA09926AA Directory management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 350 users 3BA09927AA Directory management service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 151 and 350 user
320. m AES IPSec and SRTP for example The encryption solution should be hardware based in order to eliminate system degradation and transmission delay times The system should encrypt the voice content as well as the signaling between the IP station and the call server The encryption solution should be easy to deploy with factory pre installed certificates and automatic key distribution facilities requiring no at the phone intervention Wireless IP Phones must support WPA2 AES for traffic encryption proposes For multi node solutions IP stations must be capable of communicating via encrypted streams between any and all physical and logical network areas Application users should be authenticated using a RADIUS system before being granted access to application servers or associated resources Any web based application must use HTTPS encryption Part C3 Page 40 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 6 3 5 1 6 Telephony Services The offered system must support the following services without any external additional server to support them Text mini message between advanced sets Reception of absence mini message from the called user Calling Line Identification Restriction CLIR for local internal calls Communication timeout on outgoing call Barring for internal and external calls Call Waiting on Busy set busy hunting group busy voice mail Intrusion on busy set Intrusion on busy set On no Reply On busy Cal
321. m using your product or services How would we benefit What are the most significant features of your product or services for this offering Provide a list of the technical aspects of this offering o Describe how your IP telephone system provides for ad hoc audio conferencing Why or how would our company benefit from using your product or services How would we benefit What are the most significant features of your product or services for this offering Provide a list of the technical aspects and limits of this offering e Multiline capabilities e Does your solution provide the possibility for anyone in a team to take an important call e This would require a call recognition feature and the possibility for anyone to recognize the origin of the call describe the mechanism and explain any restrictions e Users whose terminal is equipped with a display and alphabetic keyboard should have the capability to call to transfer or forward calls to other internal or external parties by entering their name Part C3 Page 104 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work o Call by name o Transfer by name o Forward call by name o The name will be searched for in two ways last name amp first name or initials o The database must be an application centralized within the telephone system and synchronized with management operations in order to
322. matic and transparent switch from one to another communication mode headset handset hands free etc Wireless Bluetooth capabilities Based on 1 2 Bluetooth specification at least for the IP phone Open to applications Access to corporate or external Web based application via third party SDKs APIs XML SIP The system must support an IP Softphone application that allows the users to manage their calls from aPC This user must have access to the full set of telephony services without any degradation The voice should be manage by the multimedia resources of the PC The system should support PC based Attendant terminals that have a color screen as well as attendant station software that can be used on PCs that are not dedicated to the attendant operation Attendant operator positions should support the following features Station Supervision Manual or Automatic answer Call by name to internal or external parties Text Messaging Multiple Attendant positions Call Recording The phone sets should support chinese and russian languages characteres this should be for the information displayed on the screens and for the alphanumeric integrated keyboard The system must support an Attendant IP softphone application that allows the operators to manage the calls from a PC This application must support the same features of the Attendant operator The voice should be manage by the multimedia resources of the PC 6 3 5 1 8 Wireless Terminal
323. members of persons in the service of the state Vendor Registration Addition or Variation to Standard Condition of Tender In order to give effect to the above the questionnaire for the declaration of interests in the tender of persons in service of state in Section T2 2 must be completed Accept that the notes to the Employer s annual financial statements must disclose particulars of any award of more than R2000 to a person who is a spouse child or parent of a person in the service of the state defined in clause F 2 25 or has been in the service of the state in the previous twelve months including the name of that person the capacity in which that person is in the service of the state and the amount of the award In order to give effect to the above the questionnaire for the declaration of interests in the tender of persons in service of state in part T2 Returnable Documents must be completed in full and signed Accept that each contractor is required to register as a supplier service provider on the City of Tshwane s vendor register before any payment can be done Accept that if the Tenderer is already registered as a vendor it is required to record the vendor number in space provided on the cover page of this Tender document PartT1 Page 9 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 2 Tendering Procedures Reference to relevant clauses in Standard Conditions of Tender Add the following
324. ment Dual image and dual configuration file storage providing backup The proposed product must support an intuitive CLI The proposed product must support a web based Element Mgmt with an easy to use point and click and with a built in help for easy configuration of new technology features The proposed product must support remote telnet management or secure shell The proposed product must support secured file upload using SFTP or SCP Port based port mirroring for troubleshooting that will support four sessions with 24 sources to one destination configuration The proposed product must support human readable ASCII based config files for offline editing and bulk configuration The proposed product must support managing Switch Users Accounts and Partitioned Management features The proposed product must support the management of Switch Security The proposed product must support IGMPv1 v2 v3 snooping to optimize multicast traffic The proposed product must support BootP DHCP client that will allow auto config of switch IP information to simplify deployment The proposed product must support Auto negotiating 10 100 1000 ports that will automatically configure port soeed and duplex setting The proposed product must support Auto MDI MDIX that will automatically configure transmit and receive signals to support straight thru and crossover cabling DHCP relay to forward client requests to a DHCP server DHCP Option 82 and DHCP Snooping
325. mpedance Panels 5 and Fan Filter 1 Non Redundant 1 7750 SR SFM4 3HE05949AA 3HE04710AA 7750 SR c12 Chassis 3HEO1016BA x1 7750 SR c12 HF Fan Tray 3HEO3660AA x1 CFM 7750 SR c12 CFM XP 3HE03607AA x1 7750 SR c12 CCM XP 3HEO4580AA x1 7750 SR c12 AC PEM 3 3HE03658AA x2 3HE04580AA 7750 SR c12 Chassis Control Module XP CCM XP for external system interfaces including compact flash slots console ports mgmt ports alarm indicators and system LEDs Part C2 Page 28 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3HE03065BA Valere External AC Rectifier Bundle Includes Redundant AC power for SR 7 ESS 7 with AC split shelf 3HEO2786BA x1 AC power supplies 3HE02787AA x4 status cable 3HEO4519AA x1 DC lugs and blunt cut AC International power cords 3HE02946AA x4 user must supply DC power cables chassis lugs and AC wall connectors PF 3HE03658AA 7750 SR c12 AC Power Entry Module 3 PEM 3 3HE03077AA 1 port Channelized OC 3 STM 1 Circuit Emulation Services CES CMA supports channelization down to DSO accepts one 1 OC 3 STM 1 SFP Optics Modules P 3HE03610AA 7750 SR 5 port Gigabit Ethernet CMA XP requires optics accepts 5 GigE SFP Optics Modules 3HE03607AA 7750 SR c12 Control Forwarding Module XP CFM XP one 1 required per 7750 SR c12 up to two 2 per 7750 SR c12 for control and forwarding redundancy 3HE03612AA 7750 SR 20 port 1000BASE Ethernet MDA XP Accepts up to twenty 20 SFP GigE xx Opti
326. mplify configuration for technical staff To manage the Power over Ethernet capabilities effectively and avoid any configuration errors on the 10 100 1000 ports the switch ports must include auto configuration features to determine e If the cable attached is straight thru or crossover e The nature of the network device PC switch router to automatically create a link up condition The switch must be able to manage the energy requirement of the devices and balance this with the energy available to avoid power loss or surcharge The switch must provide installation flexibility by supporting either copper or fiber link connectivity while reducing sparing costs by eliminating the need for separate Gigabit uplink modules The Tenderer must be able to offer management interfaces that e Provide users with commands and user interfaces that can be ergonomically coherent throughout the converged network e Can interact with other management systems Part C3 Page 82 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work e Can be web based for user friendly element management e Can use SNMP for third party network management systems The Tenderer must be able to provide management applications and tools that simplify the management of networking devices The application must be able to e Allow managers to monitor network activity e Configure and troubleshoot each
327. mployer will not compensate the tenderer for any costs incurred in the preparation and submission of a tender offer including the costs of any testing necessary to demonstrate that aspects of the offer complies with requirements Check documents Check the tender documents on receipt for completeness and notify the employer of any discrepancy or omission Confidentiality and copyright of documents Treat as confidential all matters arising in connection with the tender Use and copy the documents issued by the employer only for the purpose of preparing and submitting a tender offer in response to the invitation Reference documents Obtain as necessary for submitting a tender offer copies of the latest versions of standards specifications conditions of contract and other publications which are not attached but which are incorporated into the tender documents by reference Acknowledge addenda Acknowledge receipt of addenda to the tender documents which the employer may issue and if necessary apply for an extension to the closing time stated in the tender data in order to take the addenda into account Clarification meeting Attend where required a clarification meeting at which tenderers may familiarize themselves with aspects of the proposed work services or supply and raise questions Details of the meeting s are stated in the tender data Seek clarification Request clarification of the tender documents if necessary
328. must ensure that corrective actions are taken as pointed out via the sniff report 5 2 6 Engineer Professional Services As the core network is Alcatel based an Engineer from Alcatel Lucent Professional Services will be required for a minimum period of one week per annum for the duration of the contract to health check and audit of the complete environment A report with findings and recommendations must be provided to CoT within 3 weeks from departure of the engineer The maintenance incumbent will be required to implement any CoT approved recommendations The cost for this engineer must be included in the maintenance fees In the case where non Alcatel equipment is offered an additional Proffesional Services Engineer skilled in that specific product must be included in the health check and audit 5 2 7 Additional Resources Admin Clerks 3 Jnr Technicians Voice and Data 2 Genesys experts and technicians 2 Wi Fi technicians 2 Network Monitoring and report administrative personnel 2 Draughtsman skilled in GIS and Visio 1 Security and Firewall expert 1 Quality Controller 1 Part C3 Page 14 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work The above on site resources are suggested by CoT to have available to ensure quality support to be provided to the technical personnel 5 3 Additional Requirements 5 3 1 First Line And Expert Support Not only will the contractor be responsible for expert and all networ
329. n programming individual repertory key programming follow me remote forwarding private call consultation of no replied calls repertory consultation of no replied calls repertory Hubting Groups Part C3 Page 42 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Do not Disturb 6 3 5 1 7 End User Devices and Terminals End Users must be able to access all telephony services Voice prompts or guides multi language the system should guide users during the various steps needed to activate specific features by means of voice guides that indicate the services available at each stage of a call Multi language display on TDM and IP stations The language presented on the station displays must be changeable by the user directly When the user makes this change the modification of the display language will automatically synchronize the language of the vocal guides and the prompts on the voice messaging component Call dial by name Users whose station is equipped with a display and alphabetic keyboard should have the capability to call to transfer or forward calls to other internal or external parties by entering their NAME Multi key Multiple number stations This function allows a user with a station that is assigned only one number to simultaneously establish several outgoing or incoming calls Each station key can be programmed for a different extension number to permit easy differentiation of incoming calls Call Screeni
330. n for verifying endpoint integrity through host integrity checking HIC The Alcatel Lucent 8950 AAA server delivers expanded functionality to address your deployment of wireless LANs and other networks deploying 802 1x DIAMETER and EAP protocols to support fixed mobile roaming and blended multimedia services To manage virtualised platform Splunk Enterprise is the platform for machine data It s the easy fast and resilient way to collect analyse and secure the massive streams of machine data generated by IT systems and technology infrastructure Troubleshoot problems and investigate security incidents in minutes Monitor end to end infrastructure to avoid service degradation or outages Gain real time visibility and critical insights into customer experience transactions and behaviour Make data accessible usable and valuable to everyone Web usage statistics web based security threats include real time statistics 6 3 3 2 Network Voice Monitoring As a Service The tenderers must price network monitoring as a service ie the CoT do not own the software but are rather charged a monthly amount This will entail e Providing all software and or hardware related to network management Hardware to include the servers ie turn key solution Part C3 Page 34 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work e Providing all updates and patches related to network management software e Displaying the software in the CoT ba
331. na company between IT and business service level management reporting not only the network infrastructure performance but holistic reporting on network infrastructure IP Telephony call centers central applications and even workstation performance Network Management In the network infrastructure part the SP must have products for Local Area Network Wireless Local Area Networks and Wide Area Networks All these products must be ready to support converging of networks applications and technology such as telephony data transmission and video communication Comply Non Comply Chassis based and stackable Ethernet switches Scale networks from 10 to 10 000 s of Ethernet ports varying in speed from 10 Megabit per second through 10 Gigabit per second Use very low power for reduced operational cost and are manageable from a central management system Enable a resilient network infrastructure to avoid costs of business interruption caused by failures of the network For Wi Fi switches and Wi Fi access points must scale from 4 to 1000 s of access points across branches and even towards home workers To keep cost of deployment low this centrally managed Wi Fi infrastructure solution must run over existing LANs automatically calibrates the radio s used for communication with Wi Fi devices and does not need local configuration of access points The wireless network solution must have been d
332. nal power supply 2200 42740 XXxX 2215 28283 001 Shelf for mounting the HDX 8000 7000 and 6000 series codecs This isa black 2u shelf for 19 racks which will hold the codec in position with a secure mounting system 2u 3 5 inches x 17 5 without ears 19 with x 14 5 deep Shelf only 2457 26764 072 Extended length Black drop cable for connecting Spherical Ceiling microphone Array element to electronics interface 6ft 1 8m long Used with 2200 23809 001 amp 2200 23810 001 only Replaces 2457 24701 001 2457 26765 072 Extended length White drop cable for connecting Spherical Ceiling microphone Array element to electronics interface 6ft 1 8m long Used with 2200 23809 002 amp 2200 23810 002 only Replaces 2457 24701 003 P 2457 28808 001 Cable HDMI M to HDMI M 0 914m 3ft Part C2 Page 45 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 2457 28808 002 Cable HDMI M to HDMI M 1 829m 6ft 5150 26511 001 SW option for HDX 6000 1080p People Max resolution Max fps 30 RX and 15 TX 5150 63389 001 X RTV CCCP license Enables support for Microsoft RTV codec and direct calls to MS AV MCU Available for HDX 9006 HDX 8000 rev B HDX 7000 rev C or D HDX 6000 HDX 4500 HDX 4000 rev C 5150 65478 001 HDX Software upgrade version 3 1 for all Polycom HDX systems 1676 27233 001 Transport Case for HDX 6000 7000 8000 Hard case with casters retractable handle and custom foam interior Accommodates base un
333. nd tools that simplify the management of networking devices The applications must be able to e Allow managers to monitor network activity e Configure and troubleshoot each device e Manage an entire network from a single platform e Offer network wide visibility e Element management and VLAN management e Manage policy based QoS e Have centralized management of secure switch access e Quarantine capabilities to prevent security breaches by isolating potential threats e All within a scalable architecture The Tenderer must be able to offer an application to enable the network administrator to quarantine devices to protect the network from attacks 7 18 16 LAN EDGE The request is for edge switching to meet the current and future edge requirements The edge proposition should be based on L2 L4 switches in the knowledge that these switches should make only a limited impact on current environments The size should be specified to ensure that the switch can be stackable or mounted in standard racks with other telephony servers The Tenderer should indicate their limitation for any eventual increase in traffic requirements with respect to port density and capacity Part C3 Page 91 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Power over Ethernet PoE is one of the current important features The Tenderer should provide details of the energy saving capabilities and secu
334. ndant telephone If so describe how the User Keys can be used Can additional information be displayed to aid the attendant Part C3 Page 108 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work If so describe the types of information that can be displayed Attendant phone set Introduce your principle attendant phone set Describe the general features and layout of the attendant phone set If any additional options exist provide details Describe the visual display and the information that can be accessed by the attendant from this interface What are the available attendant services with the basic attendant handset Specify any services that cannot be used by the phone sets when used in an attendant context Are there any hardware options to extend the keyboard functions of the attendant phone set Describe the options IP Attendant application for PC Can you provide an attendant console for attendant services Present the hardware and software architecture for the attendant console Can your attendant application be enhanced with specific keyboard equipment Describe the attendant actions that can be performed with the keyboard What audio equipment is available to improve the attendant equipment and facilitate the attendant tasks Describe the IP attendant application displays What information is visible What tasks and features can be customized by the attendant
335. nded warehouse or distribution channel warehouse proof of this must be supplied It is a condition that equipment must have spare parts available for at least five years after expiry of the guarantee period or alternatively equipment must be replaced free of charge if spare parts is not available for said period In the event of termination of production of the spare parts advance notification to CoT to allow it to procure the parts required In such cases the Contracting Authority may choose to purchase from the Contractor it being understood that this choice shall not release the Contractor from any warranty obligations under the contract 6 4 7 3 Warranty The Contractor shall warrant that the supplies are new unused of the most recent models and incorporate all recent improvements in design and materials unless otherwise provided in the contract The Contractor shall further warrant that all supplies shall have no defect arising from design materials or workmanship except insofar as the design or materials are required by the specifications or from any act or omission that may develop under use of the supplies in the conditions obtaining in the country of the Contracting Authority The Contractor shall be responsible for making good any defect in or damage to any part of the supplies which may appear or occur during the warranty period and which e results from the use of defective materials faulty workmanship or design of the Contractor
336. ne software license Part C2 Page 64 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3BA09101J A License for Business IP 1 user fF 3BA09100 A License for Standard IP 1 user 3BA09556AA Integrated gatekeeper software license a 3BA09558AA H323 network link software license a EE Sana oewer sowar cense SSCS SBAOIGHBAR BBAOQIBOVA SIP SEPLOS license 1 user SEPLOS SIP End Point Level Of Service s8k0staiy A SP SEPLOS migration license T user SEPLOS SIP End Point Level OF Service SBAOUSSTAR 3BA09559AA SIP network link software license 3BA09559AB Software license for Bypass SIP Network Link 3BA00797AA OpenTouch SBC 1 SIP CALL SIP NTWRK LINK PACK a 3BA00797AB OT SBC pack containing one SBC SIP call and one SIP network link for OpenTouch P 3BA09502 A OpenTouch SBC software license R1 0 3BA09503 A OpenTouch SBC software Engine 3BA09504JA OpenTouch SBC software 1 SIP call ooo 3BA09505J A OpenTouch SBC software 1 remote user 3BA09509A OpenTouch SBC software 1 SRTP RTP session 3BA0950JA OpenTouch SBC software redundancy Engine 3BA09509JA OpenTouch SBC software redundancy 1 SIP call 3BA0SIQA OpenTouch SBC software redundancy 1 SRTP RTP session 38809509 OpenTouch SBC software redundancy Tremole user CS 3BA09183 A ABC F on IP trunk group license 3BA09463AA ABC Network service software license for the Omni
337. ng Several screening stations can supervise a screened station A screening station can screen several stations and lastly a station can have the status of screening station and screen station simultaneously Work groups Users should be able to clustered in Supervised workgroup station group or Intercom group Text messaging Users whose station is equipped with a display and alphabetic keyboard must be able to conveniently access a text messaging service allowing them to exchange short messages from terminal to terminal Automated attendant the system should be equipped with an automated attendant system that under designated conditions welcomes outside callers and proposes in an interactive manner a way to reach a desired service or pre defined party Music on hold The music source will support X seconds of operation and should provide a good tonal quality For reliability the system proposed should be digital magnetic devices are excluded regardless of whether it is integrated into the system or external to the system Direct Inward System Access DISA allow a user who is calling from outside of the system to establish an internal or external system connection from his or her DTMF telephone Remote management of the telephone allow a user who is outside of the system to modify the answering modes of his or her telephone terminal voice messaging external callback etc IP Telephone stations should support dial by name fea
338. ng directive 2002 96EC on waste electrical and electronic equipment WEEE e Standards Compliance The product bears the CE mark In addition it is in compliance with the following other safety and EMC standards Note EN European Norm IEC International Electro technical Commission All hardware switching platforms should comply with Class A standards for digital devices per AS NZS 3548 CISPR 22 and EN55022 the FCC Part 15 ICES 003 and VCCI standards Modules with copper connectors should meet Class A requirements using unshielded UTP cables but meet Class B requirements using shielded STP cables e E Ls E Co Eo a a i a a i a Ee E ES a ati e Safety Standards o Australia c Tick for Australia o AS NZS TS 001 and 60950 2000 Australia o Canada CAN CSA C22 2 No 60950 00 o CB Certification PBR IEC 950 o CB Certification per IEC 60950 o CB per EN 60825 1 amp EN 60825 2 Safety Laser Evaluation o CDRH for UL Safety Laser Evaluation o China China CCC o C Tick for Australia o EN60950 1 2001 all national deviations o EN60950 1 2001 all deviations o EN60825 1 Laser o EN60825 2 Laser o Germany TUV UL GS Mark for Germany o IEC 60950 1 2001 all national deviations o NOM 019 SCFI Mexico o TS 001 o UL AR Argentina o US UL 60950 Part C3 Page 54 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work o EMC Standards o AS NZS 3548 Class A o BSMI
339. ng up to 100m SFP works at 1000 Mbit s speed and full duplex mode Supports 10 100 1000 Mbit s as well when combined with 0S6850 U24X and 0S6400 U24 SFP GIG EXTND Extended 1000Base SX Gigabit Ethernet optical transceiver SFP MSA Supports multimode fiber over 850nm wavelength nominal with an LC connector Reach of up to 2 km on 62 5 125 um MMF and 50 125 um MMF Requires SFP GIG EXTND or GBIC GIG EXTND at the remote termination ISFP 10G ER 10 Gigabit industrial optical transceiver SFP Supports monomode fiber over 1550nm wavelength nominal with an LC connector Typical reach of 40Km 10G LR 10 Gigabit industrial optical transceiver SFP Supports single mode fiber over 1310nm O SENEE avelenn nominal with an LC connector Typical reach of 10 Km ISFP GIG LH40 1000Base LH Industrial Gigabit Ethernet optical transceiver SFP MSA Supports single mode fiber over 1310 nm wavelength nominal with an LC connector Typical reach of 40 Km on 9 125 um SMF ISFP GIG LH70 1000Base LH Industrial Gigabit Ethernet optical transceiver SFP MSA Supports single mode fiber over 1550nm wavelength nominal with an LC connector Typical reach of 70 Km on 9 125 um SMF ISFP GIG LX 1000Base LX Industrial Gigabit Ethernet optical transceiver SFP MSA Supports single mode fiber over 1310nm wavelength nominal with an LC connector Typical reach of 10 Km on 9 125 um SMF Part C2 Page 10 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Dat
340. ng on behalf of the purchaser If there are no inspection requirements indicated in the bidding documents and no mention is made in the contract but during the contract period it is decided that inspections shall be carried out the purchaser shall itself make the necessary arrangements including payment arrangements with the testing authority concerned If the inspections tests and analyses referred to in clauses 8 2 and 8 3 show the goods to be in accordance with the contract requirements the cost of the inspections tests and analyses shall be defrayed by the purchaser Where the goods or services referred to in clauses 8 2 and 8 3 do not comply with the contract requirements irrespective of whether such goods or services are accepted or not the cost in connection with these inspections tests or analyses shall be defrayed by the supplier Goods and services which are referred to in clauses 8 2 and 8 3 and which do not comply with the contract requirements may be rejected Any contract goods may on or after delivery be inspected tested or analysed and may be rejected if found not to comply with the requirements of the contract Such rejected goods shall be held at the cost and risk of the supplier who shall when called upon remove them immediately at his own cost and forthwith substitute them with goods which do comply with the requirements of the contract Failing such removal the rejected goods shall be returned at the suppliers cost and
341. ning administrator defined credentials such as e Operating system patch level e Local firewall is activated e Antivirus version is up to date The host integrity check solution must be able to automatically move hosts that pass inspection dynamically into their proper VLAN based on the user or move them into a protected environment where they could maintain limited access to network resources for remediation 7 18 19 Intelligence To be considered intelligent the product must support the following features Comply Non Comply e Wire rate layer 2 forwarding and advanced layer 2 layer 4 services e Layer 2 Switching Capacity 24 port platforms 12 Gbps FD 48 port platforms 96 Gbps FD e Layer 2 Throughput forwarding rate 24 port platforms 13 Mpps 48 port platforms 70 Mpps e Store and forward mode When using the stacking capabilities of up to 8 units e Auto MDI MDIX Auto MDI MDIX automatically configures transmit and receive signals to support straight thru and crossover cabling e Auto negotiation Auto negotiating 10 100 1000 ports automatically configure port speed and duplex set e Duplex mode e Head of Line HOL Blocking Prevention e Flow Control Support IEEE802 3X Back Pressure Support e Cable Analysis e Optical Transceiver Analysis e Port Controls Part C3 Page 94 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part
342. nned activities This support needs to catered for and as with standby provided for by the contractor as per contracting company s HR policy In an event of a failure or maintenance issue the standby person will be notified and must respond in terms of the SLA Service Level Agreement contained within this document 5 1 4 Reporting Levels And Communication Protocol The following applies e All Technical Resources and Project Managers report directly to the Service Providers Operations Manager OM being primarily responsible for the service delivery by the SP to Council here The OM to report directly to the CoT s relevant Deputy Directors Networks amp Telecommunication Services responsible for the Networks and or their appointed representative Part C3 Page 10 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work e Project managers installation and maintenance teams all other onsite resources of the contractor to interact with project managers of the CoT e All reports on SLA issues to be compiled by the above OM who will report directly to the above Deputy Director s or approved representative e All Departmental requests for equipment and services to be referred to the applicable CoT Deputy Directors or approved representative as body responsible for all related projects e All personnel to adhere to the communication protocol The communication protocol is via the appointed CoT Director responsible for the Networks A
343. nsceiver SFP Supports multimode fiber over 850nm wavelength nominal with an LC connector Typical reach of 300m SFP 10G GIG SR Dual speed SFP optical transceiver Supports multimode fiber over 850nm wavelength nominal with an LC connector Supports 1000BaseSX and 10GBASE SR XFP 10G CX4 10 Gigabit Ethernet copper transceiver XFP MSA Supports links up to 15 meters only on standard CX4 type cables compliant with IEEE 802 3ak InfiniBand type of cables are not supported Only one CX4 transceiver can be used in 0S6850 X models XFP 10G SR 10 Gigabit Ethernet optical transceiver XFP MSA Supports multimode fiber over 850nm wavelength nominal with an LC connector Typical reach of 300m on 50 125 um MMF XFP 10G LR 10 Gigabit Ethernet optical transceiver XFP MSA Supports single mode fiber over 1310nm wavelength nominal with an LC connector Typical reach of 10 Km on 9 125 um SMF XFP 10G ER40 10 Gigabit Ethernet optical transceiver XFP MSA Supports single mode fiber over 1550nm wavelength nominal with an LC connector Typical reach of 40 Km on 9 125 um SMF XFP 10G ZR80 10 Gigabit Ethernet optical transceiver XFP MSA Supports single mode fiber over 1550nm wavelength nominal with an LC connector Typical reach of 80 Km on 9 125 um SMF i 3HE05935AA 1 port 100GBase LR10 CFP Optics Module OTU4 4km or 100GE 10km LC Connector RoHS 5 6 compliant P 3HE04821AB l port 100GBase LR4 10km CFP Optics Module 10km LC Connecto
344. nse includes support for up 10 managed nodes IP Managed addresses 0 to 10 incl For larger infrastructure with larger IP managed address node population refer to Extension licenses section Extension Upgrade License for upgrade installation can only be combined with OmniVista 2500 NMS Starter Pack Upgrade OV25START R35 U Upgrade installation requires proof of previous release r3 4x or prior g OV25START R35 U OmniVista 2500 NMS Starter Pack license Upgrade installation Include activation license for all OmniVista 3600 OV3600 AM2500X OmniVista 3600 expansion license for one additional device for systems with 2 500 or more existing device licenses OV3600 AMENT OmniVista 3600 Air Manager Software suite for a single server managing up to 2500 devices controllers wireless access points switches etc Includes OmniVista 3600 core platform visualization and mapping software module VisualRF and Rogue detection software module RAPIDS OV3600 AMS2500X OmniVista 3600 Expansion license quantity 1 for customers that have current site license for 2500 volume OV3600 MASTER _ Single server software licensed to manage multiple OV3600 servers from a single console OV3600 HWENT _ Hardware appliance for OmniVista 3600 Air Manager Enterprise Edition and smaller software licenses PROXIM 100meg RADIO LINK 50 meg UP AND 50 meg DOWN ae ies Tsunami QB 8150 Link 2x50 Mbps MIMO 2x2 21 dBi Integrated antenna Two QB 8150 EPR 100 WD
345. nt of a mistake having been made on the price schedule it shall be crossed out in ink and be PartT1 Page 4 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 2 Tendering Procedures Reference to relevant clauses in Standard Conditions of Addition or Variation to Standard Condition of Tender Tender accompanied by an initial at each and every price If correction fluid has been used on any specific item price such item will not be considered Corrections in terms of price may not be made by means of correction fluid such as Tippex or similar product No correction fluid may be used in a Price Schedule where prices are calculated to arrive at a total amount If correction fluid has been used the tender as a whole will not be considered The Municipality will reject the bid if corrections are not made in accordance with the above F 2 13 Submitting a Tender Offer F213 2 Each Tenderer is required to return the complete set of es documents as listed in Part T2 with all the required information supplied and completed in all respects Prior to submitting their tender document tenderers should make a copy thereof for record purposes No copies of any part of the submitted tender document will be made for the tenderers during the evaluation and adjudication processes F 2 13 4 Add the following to the clause Only authorised signatories may sign the original and all copies of the tender offer where required in terms of F 2 13 3 In the case
346. nterface on OmniAccess OUTDOOR AP models length 5m OAW CBL USBP OmniAccess OUTDOOR CABLE ASSEMBLY USB PLASTIC Weatherproof cable assembly to connect to plastic USB interface on OmniAccess OUTDOOR AP models length 5m OAW CKIT ACM OmniAccess OUTDOOR CONNECTOR KIT AC METAL Kit with weatherproof connector assembly to attach cable to metal AC power interface on OmniAccess OUTDOOR AP models OAW CKIT DCM OmniAccess OUTDOOR CONNECTOR KIT DC METAL Kit with weatherproof connector assembly to attach cable to metal DC power ane on OmniAccess OUTDOOR AP models OAW CKIT R 45M OmniAccess OUTDOOR CONNECTOR KIT RJ 45 METAL Kit with weatherproof connector assembly to attach cable to metal RJ 45 interface on OmniAccess OUTDOOR AP models OAW CKIT R 45P OmniAccess OUTDOOR CONNECTOR KIT RJ 45 PLASTIC Kit with weatherproof connector assembly to attach cable to plastic RJ 45 interface on OmniAccess OUTDOOR AP models PF OAW PDMOUNTOD OmniAccess Pole Mast mount kit for outdoor POE midspan injectors PF OAW AP CBL SER OmniAccess RAP3 Series serial adapter cable proprietary to DB9 female Part C2 Page 17 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data OAW AP AC 12V18 OmniAccessl2VDC 18W AC Power Adapter for compatible indoor AP models Does not include country specific power cord OAW AP130 MNT OmniAcess AP130 Series Access Point Wall Ceiling Mounting Kit P OAW AETHGEL0500 Shielded ethernet cable with Rj45 connectors 5 mete
347. ntity 11 24 licenses for LifeSize Control centralized control and easy to use reporting web based inter faces and standards support management 3BH11988AC Single device license quantity 25 49 licenses for LifeSize Control centralized control and easy to use reporting web based inter faces and standards support management 3BH11988AD Single device license quantity 50 or more licenses for LifeSize Control centralized control and easy to use reporting web based interfaces and standards support management 3BH11989AA Enterprise device license for LifeSize Control centralized control and easy to use reporting web based interfaces and standards su pport management 3BH12074AA LifeSize Bridge 2200 Additional 48 ports P 3BH12089AA LifeSize ClearSea Server CS100 Virtual Machine Capacity 6 PORTS PF 3BH12089AB LifeSize ClearSea Server CS100 Virtual Machine Capacity 16 PORTS Pe 3BH12091AA LifeSize ClearSea Server CS100 Android Clients Part C2 Page 90 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3BH12091AB LifeSize ClearSea Server CS100 iOS Clients sana aera rer S a c Cap PORTE sbr000ne ifesize CTearSea Server CSI50 Virtual Machine CapaciySOPORTS saain007mc lifesize ClearSea Server CS150 Virual Machine Capacity 100 PORTS O eosa Soesi CTearSea Server CS150 Android Cents emoe fese CiearSea Sever CS0 05e SCS eoon ieSe CTearSea Server CS300 Appliance Server CopaciWy26PORTS UE 3S2 lifesize
348. nvestigation and possible imposition of administrative penalties in terms of section 59 of the Competition Act No 89 of 1998 and or may be reported to the National Prosecuting Authority NPA for criminal investigation and or may be restricted form conduction business with the public sector for a period not exceeding ten 10 years in terms of the Prevention and combating of Corrupt Activities Act No 12 of 2004 or any other applicable legislation Joint venture of Consortium means an associations of persons for the purpose of combining there expertise property capital efforts skill and knowledge in an activity for the execution of a contract The undersigned who warrants that he she is duly authorised to do so on behalf of the enterprise confirms that the contents of this schedule are within my personal knowledge and are to the best of my belief both true and correct Person Authorized to sign Tender FULL NAME BLOCK LETTERS SIGNATURE DATE PartT2 Page 18 of 20 Contract No CB105 2013 Part T2 Returnable Documents FORM RDE 1 RECORD OF ADDENDA TO TENDER DOCUMENTS We confirm that the following communications received from the Employer before submission of this tender amending or amplifying the tender documents have been taken in account in this tender offer DATE TITLE OR REFERENCE 10 The undersigned who warrants that he she is duly authorised to do so on behalf of th
349. o amendments to or deviations from said documents are valid unless contained in this schedule which must be signed by the authorised representative s of both parties The Purchaser shall within two weeks after receiving a letter of acceptance contact the Seller s representative whose details are given in the Contract Data to arrange the delivery of guarantees proof of insurance and any other documentation to be provided in terms of the Conditions of Contract identified in the Contract Data at or just after the date this agreement comes into effect Failure to fulfil any of these obligations in accordance with those terms shall constitute a repudiation of this Agreement NAME S BLock LETTERS CAPACITY of authorized agents SIGNATURE s of authorized agents Part C1 Page 3 of 2 SIGNED at an thie dav of Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 1 Agreements and Contract Data SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS Notes 1 The extent of deviations from the tender documents issued by the Seller prior to the tender closing date is limited to those permitted in terms of the Conditions of Tender 2 A Purchaser s covering letter shall not be included in the final contract document Should any matter in such letter which constitutes a deviation as aforesaid become the subject of agreements reached during the process of offer and acceptance the outcome of such agreement shall be recorded here 3 Any other matter arising from the process of offe
350. ode 4 dual personality ports each port can be used as either an RJ 45 10 100 1000 port IEEE 802 3 Type 10Base T IEEE 802 3u Type 100Base TX IEEE 802 3ab 1000Base T Gigabit Ethernet or an open mini GBIC slot for use with mini GBIC transceivers for 1000Base SX 1000Base LX 100Base FX MM 100Base FX SM Layer 3 Capabilities of 24 and 48 Port Managed Ethernet Switches e Support Routing Protocols such as RIP v1 2 and OSPF The following are applicable to a 24 and 48 Port Managed Ethernet Switches e Protocols O 00000 0 TCP IP NetBEUI Spanning Tree DHCP BOOTP Interoperation Domain Name System DNS support Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP and or FTP support Network Timing Protocol NTP support e Management Protocols O O O IEEE 802 1AB Link Layer Discovery Protocol LLDP SSH SNMP v1 v2c and v3 and Telnet interface support Has SNMP agent Supports SMP MIB II Supports Bridging MIB Allows out ofband management via serial port Allows in band management via telnet Allows graphical management via Web interface Supports RMON Complete with management S W e Standards O OO 0 0 9 All switches to be standards based IEEE 802 3 SNAP encapsulated tagged and untagged frames IEEE 802 3u IEEE 802 3x IEEE 802 1D IEEE 802 1p Priority Part C3 Page 23 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work o IEEE 802 1Q VLANs port based and Tagged VLAN from any port using standards base
351. oftware license PF 3BA09507AA Automated attendant software license upgrade above 6 voice guides 3BA09820AA Automatic Route Selection service and Automatic voice overflow between Media Gateway software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 50 users 3BA09821AA Automatic Route Selection service and Automatic voice overflow between Media Gateway software license upgrade for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 50 and 80 users Rack Automatic Route Selection service and Automatic voice overflow between Media Gateway software BR Ticens for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 350 users 3BA09899AA Automatic Route Selection service and Automatic voice overflow between Media Gateway software license upgrade for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 151 and 350 users 3BA09900AA Automatic Route Selection service and Automatic voice overflow between Media Gateway software license upgrade for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 251 and 350 users 3BA09901AA Automatic Route Selection service and Automatic voice overflow between Media Gateway software license upgrade for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 351 and 500 users ee Automatic Route Selection and Voice Overflow service upgrade software license increased with meee felon 500 users in relation with the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine size 3BA09031 A IP Desktop Softpho
352. ond to requests from the tenderel ccccceeeessssccceeeeeeeeeeeessnneeeeeeees 20 F 3 2 ISSUC Add nda arenie enni i e eek Ged een E E R e ee 21 PartT1 Page 12 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 3 Tendering Procedures F 3 3 F 3 4 F 3 5 F 3 6 F 3 7 F 3 8 F 3 9 F 3 10 F 3 11 F 3 12 F 3 13 F 3 14 F 3 15 F 3 16 F 3 17 F 3 18 F 3 19 Return late tender offers cccccccccccccscceeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessssesseeeeseseeeees 21 Opening of tender submissions xiii stots ceases atedetel alee eindedeteeadse 21 Two envelope SYSLOM ccccceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeteesenaeeeeeeeseeeeeeeesteneeeeeaeeeeeteeeea 21 NOMMCISGOS Ul E ipar a a itunes tannin ncaa ERAS 21 Grounds for rejection and disqualification cceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeee 21 WEShIOrnlTeSHONSIVCNESS lt 5 G 84 teeta ae eh kee ide Sa eh ented 22 Arithmetical errors omissions and discrepancies cccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 22 Clarification of a tender offer cccccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeness 23 Evaluation of tender offers ccicnavenceantrect emits itenntiekemid invari ea siaecmacidemtyseaseatts 23 Insurance provided by the employer ccceceeeessssscceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeesseaeeeeeees 26 Acceptance of tender Offer ccc eeeeeeseececeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesaeeeeeeeeeeeseessaaaeeeeeees 26 Notice to unsuccessful tenderers eeeeececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeneenaaaees
353. onflict Tenderers shall declare any potential conflict of interest in their tender submissions Employees agents and advisors of the employer shall declare any conflict of interest to whoever is responsible for overseeing the procurement process at the start of any deliberations relating to the procurement process or as soon as they become aware of such conflict and abstain from any decisions where such Note 1 A conflict of interest may arise due to a conflict of roles which might provide an incentive for improper acts in some circumstances A conflict of interest can create an appearance of impropriety that can undermine confidence in the ability of that person to act properly in his or her position even if no improper acts result 2 Conflicts of interest in respect of those engaged in the procurement process include direct indirect or family interests in the tender or outcome of the procurement process and any personal bias inclination obligation allegiance or loyalty which would in any way affect any decisions taken conflict exists or recues themselves from the procurement process as appropriate F 1 1 3 The employer shall not seek and a tenderer shall not submit a tender without having a firm intention and the capacity to proceed with the contract F 1 2 Tender Documents The documents issued by the employer for the purpose of a tender offer are listed in the tender data F 1 3 Interpretation F 1 3 1 The tender data and additiona
354. onse to the invitation for the bid made by Name of Municipality Municipal Entity Do hereby make the following statement that certify to be true an complete in every respect certify on behalf of that Name of Bidder 1 2 have read and understand the contents of this Certificate understand that the accompanying bid will be disqualified if this Certificate is found not to be true and compete in every respect am authorised by the bidder to sign this Certificate and to submit the accompanying bid on behalf of the bidder Each person whose signature appears on the accompanying bid has been authorised by the bidder to determine the terms of and to sign the bid on behalf of the bidder For the purposes of this Certificate and the accompanying bid understand that the word competitor shall include any individual or organization other that the bidder whether or not affiliated with the bidder who a Has been requested to submit a bid in response to this bid invitation based on their qualifications abilities or experience and b Could potentially submit a bid in response to this bid invitation based on their qualifications abilities or experience and provides the same goods and services as the bidder and or is in the same line of business as the bidder The bidder has arrived at the accompanying bid independently form and without consultation communication agreement or arrangement with any comp
355. onsiders himself entitled and save where otherwise agreed between the Contractor and the Project Manager within 30 days provide the Project Manager with comprehensive details so that the request can be examined The Project Manager will subit the written request for approval and within 30 days CoT shall by written notice to the Contractor after due consultation with the nesessary authority and where appropriate the Contractor grant such extension of the period of implementation as may be justified either prospectively or retrospectively or inform the Contractor that such extension was not granted 11 7 Projects and or Variation Orders Variations may include additions omissions substitutions changes in quality quantity form character kind as well as drawings designs or specifications where the supplies are to be specifically manufactured for the Contracting Authority method of shipment or packing place of delivery and in timing of implementation of the supplies Variation Orders will be given in writing on an official letterhead of the CIO Chief Information Officer No variation shall be made orally Prior to issuing an administrative order for a variation the Project Manager shall notify the Contractor of the nature and form of that variation As soon as possible after receiving such notice the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a proposal containing a description of the tasks if any to be performed or the me
356. ontract CB105 2013 Part C1 5 Agreements and Contract Data contract or any other amount which may be due to him 25 Force Majeure 25 1 Notwithstanding the provisions of GCC Clauses 22 and 23 the supplier shall not be liable for forfeiture of its performance security damages or termination for default if and to the extent that his delay in performance or other failure to perform his obligations under the contract is the result of an event of force majeure 25 2 If a force majeure situation arises the supplier shall promptly notify the purchaser in writing of such condition and the cause thereof Unless otherwise directed by the purchaser in writing the supplier shall continue to perform its obligations under the contract as far as is reasonably practical and shall seek all reasonable alternative means for performance not prevented by the force majeure event 26 Termination for insolvency 26 1 The purchaser may at any time terminate the contract by giving written notice to the supplier if the supplier becomes bankrupt or otherwise insolvent In this event termination will be without compensation to the supplier provided that such termination will not prejudice or affect any right of action or remedy which has accrued or will accrue thereafter to the purchaser 27 Settlement of disputes 27 1 If any dispute or difference of any kind whatsoever arises between the purchaser and the supplier in connection with or arising out of the
357. ontract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Unified Communications applications also enable smarter communication Employees can consult the best method for reaching co workers before even initiating contact thereby improving the efficiency in their interactions with others irrespective of location e Time savings and cost savings Real world users experiences indicate that these applications can provide both employee productivity benefits and direct monetary savings e The level of Unified Communication application benefits increases with deployment scope The more employees within an organization that are equipped with a Unified Communication application the greater the overall return e Greater flexibility enabled by media independence Because the protocols that is IP and SIP are neutral to type of media used it unifies dissimilar applications onto the same platform and simplifies the user interface so that workers can easily communicate with others any time and any place with any device e Improved co worker communication interfaces Unified Communications introduces new capabilities not found in previous applications These include mixed media that seamlessly blend collaborative and communication applications and advanced desktop capabilities for launching applications through intuitive PC interfaces with presence indicators e Corporate accountability and transparency Logging and archiving of Buyer related message
358. or renegotiate whichever is applicable the terms and conditions and quantities of the said quote 8 2 Total Cost Of Ownership TCO A Price proposal is required to be prepared as part of the response The CoT procurement initiatives are centred on the TCO approach and want vendors to take cognisance of this and assist the CoT in driving down the total cost by considering all the cost drivers making up the component cost 8 3 Pricing Schedules The cost proposal must be submitted in writing on the schedule within this document A spreadsheet format will be made available electronically and bidders must complete but not change the schedule electronically If the price on the electronic schedule differ from the hand written typed schedule then the price of the hand typed written schedule will take precedence and the electronic schedule will be changed accordingly The electronic schedule is required to assist the Tender Evaluation Team 8 4 Inclusion of all costs The Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied himself before submitting his tender as to the correctness and sufficiency of the tender and to have taken account of all that is required for the full and proper execution of the contract and to have included in his rates and prices all costs related to the supplies The prices quoted tendered must include for handling packing loading transport delivery off loading transit shipping checking travel accommodation subsistence inst
359. oria 0001 The address for receipt of communications is The above postal address 10 Delivery and Documents 10 1 Goods are to be delivered on weekdays between 09 00 and 15 00 at Dam Store Centurion 10 2 Delivery is to take place within _ w days from receipt of Purchaser s order 21 1 Time Schedule The starting date of the Service is The Term Service period is 27 Settlement of Disputes 27 2 In the event that the parties fail to agree on a mediator the mediator will be nominated by Part C1 Page 27 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 5 Agreements and Contract Data C1 2 4 CLAUSE OPTION Definitions DATA PROVIDED BY THE PURCHASER DATA 1 25 17 Prices The name of the Purchaser is The authorised and designated representative of the Purchaser is Name Physical address Postal address Fax Number E mail The address for receipt of communications is The above postal address If prices are not fixed The proportions used to calculate the Price Adjustment Factor are 17 1 Price Adjustment Linked to the Index for The base date for indices is The indices are those issued by Part C1 Page 28 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 5 Agreements and Contract Data CLAUSE OPTION If currency fluctuations are applicable Note Imported Materials and or Equipment are excluded from 17 1 Price Adjustment any contract price adjustment but a
360. ork managers the ability to monitor and influence the network traffic exchanged between VMs within the same VM hardware 7 18 6 LAN CORE The request is for LAN core switching In general terms the system implementation at this level requires a large investment on the part of the client In order to protect this investment the hardware and software must be economically future proofed to ensure continued usability for the duration of the expected lifetime of the network Please detail projected ROI information In order to meet the requirements of this offer the Tenderer must be able to supply details on subjects listed in the following sections The switches must meet with the following general requirements Large switching capacity high 10GigE port densities Comply Non Comply Optional 40Gbit ports availability Advanced security access Advanced QoS features Prioritization Filtering Server Load Balancing Wire rate processing for IPv4 IPv6 Non Blocking switch architecture Support of MC LAG Support Ethernet Ring Protection ERP Full support for unicast and multicast applications such as voice over video collaboration Meet Restriction on Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment RoHS directive Part C3 Page 76 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 7 18 7 Availability To ensure full availability in the LAN Core
361. ork to OmniTouch 8400 Instant Communications Suite 3BA09150 A Software license 2 ports for the voice broadcast function OmniTouch Automated Message Delivery System AMDS 3BA09201 A Optional software license for the high availability function of the OmniTouch Unified Communications Fax Server only available in OmniTouch Unified Communications and as standalone solution 3BA09217 A OmniTouch 8660 My Teamwork HD video conferencing 1 user ste TE e a 2 ar ston 8 Omni Touch 8460 Advanced Communications Server audio conferencing icense Tpom 338809225 OmnTouch 8460 Advanced Communications Server Web collaboration license 1pot aooga OmniTouch 8460 Advanced Communications Server message broadcast cense 1p 3BA09226 A Voice messaging services license for OmniTouch 8440 Messaging Software R6 x OmniTouch 8400 Instant Communications Suite R6 x 1 user 3BA09227 A Additional language license of voice messaging services for 1 OmniTouch 8440 Messaging Software R6 x OmniTouch 8400 Instant Communications 3BA09228 A Redundancy license of voice messaging services OmniTouch 8440 Messaging Software R6 x OmniTouch 8400 Instant Communications for 1 user 3BA09229 A IMAP4 session license for OmniTouch 8440 Messaging Software R6 x OmniTouch 8400 Instant Communications Suite R6 x voice messaging 3BA09230 A Text to Speech TTS feature for OmniTouch 8440 Messaging Software R6 x OmniTouch 8400 In
362. ort The daily management of the systems and deployed infrastructure base is critical and must be done in such a way that no functions or functionality of the deployed infrastructure base is impacted The contractor will provide on going monitoring installation and maintenance and support of CoT network Infrastructure Advisory Service The Contractor to provide an advisory service iro new development trends that have to be planned for The Contractor to assist in alternative solutions when budget is not available for the suggested implementation Additional Services The Contractor to play a supporting role to CoT personnel including the service desk and third party contractors UTP or PC Support contractors etc when requested to do so Spares The Contractor will endeavor to keep adequate spares for the CoT network and will release spares when an official purchase order is received The spares in question refer to emergency repairs General Normally an automated call is generated by the Service Desk System However CoT will provide a call reference number for all maintenance installation related services Part C3 Page 123 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 8 2 8 3 8 4 8 5 8 6 The Contractor need to acknowledge receipt of the call and must also close the call after attending to it In situations where no call nr is available the contractor can log such call at the service desk for reference
363. ort 802 3at PoE Midspan 10 100 1000 30W Part C2 Page 16 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data OAW AP105 MNTD OAW AP105 Access Point Mounting Kit contains 2 brackets for flat surface or wall box mounting DC power connector accessible OAW AP130 MNTC2 J OAW AP130 SERIES CEILING RAIL MOUNT KIT V2 PF OAW AP130 MNTW2 JOAW AP130 SERIES WALL MOUNT KIT V2 OAW AP AC2 ZA OAW AP60 61 65 70 120 Series AC Power Adapter Kit South Africa OAW PD9001GOINT OmniAccess 1 Port 802 3at PoE Midspan 10 100 1000 30W Outdoor EU International power cord OAW AP105 MNTC OmniAccess AP105 Ceiling Mounting Kit rail adapters only OAW AP105 MNT AP105 MNT OmniAccess AP105 Mounting Kit for flat surfaces or wall boxes note covers DC power interface Se CBL ACINTL OmniAccess OUTDOOR CABLE ASSEMBLY AC INTL Weatherproof cable assembly to connect to metal AC power interface on OmniAccess OUTDOOR AP models length 5m International EU version OAW CBL ACNA OmniAccess OUTDOOR CABLE ASSEMBLY AC NA Weatherproof cable assembly to connect to metal AC power interface on OmniAccess OUTDOOR AP models length 3m North America version eee CBL DCWW OmniAccess OUTDOOR CABLE ASSEMBLY DC Weatherproof cable assembly to connect to metal ee power interface on OmniAccess OUTDOOR AP models length 5m OAW CBL USBM OmniAccess OUTDOOR CABLE ASSEMBLY USB METAL Weatherproof cable assembly to connect to metal USB i
364. osed at the opening of tenders Add the following new clause F205 Prohibitions on Accept that the Employer is prohibited to award a tender awards to persons to a person in service of the a state b c who is in the service of the state or if that person is not a natural person of which any director manager principal shareholder or stakeholder is a person in the service of the state or a person who is an advisor or consultant contracted with the municipality or municipal entity In the service of the state means to be a a member of any municipal council e any provincial legislature or e the National Assembly or the National Council of Provinces a member of the board of directors of any municipal entity an official of any municipality or municipal entity an employee of any national or provincial department provincial public entity or constitutional institution within the meaning of the Public Finance Management Act 1999 Act No 1 of 1999 a member of the accounting authority of any national or provincial public entity or an employee of Parliament or a provincial legislature PartT1 Page 8 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 2 Tendering Procedures Reference to relevant clauses in Standard Conditions of Tender Add the following new clause F 2 26 Add the following new clause F 2 27 Awards to close family
365. oth 48 VDC and 24 VDC systems 3HE05838AA 250W power adapter brick converting 120 240V AC to 48V DC Requires separate pigtail for specific 7705 products 3HE02781AA 32 port Channelized Unchannelized T1 E1 Any Service Any Port ASAP Card supports channelization down to DSO and ATM PPP TDM encapsulations Each port can be independently configured for the different services and can be used for access or network ports This card is supported in both 48 VDC and 24 VDC systems 3HE04430AA Breakout panel with 32 E1 75 Ohm 1 0 2 3 ports for up to two 16 port T1 E1 ASAP cards 3HEO2775AA 3HE04512AA Breakout panel with 6 DB15 connectors for X 21 access Requires 3HEO4508AB X 21 Cable to connect to the Serial Data Interface card 3HE04508AB Connects Serial Data Interface card to 3HE04512AA X 21 Distribution Panel Supports 6 data ports Each Serial Data Interface Card can support two cables 2 meters in length 3HE06792AA SAR 8 Shelf v2 Fan Module with Extended Temperature Range 48VDC 3HE06791AA SAR 8 Shelf V2 that accepts redundant DC power feeds and up to 2 CSMs V1 or V2 and up to 6 interface cards Fan Module must be version associated with this V2 shelf 6 Blanking plates included Part C2 Page 27 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3HE03397AA This cable connects the 16 port T1 E1 ASAP card to a breakout panel SCSI connector at both ends 1 meter in length 3HE05837BA Used to connect 3HE05838AA 2
366. pecific requirement CoT might have at that stage with limited scope based on a strategic decision The Programs will have similar steps than the projects but in addition need the following documentation that must be completed by the contractor and must be submitted to ICT Management for approval e Business Case O O O O O O O O 0 O Cover page Table of contents Authority Signatures Executive Summary Business Needs and Desired Outcomes Strategic environment Strategic Fit Detailed description of business need Scope Analysis and Recommendations Evaluation Criteria Possible Options Viable options Viable Options Strategic Alignment Costs Cost Benefit Analysis and return on investment Implementation and capacity considerations Impact Risks Policy considerations Advantages and disadvantages Recommendation Managing the Investment Project Management Strategy Appendices if applicable Glossary e Technical Architecture Layout O O oO0 0 Containing all technical detail of the project Hardware details Switch specifications Servers Storage Backup and Archiving requirements Necessary SQL design templates where applicable Infrastructure requirements ie cabling electrical air conditioning etc Layout diagrams drawings of the various components Detailed quotes Risk Matrix Project Plan e Functional Specification FS for example the functional requirements of a Call Centre c
367. peed aggregated bandwidth between switches Supports additional frame formats Ethernet II tagged and untagged Allows VLAN operation Supports priority queuing Supports IGMP snooping Supports DVMRP Support Jumbo Frames Must offer Carrier Class Availability 99 999 Must offer support for in Line Power for IP phones using IEEE 802 3af standard Must offer support for 16 ports aggregation using IEEE 802 3ad standard Examples based on Alcatel Series O O O O Omniswitch 6900 X40 Layer 3 Distribution Or Core Switch Omniswitch 6900 X20 Layer 3 Distribution Or Core Switch Omniswitch 6850E 48Port 24Port Distribution Or Edge Stackable Switch Omniswitch 6855 for industrial environments like the Fresh Produce Market 6 3 1 1 3 Layer 2 Edge Stackable Switch The following are applicable to a 24 Port Managed Ethernet Switch Ports O O O 22 auto sensing 100 1000 ports IEEE 802 3u Type 100Base TX IEEE 802 3ab Type 1000Base T Media Type Auto MDIX Duplex Full Duplex Auto sensing of communication speed and auto negotiation of duplex mode 2 dual personality ports each port can be used as either an RJ 45 10 100 1000 port IEEE 802 3 Type 10Base T IEEE 802 3u Type 100Base TX IEEE 802 3ab 1000Base T Gigabit Ethernet or an open mini GBIC slot for use with mini GBIC transceivers for 1000Base SX 1000Base LX 100Base FX MM 100Base FX SM The following are applicable to a 48 Port Managed Ethernet Switch Ports O
368. peed aggregated bandwidth between switches Supports additional frame formats Ethernet II tagged and untagged Allows VLAN operation Supports priority queuing Supports IGMP snooping Supports DVMRP o Support Jumbo Frames Must offer Carrier Class Availability 99 999 o Must offer support for in Line Power for IP phones using IEEE 802 3af standard o Must offer support for 16 ports aggregation using IEEE 802 3ad standard e Examples based on Alcatel series o Omniswitch 6250 6400 and 6450 oOoo0o0o o O 0 0 6 3 1 2 Routers Router characteristics e Modular chassis routers are preferred Part C3 Page 27 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Hot swappable line cards Interface cards ports o 8 port 10 100 1000 Mbps Ethernet o 4port T1 E1 with RJ48C connectors o 4 port serial V 35 X 21 Data rates o Non channelized T1 E1 Up to 2Mbps o Channelized T1 E1 Minimum 24 x 64kbps Protocol Support o Point to Point Protocol PPP Frame Relay encapsulation High Level Data Link Control HDLC Multilink PPP MLPPP Multilink Frame Relay MFR Manageable via o CLI o HTTP o SNMP Management Capabilities o System status warnings o Reporting o Detailed threat descriptions and remediation information queries o GUI user interface Diagnostics o Digital diagnostic loopback Payload loopback Line loopback Alarm Indication Signal LED s for Active Fault Local Alarm Remote Alarm Carrier detect and loopba
369. pport hardware based classification Access Control Lists ACLs and quality of service QoS forwarding and management for IPv6 The product must support industry classification standards including 802 1Q p TOS and DiffServ enhanced with complementary features such as extensive QoS mappings and Part C3 Page 81 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work re tagging of prioritization The proposed product must support e Routing Protocols IPv4 amp IPv6 RIPng RIPvi v2 amp OSPFv2 amp v3 amp OSPF ECMP amp BGPv4 Note standardized protocols are preferred 7 18 10 Manageability To manage the core the proposed products must support the following management features The Tenderer must offer management features that can use device information data traffic or user identity to automatically and dynamically keep the user connected to their resources seamlessly regardless of their location on the campus For example marketing finance operations and sales could all be in the same meeting at a common physical location yet have secure and dynamic access to their respective network resources The switch should provide all the benefits of managing a truly chassis based switch including Comply Non Comply e Simple and quick software upgrades e Switch configuration changes The switch must include an industry standard command line interface CLI to si
370. profiles for access to switch management The PM feature can utilize an on board database or RADIUS LDAP authentication servers user profiles are stored within these servers Authenticated Switch Access ASA the proposed product must support a user access control or device access control with Secure Access Logging AAA service which can utilize an on board database RADIUS LDAP or ACE authentication servers Automatic Log out based on a pre configured timer Port Mapping Private VLANs Denial of Service Attack Defense DOS protection TAD traffic anomaly detection Part C3 Page 19 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work IEEE 802 1x industry standard port based authentication challenges users with a password before allowing network access The proposed product must support IEEE 802 1x used in conjunction with emerging security technologies to provide a method to verify an end user and their device status and either allow admission or quarantine the device to a safe environment where the deficiencies can be remedied IEEE 802 1x multi client multi VLAN support for per client authentication and VLAN assignment IEEE 802 1x with group mobility IEEE 802 1x with MAC based authentication group mobility or guest VLAN support MAC based authentication for non 802 1x host Dynamic User Network Profile LLDP LLDP MED Access Guardian support Port Binding Authenticated VLAN that challenges users with username
371. r 7 19 4 ACCESS POINTS Comply Non Comply The Tenderer must provide Access points to cover the site areas comprehensively for interior and exterior usage The Tenderer must be able to provide the necessary audit and testing services to ensure this coverage The Access Points must not store configuration information when powered off in order to increase network security Configuration information will be downloaded to the AP on boot To cover for problematic geographical radio cover the Tenderer must be able to offer adequate antennae options Part C3 Page 100 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work The access points provided by the Tenderer must be able to use different authentication methods including Captive Portal 802 1X MAC based RADIUS LDAP and SecurlD The access points must support e 802 11a e 802 11b g n e 802 11n e 802 11a amp 802 11b g amp 802 11n The Access points must support recent security standards including 802 111 WPA and WPA2 7 20 IP TELEPHONY 7 20 1 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS The objective of this RFP in terms of architecture is unification of the voice video and data communication infrastructures to build up a communication platform that is standards based interconnecting the different elements of a distributed system Elements in the network include the items such as Control Media Gateways with or without intelligence
372. r amp Redundant 1 1 PoE power provided by the PoE P S The Tenderer must provide a solution that guarantees Spanning Tree robustness Single or Multiple STP options IEEE 802 1D STP 802 1D spanning tree for loop free topology and link redundancy and IEEE 802 1w Rapid Reconfiguration of Spanning Tree It must provide e Spanning Tree algorithms optimized for ring topologies to provide less than 100ms convergence time e IEEE 802 1s multiple spanning tree and per VLAN spanning tree 1x1 e Fast forwarding mode on user ports to bypass 30 second delay for spanning tree e Preventing unauthorized spanning tree enabled attached bridges from operating e BPDU blocking automatically shuts down switch ports being used as user ports if a spanning tree BPDU packet is seen thus preventing unauthorized spanning tree enabled attached bridges from operating e Priority queues eight hardware based queues per port The solution must support e Dynamic link aggregation IEEE 802 3ad to support automatic configuration of link aggregates with other switches with resilient uplink capabilities e Static link aggregation that supports automatic configuration Part C3 Page 86 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work of link aggregates with other switches To guarantee hardware resiliency the proposed product must be resistant to physical and excessive temperature variations
373. r RoHS 6 6 compliant P 3HE05752AB l port OTU4 LR10 10km CFP Optics Module OTU4 10km LC Connector RoHS 5 6 compliant PF QSFP 40G C7M 40 Gigabit direct attached copper cable 7m QSFP QSFP 40G SR Four channel 40 Gigabit optical transceiver QSFP Supports link lengths of 100m and 150m respectively on OM3 and OM4 multimode fiber cables QSFP 40G LR Four channel 40 Gigabit optical transceiver QSFP Supports single mode fiber over 1310nm wavelength Typical reach 10 km Part C2 Page 9 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data SFP GIG LH40 1000Base LH Gigabit Ethernet optical transceiver SFP MSA Supports single mode fiber over 1310 nm wavelength nominal with an LC connector Typical reach of 40 Km on 9 125 um SMF SFP GIG LH70 1000Base LH Gigabit Ethernet optical transceiver SFP MSA Supports single mode fiber over 1550nm wavelength nominal with an LC connector Typical reach of 70 Km on 9 125 um SMF ieee GIG LX 1000Base LX Gigabit Ethernet optical transceiver SFP MSA Supports single mode fiber over pee fison wavelength nominal with an LC connector Typical reach of 10 Km on 9 125 um SMF SFP GIG SX 1000Base SX Gigabit Ethernet optical transceiver SFP MSA Supports multimode fiber over 850nm wavelength nominal with an LC connector Typical reach of 300m on 62 5 125 um MMF or 550m on 50 125 um MMF SFP GIG T 1000Base T Gigabit Ethernet Transceiver SFP MSA Supports category 5 5E and 6 copper cabli
374. r English 3BA57293EN Keyboard for PC Server English PF 3BA09276 A Red Hat Enterprise Linux ES V5 sofware license PF 3BH11705AC Red Hat Enterprise Linux V5 DVD R on amp Maintenance 3EH05013AC Power supply board kit for 3rd generation rack 3 220V 3EH05022AA 48Volts DC power supply board for Rack3 NB SUPPLIERS MAY ATTACH THE BREAKDOWN OF THEIR OWN PRICE SCHEDULE The undersigned who warrants that he she is duly authorised to do so on behalf of the enterprise confirms that the contents of this schedule are within my personal knowledge and are to the best of my belief both true and correct Person Authorized to sign Tender FULL NAME wn stock LETTERS SIGNATURE DATE Part C2 Page 94 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK PROVISION OF VOICE AND DATA TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICES WITHIN THE CITY OF TSHWANE FOR A PERIOD OF ONE 1 YEAR Technical and General Specification 1 Purpose The City of Tshwane CoT is dependent on Information and Communication Technology ICT in almost every segment of its operations However business processes that depend on IT are only as reliable and sustainable as the underlying ICT infrastructure In order to better align business requirements with ICT capabilities and deliver ICT capabilities at an appropriate cost CoT management is shifting from an ICT technology focus to an ICT service model approach Tenderers are invited to
375. r and acceptance either as a confirmation clarification or change to the tender documents and which it is agreed by the Parties becomes an obligation of the contract shall also be recorded here 4 Any change or addition to the tender documents arising from the above agreements and recorded here shall also be incorporated into the final draft of the Contract T Subject Details 2 Subject Details 3 Subject Details 4 Subject Details 5 Subject Details By the duly authorised representatives signing this agreement the Purchaser and the Seller agree to and accept the foregoing Schedule of Deviations as the only deviations from the amendments to the documents listed in the Tender Data and addenda thereto as listed in the Tender Schedules as well as any confirmation clarification or change to the terms of the offer agreed by the Seller and the Purchaser during this process of offer and acceptance It is expressly agreed that no other matter whether oral communication or implied during the Part C1 Page 4 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 1 Agreements and Contract Data period between the issue of the tender documents and the receipt by the Purchaser of a completed signed copy of this Agreement shall have any meaning or effect in the contract between the parties arising from this Agreement For the Purchaser NAME S BLOCK LETTERS CAPACITY of authorized agents ADDRESS OF ORGANISATION SIGNATURE S of authorized agents
376. r directory access What possibilities exist for your voice mail application to interact with other voice mail systems in the same network What protocols are used to ensure the voice messaging in terms of transport and security Outline the basic topologies for the voice mail solution Provide a compatibility table for your voice mail solution and other services Can the voice mail solution be used in a unified communication application What components from your offer are used to create the messaging service How is your messaging service implemented and used Provide examples of the configuration and user interfaces Outline how voice mail messaging application is integrated into the network Can the voicemail messaging application be used in duplicated communication server network Part C3 Page 107 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work What management actions does the administrator perform for the voice mail messaging application How are multiple time zones treated by the messaging software What basic security measures are used to protect the message service What solutions are offered to enable the messaging services application to interact with third party applications What are the current capacities for the messaging services application How can the messages be stored Describe the principle storage methods and provide capacity capa
377. r must provide a user friendly management GUI for planning monitoring fault management reporting RF coverage and location visualization The Tenderer must provide an application that can Comply Non Comply e Track users client devices Part C3 Page 99 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work e Identify rogue devices e Plan new deployments e Enable rapid troubleshooting of client issues e Visualize RF coverage patterns across the entire wireless network The Tenderer must provide an application to integrate WLAN switches with the management application to provide discovery and topology features to view both wired and wireless network elements and topologies from a single screen The management of the switch and Access Points APs should be adaptive and must provide management capabilities for e Automatic channel selection e Automatic power selection e 3 dimensional access point AP location planning tool e Interference detection and avoidance e Coverage hole detection e Configurable performance thresholds e Self healing around failed radios e Radio load balancing e Wireless RMON statistics The system must be able to recognize and deal with rogue interfering or legitimate Access Points For example the recognition of a rogue AP should result in its quarantine and generate a warning to the administrato
378. r option completing OpenTouch user license with Conferencing services _ 3BA09424 A User option completing OpenTouch user license with fax services 3BA09425 A 1 additional language for Voice System prompts Voice mail services Automated Attendant Text to Speech services BBAO9426 A O 8770 Alarm User option license SR 0am2 T8770 Performance User option Weeh e SSCS oea BT TO Metering User optonTieense SSCS ee Ee C f 05830 8770 Web Directory User option ense SSCS Saab TO Network Unified User Management User option WRN oaa OpenTouch Management API User option eene ooo e 06833 8 Naagernent Openouch Multmedia Services Configuration User option TERRE BBA09434 A O Management OpenTouch Multimedia Services Alarm User option license SBR 0SH35 A Nanagernent OpenTouch Multmedia Services Performance User option eene Part C2 Page 54 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data SRST RCT OSS networking pon ees Sd Baoa anagement OpenTouch NCS Configuration User option cene aosa anagement OpenTouch MCS Alarm User option Tense o Baoa anagement OpenTouch NCS Performance User option cere aosa e770 United Management User option cense OO Boga frea user oponen O oya free performance user opone O E oea freenet collector osere O yA free web directory user oponerse OO Eo proxy User optionTiense O 3BA09543 A 8770 SNMP proxy User option license ae Free
379. ramework of OmniTouch Unified Communications amp OmniTouch Web Services 3BA09112 A Software license My IP Touch Communicator 1 user telephony presence advanced directory lookup and call logging on IP Touch phone set 4038 4068 3BA09204 A Migration license for 1 user for OmniTouch 8450 FS R6 x software OmniTouch 8400 ICS R6 x fax services software 3BA09205 A Free migration license for 1 user for OmniTouch 8450 FS R6 x software OmniTouch 8400 ICS R6 x fax services software sano Cela Erersion software MeenseTor Tse 38x08 328k Wy Phone server and users sofiwareieense Sate 538k My Phone users sofware eens O Sata TATRA W Messaging server and 10 users sofware Sata GRA My Messaging TO uses sofware Teense oooO 3BA09730AA Free software licence for the interaction of the messaging and one number services of the OmniTouch Unified Communications solution with the OmniPCX Enterprise system he 3BA09750AA My Assistant server 10 users software license 3BA09751AA My Assistant 10 users software license 3BA09056 A Optional software license for the high availability function of the OmniTouch Unified Communications solution available for telephony messaging and one number services only 3BA09058 A Optional software license G 729A audio codec 1 port for the OmniTouchUnified Communications and OmniTouch My Teamwork solutions 3BA09106 A Software license of conferencing and collaboration 1 user available in OmniTou
380. rams Projects And Maintenance The proposed network and telecoms switching and peripheral equipment including UPS equipment must be hundred per cent 100 compliant and compatible with the existing Alcatel based network The tender should include the installation material wherever required All essential items including cables inclusive of power amp stacking cables connectors cage nuts etc needed for the smooth operation of the equipment shall be assumed to have been included in the quoted price items if these have not been quoted separately Should the proposed switching equipment eventually fail to deliver the seamless integration Council needs the approved contract can either be cancelled with immediate effect without any recourse to the service provider in lieu of possible financial damages or loss Part C3 Page 1 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Or it will be expected of the service provider to carry the cost for any additional development that will have to be done to get to this point in time Given the aforementioned it is Council s prerogative to procure whatever is needed from the tender without the vendors having the recourse to litigate against Council should certain items tendered for not be bought on the tender Council also has the prerogative to split the acquisition of the solution into 2 basic parts namely the hardware alone in other words Box Dropping for which said SP will then
381. rdware kit Includes vinyl feet and 11 phoenix connectors 2457 23492 001 23492 001 Cable HDX 9000 Cable HDX 9000 adapter for 2 x Phoenix ports to 2 x RCA F 2 for 2 x Phoenix ports to 2 x RCA F e 23716 001 CLink 2 E E E E e AISS HOY RINUSRONS HIST TOM HDX microphone array cable RJ 45 to Walta F adapts HDX microphone cable to HDX 9000 series codecs 2457 26764 072 Extended length Black drop cable for connecting Spherical Ceiling microphone Array element to electronics interface 6ft 1 8m long Used with 2200 23809 001 amp 2200 23810 001 only Replaces 2457 24701 001 2457 26765 072 Extended length White drop cable for connecting Spherical Ceiling microphone Array element to electronics interface 6ft 1 8m long Used with 2200 23809 002 amp 2200 23810 002 only Replaces 2457 24701 003 ee 23912 001 HDX MPPlus Multipoint Software Option License Allows for 4 site MP video calls Available for HDX ee ystems 4000 4500 7000 8000 and 9000 Series 5150 23915 001 HDX 8Mbps data rate upgrade Allows for up to 8Mbps multipoint video calls Requires MP license for MP feature Point to point calls not affected Available on HDX 9004 only 5150 26946 001 Software option for HDX 7000 revC HDX 8000 revB and HDX 9000 revB systems to enable 1080 encode decode 1080p codec 5150 63389 001 HDX RTV CCCP license Enables support for Microsoft RTV codec and direct calls to MS AV MCU Available for HDX 9006 HDX 8000 rev B HDX 7000 rev
382. re tagging of prioritization The proposed product must support e Server Load Balancing SLB e Residential bridging features DHCP option 82 DHCP Snooping and Port Mapping e Routing Protocols IPv4 amp IPv6 RIPng RIPvi v2 amp OSPFv2 amp v3 amp OSPF ECMP amp BGPv4 7 18 5 Manageability To manage the data center switches the proposed products must support the following management features The Tenderer must offer management features that can use device information data traffic or user identity to automatically and dynamically keep the user connected to their resources Comply Non Comply Part C3 Page 74 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work seamlessly regardless of their location on the campus For example marketing finance operations and sales could all be in the same meeting at a common physical location yet have secure and dynamic access to their respective network resources The switch should provide all the benefits of managing a truly chassis based switch including e Simple and quick software upgrades e Switch configuration changes The switch must include an industry standard command line interface CLI to simplify configuration for technical staff The switch must provide installation flexibility by supporting either copper or fiber link connectivity while reducing sparing costs by eliminating the need for s
383. regate liability of the supplier to the purchaser whether under the contract in tort or otherwise shall not exceed the total contract price provided that this limitation shall not apply to the cost of repairing or replacing defective equipment Part C1 Page 17 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 5 Agreements and Contract Data 29 Governing language 29 1 The contract shall be written in English All correspondence and other documents pertaining to the contract that is exchanged by the parties shall also be written in English 30 Applicable law 30 1 The contract shall be interpreted in accordance with South African laws unless otherwise specified 31 Notices 31 1 Every written acceptance of a bid shall be posted to the supplier concerned by registered or certified mail and any other notice to him shall be posted by ordinary mail to the address furnished in his bid or to the address notified later by him in writing and such posting shall be deemed to be proper service of such notice 31 2 The time mentioned in the contract documents for performing any act after such aforesaid notice has been given shall be reckoned from the date of posting of such notice 32 Taxes and duties 32 1 A foreign supplier shall be entirely responsible for all taxes stamp duties license fees and other such levies imposed outside the purchaser s country 32 2 A local supplier shall be entirely responsible for all taxes duties license fees
384. risk Should the supplier fail to provide the substitute goods forthwith the purchaser may without giving the supplier further opportunity to substitute the rejected goods purchase such goods as may be necessary at the expense of the supplier The provisions of clauses 8 4 to 8 7 shall not prejudice the right of the purchaser to cancel the contract on account of a breach of the conditions thereof or to act in terms of Clause 22 of GCC Packing 9 1 9 2 The supplier shall provide such packing of the goods as is required to prevent their damage or deterioration during transit to their final destination as indicated in the contract The packing shall be sufficient to withstand without limitation rough handling during transit and exposure to extreme temperatures salt and precipitation during transit and open storage Packing case size weights shall take into consideration where appropriate the remoteness of the goods final destination and the absence of heavy handling facilities at all points in transit The packing marking and documentation within and outside the packages shall comply strictly with such special requirements as shall be expressly provided for in the contract including additional requirements if any and in any subsequent instructions ordered by the purchaser Delivery and documents 10 1 Delivery of the goods and arrangements for shipping and clearance obligations shall be made by the supplier in accordan
385. riteria stated in the tender data shall be invited in each round to enter into competitive negotiations based on the principle of equal treatment and keeping confidential the proposed solutions and associated information Notwithstanding the provisions of F 2 17 the employer may request that tenders be clarified specified and fine tuned in order to improve a tenderer s competitive position provided that such clarification specification fine tuning or additional information does not alter any fundamental aspects of the offers or impose substantial new requirements which restrict or distort competition or have a discriminatory effect At the conclusion of each round of negotiations tenderers shall be invited by the employer to make a fresh tender offer based on the same evaluation criteria with or without adjusted weightings Tenderers shall be advised when they are to submit their best and final offer The contract shall be awarded in accordance with the provisions of F 3 11 and F 3 13 after tenderers have been requested to submit their best and final offer F 1 6 3 Proposal procedure using the two stage system F 1 6 3 1 F 1 6 3 2 F 1 6 3 2 1 F 1 6 3 2 2 Option 1 Tenderers shall in the first stage submit technical proposals and if required cost parameters around which a contract may be negotiated The employer shall evaluate each responsive submission in terms of the method of evaluation stated in the tender data and in
386. rity provided by the switch to manage energy on a port by port basis to power the devices To ensure provision for current and future power requirements for additional devices the Tenderer will supply a switch with Power over Ethernet PoE capabilities on all ports In addition to a full L2 L4 classification the switch must have Comply Non Comply general features for e Marking and prioritization for QoS and security e Basic Routing functions Static and RIP e Advanced VLAN classification MAC IP Protocol e VLAN stacking for Residential Ethernet services e Up to two Gigabit ports per switch for uplink or server connectivity 7 18 17 Availability To ensure full availability the switch must support the following Comply Non Comply features e The solution must include redundant management amp redundant switch fabric in a stacking configuration e The stackable switches must support up to 8 modules e It must support hot swappable components amp hot insertion support for switch modules and transceivers e t must support redundant power supplies Redundant 1 1 power amp Redundant 1 1 PoE power provided by the PoE Power supply The Spanning Tree Protocol should include the following Comply Non Comply features IEEE 802 1d IEEE 802 1D STP 802 1D spanning tree for loop free topology and link redundancy IEEE 802 1w IEEE 802 1w rapid recovery spanning tree allows sub second
387. roceed with the tests which shall be deemed to have been made in the Project Manager s presence The Contractor shall immediately send duly certified copies of the test results to the Project Manager who shall if he has not attended the test be bound by the test results When components and materials have passed the above mentioned tests the Project Manager shall notify the Contractor or endorse the Contractor s certificate to that effect If the Project Manager and the Contractor disagree on the test results each shall state his views to the other within 15 days of such disagreement The Project Manager or the Contractor may require such tests to be repeated on the same terms and conditions or if either Party so requests by an expert selected by common consent All test reports shall be submitted to the Project Manager who shall communicate the results of these tests without delay to the Contractor The results of retesting shall be conclusive The cost of retesting shall be borne by the Party whose views are proved wrong by the retesting In the performance of their duties the Project Manager and any person authorised by him shall not disclose to unauthorised persons information concerning the undertaking s methods of manufacture and operation obtained through inspection and testing Part C3 Page 52 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 6 4 7 14 Suspension The Project Manager may by administrative order at any time
388. rovide Provide examples of the standard messages Does your offer include the possibility of customizing your voice messages Is an application available for customizing the voice messages What are the principle features of the application What sound features are available for the incoming call in an on hold status How are they configured within the network Can additional hardware be used to provide music for callers in the on hold status in smaller configurations 7 20 4 Integrated voice messaging The IP PBX system must be equipped with a voice messaging application that can be managed from the system management platform Tenderer will describe all the services available to the users and the voice messaging system administrator the maximum number of voice mailboxes the maximum recording capacity and number simultaneous links that can be handled What solutions can you provide for voice messaging Describe the solutions that are proposed for voice mail Describe when and why the different solutions can be used Describe the principle functions of the voice mailbox how the voice mail is accessed replies recording possibilities visual indications Can the voice mail be used in the hospitality environment Describe the principle functions of the automated attendant voice mailbox Describe the scenarios for the basic functions Can the mailbox system be used as independently for information o
389. rs apply to all indoor and outdoor products PF OAW ACONGESTDO0 USB console cable 1 5 meters apply to all indoor and outdoor products OAW AP104 OmniAccess AP104 Wireless Access Point 802 1labgn 2x2 2 dual radio antenna connectors need external antenna PF OAW RAP3WN MNT OmniAccess RAP3WN Series Wall Mount Kit OAW AP105 OmniAccess AP105 wireless access point Dual radio IEEE 802 11a b g n wireless access point with support for 802 11 B G N and 802 11 A N operation dual band integral antenna 1 x 10 100 1000Base T RJ 45 Ethernet Interface Supports 802 3af Power over Ethernet 1 x 12V DC power interface AC power adapter kit OAW AP AC UN sold separately OAW AP134 OmniAccess AP134 Wireless Access Point 802 1labgn 3x3 3 dual radio external antenna connectors OAW AP135 OmniAccess AP135 Wireless Access Point 802 1labgn 3x3 3 dual radio integrated antennas Ooo OAW AP175POE OmniAccess AP175POE outdoor access point designed for high density applications Supports 802 11a n and 802 11b g n 2x2 MIMO with two spatial streams providing up to 300 Mbps data rate per radio Supports one 10 100 Base T RJ 45 Ethernet interface supporting 48 volt DC 802 3at power over Ethernet PoE 4 N type female interfaces 2 x 2 4 GHz 2 x 5 GHz for external antenna support Wall or poll mounted using the mounting bracket supplied with the unit solar shield included OAW IAP134 OmniAccess Instant AP134 Wireless Access Point 802
390. s 3BA09928AA Directory management service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 251 and 350 users 3BA09929AA Directory management service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 351 and 500 users 3BA09963AA Directory management service upgrade software license increased with additional 500 users in relation with the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine size 3BA09442AA System Alarm management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 80 users 3BA09443AA System Alarm management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 150 users 3BA09444AA System Alarm management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 500 users 3BA09446AA System Alarm management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 81 and 150 users 3BA09832AA System Alarm management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 50 users 3BA09833AA System Alarm management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 51 and 80 users 3BA09918AA System Alarm management service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 350 users Part C2 Page 69 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3BA09
391. s 1 GB and 10 GB ETHERNET PORTS Copper and Fiber interfaces These management tools must be updated regularly to support new features and must also be available to display on overhead monitors and to CoT network personnel All reporting is relevant to utilisation performance virus activity service attacks traffic analysis etc All reporting must be made available at set times during the month and must also be available for any ad hoc requests All information on the systems is confidential and must at all times be routed through the correct channels and protocols The successful vendor will be responsible for any licensing fees applicable to sniffers or any other diagnostic software needed to properly support and maintain the environment The voice data network must be properly documented drawings containing all relevant information such as IP addressing physical interfaces etc 4 4 Additional Information The appointed supplier will have to implement and maintain new equipment and integrate it seamlessly with the current Alcatel based infrastructure working with the existing support Service Provider who has a maintenance contract for some of the existing equipment valid until 2016 4 5 Network General Information Key facts Number of Users 6 500 Total Alcatel Switches 650 Nr of ports 18 000 Nr of buildings connected 330 buildings LAN ranges 10 100Mb 1000 Mb LAN types Multimode fiber UTP Cat 5 Copper 10 Cat 6 WAN
392. s The system should support a fully integrated and feature rich wireless phones solution for either TDM or IP sets Telephone sets must comply with current RoHS requirements he mobile phones should be tested and certificated for Dust Humidity Physical Abuse Drop Test he level of services offered on either TDM and IP wireless sets must be the same of the desktop phones and only restricted by each kind of set ergonomics itself Mobility requirements The system must provide for Dect VoWlan Cellular Extension Dual Mode Softphones VPN Part C3 Page 44 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Mobile Applications such as Microsoft Win 5 6 Symbian Nokia Intellisync Call Connect Client IP Wireless Phones The IP Wireless Phones should support WiFi 802 11b 2 4 GHz radio The IP Wireless Phones should support WiFi 802 11b 5 150 5 825 GHz radio The IP Wireless Phones should support G 711a G 711mu and G 729 audio compression codecs The type of transmission should support 802 11a 802 11g Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing OFDM or 802 11b Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum DSSS Transmission data rates should be in the 802 11b network 11 5 5 2 1 Mb s auto rate selection or for 802 11a and 802 11g up to 54 Mb s The IP Wireless solution must offer a QoS on the WiFi radio spectrum solution If a spectra link Voice priotiy is used Spectralink Radio Protocol Timed Delivery Spectralink CAC Without Sp
393. s verbal and text can assist in the enterprise meeting its regulatory requirements for example Sarbanes Oxley Basel I e Reduce Human Latency Simplifying the process of having to wait for human intervention around a business process this helps drive business effectiveness efficiency and profitability e Accelerate Delivery Accelerate the delivery of critical information to the right person with the right skills at the right time to solve problems quickly Part C3 Page 60 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 7 6 HIGH SCALABILITY PRODUCTS The SP s proposed system must be capable of interconnecting dozens trough 10 000 s of systems and users in Local Area Networks and Wireless Local Area Networks The SP product line for LANs starts with 24 ports stackable Ethernet Switches through stackable Gigabit switches to high capacity modular10 Gigabit Ethernet switches These switches scale to be deployed in networks from 24 to 10 000s of ports All switch types should share the same common set of management features from the command line through Simple Network Management protocol SNMP to the most modern Web based configuration possibilities Whether it is a 24 port Fast Ethernet switch or a 96 port 10 Gigabit modular switch deployment is the same saving money in educating maintenance personnel The LAN switches can be of choice with Power over Ethernet providing power to digital cameras IP p
394. s as and when required for example project meeting with the client CoT From time to time the contractor will be required to either present or prepare a presentation for Top Management 5 1 7 Reporting And Documentation The following documentation is a requirement e Monthly network reports reporting on programs projects and maintenance e Weekly maintenance feedback reports o Inclusive of all historical complaints o Statistics on calls completed within SLA out of SLA not completed and reasons for not completing e Need to supply Business Case s on request normally two weeks will be given to compile Business Cases Weekly progress schedules Update all network related architecture for example network drawings Technical Architectural Specifications Functional Specifications Presentations Quotes Project Plan associated project manager for every project Minutes of meetings Part C3 Page 11 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work e All related documentation that might be listed in this Tender e Sniff report to be handed in after every sniff request Scheduled Sniff tests to be scheduled per quarter e Any ad hoc documentation as required from time to time The CoT does have a service desk but it remains the responsibility of the contractor to collect the necessary data with regards to maintenance calls and projects Also note that all calls and projects must be logged at the CoT service desk 5 2 Required Sk
395. s should have at least following functions Graphic Display with monochrome or color availability as required by the client Dynamic keys Menu access key Navigation Key Part C3 Page 45 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Directory Key Trackpoint key Volume Key Option to connect a corded headset As required a loudspeaker should be available The TDM Phone should support the following security features International Portable User Identity IPU I for user identification proposes 128 bits encryption key for authentication 64 bits key for signaling and content encryption The TDM Wireless phone should support for DECT the GAP and Advanced GAP AGAP mobility level of services The TDM wireless phone must provide easy access to the dial by name features of the IP PBX system 6 3 5 1 9 Voice Messaging Systems Voice Messaging system must be fully integrated to the call server and should not require external server to be hosted Voice Messaging system must be manageable from the system management platform Answering or answering with date stamp The system should provide voice mailbox holders the choice of two functions answering the messages or answering them with a date stamp When a call is forwarded to the voice messaging system the box holder will be able to chose between two personalized announcements If the personal announcement has not been recorded the standard system announcement will be substituted
396. sed NOC Network Operations Centre e Providing detailed reports and actions based on the reporting received from the tools 6 3 3 3 Network Voice Monitoring Purchasing of Software The tenderer prices the individual software components based on the newest pricing detail However CoT is entitled to free version upgrades and patches during the contractual period The software must be displayed in the NOC and detailed reports and actions must be provided on the reporting received from the tools Servers will be provided by the CoT however requirements for the servers to be provided by the vendor Software to support virtualised environment 6 3 4 Security Network security devices software hardware based to be included in the pricing e Firewalls Internal to network and edge protection for example Fortinet Unified Threat Mangement e InfoExpress Cybergatekeeper e Wi Fi security 6 3 5 Voice Equipment The voice equipment must integrate 100 with the Alcatel Product Range Any solution offered to Council must integrate seamlessly without any loss of features No current feature may be implicated or lost in this process Should any service provider offer a solution other than the current deployed infrastructure deployed said service provider must guarantee said integration Any current and future development cost to enable this requirement will be for the service providers account This will extend into the warrantee and guarantee period 6 3
397. sion 3 0 or later Requires PoE network connection or optional external power supply 2200 42740 XXX fe S 2201 52556 001 HDX remote control for use with HDX Series codecs English version Part C2 Page 46 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 2215 12917 001 HDX 7001 upgrade kit Hardware upgrade for HDX 7001 systems to convert to an HDX 7000 rev C codec Requires installation by certified service partner HDX must have software version 2 5 0 8 or later 2215 12917 002 HDX 7000 8000 upgrade kit Hardware upgrade for HDX 7000 rev A or rev B and the HDX 8000 rev A Requires installation by certified service partner HDX must have software version 2 5 0 8 or later 2215 24143 001 Mounting bracket shelf solution for EagleEye Director EagleEye HD EagleEye Ill EagleEye View and EagleEye QDX Cameras Mounts on the wall other flat surfaces over 8in deep or flat screen displays greater than 1 5in thick 2215 24408 001 EagleEye HD II III mounting bracket tripod mount 2215 28765 001 EagleEye 1080 Camera wall panel shelf mounting bracket 2230 40600 025 SoundStation IP 7000 conference phone compatible with RealPresence Group Series and HDX Series Includes 7 6m 25ft shielded Ethernet cable and 3m 10ft CLink2 cable 2457 26764 072 Extended length Black drop cable for connecting Spherical Ceiling microphone Array element to electronics interface 6ft 1 8m long Used with 2200 23809 001 amp 2200 23810 001
398. ss queues per port that support strict and WRR queuing algorithms e Ingress bandwidth rate limiting per port flow Part C3 Page 95 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work e Egress bandwidth rate limiting per port queue e Traffic anomaly detection 7 18 20 Manageability To manage the switch the proposed switches must support the following features Comply Non Comply Access to the switch must be limited according to administration profile rights For out of band management the switch should be equipped with an RJ 45 console interface management port this console interface should be configured as DTE for operation diagnostics status and configuration information For In Band management Telnet Web based HTTP or HTTPS SNMP manager or Secure Shell SSH Remote Telnet Management or Secure Shell it must be possible to use remote authorization and authentication by supporting RADIUS and TACACS The system must include an easy to use Web Based Element Manager with built in help to facilitate configuration Power over Ethernet support must include management for e Automatic power allocation according to the class of the device e Power consumption per port to avoid any surcharge or power disruption Features that should be available for management include e Human readable ASCIl based configuration files for offline editing and bulk configura
399. st support Network Time Protocol V4 1 2 RFC 1305 to synchronize the system data time of network devices he System must support Syslog services for both internal and external command and configuration control accounting with a minimum of 5 day history he Call Server must not employ the use of a default password that is viable beyond the period of installation The password amp access control must include at least Shadow Passwords to prevent the possibility of an agressor to easily read or deduce system or account access passwords Password Aging with configurable time periods Usage of MD5 algorithm or stronger for password encryption Internal OS controls for remote point of access restriction and service availablity i e TCP Wrappers amp Trusted Hosts Account access authentication restriction using external RADIUS resources Media Gateways should not host services such as proxy FTP Telnet or local dynamic routing to prevent expoitation in Distributed Denial of Service attacks IP Phones should not support direct external initiated connections via HTTP telnet FTP TFTP or any othe protocol as means to prevent distributed Denial of Service attack exploitation Network Security The system should offer maximum availability with the switchover of call control processing functions to an alternate or redundant processor or soft switch control point in the even of signifigant fault The redundancy scheme should conform
400. stant Communications Suite R6 x voice mail 3BA09231 A Additional language of the Text to Speech TTS feature for OmniTouch 8440 Messaging Software R6 x OmniTouch 8400 Instant Communications R6 x PF 3BA09232 A OmniTouch 8460 Advanced Communications Server API license 1 user 3BA09233J A Stand alone Standalone application 0 SE 3BA09234JA A Sn a a a o 8460 Advanced Communications Server G 729A codec license 1 OmniTouch 8460 Advanced Communications Server G 729A codec license 1 port DE A First e a a aa of the Text to Speech TTS feature for OmniTouch 8440 Messaging Software R6 x OmniTouch 8400 Instant Communications R6 x Part C2 Page 81 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3BA09236 A Second language of the Text to Speech TTS feature for OmniTouch 8440 Messaging Software R6 x OmniTouch 8400 Instant Communications R6 x 3BA09237 A Third language of the Text to Speech TTS feature for OmniTouch 8440 Messaging Software R6 x OmniTouch 8400 Instant Communications R6 x oga fy stant Communicator Software Dor Windows obie Tor ruer f semoga fy istant Communicator Software D for Blader for Tur O f emoa a fy stant Communicator Software D for Woka for Tuer f semoga Py istant Communicator Software D for Phone Wobler Tuer f semoga fy stant Communicator Software Dor Android Wobile for user 3BA09246 A Voice messaging services license for 1 OmniTouch 8400 Instant Communications Suite
401. sting infrastructure with seamless implementation of new equipment and the maintenance of any new equipment installed to the specifications and levels as determined by CoT to tender 6 4 6 Current Equipment The prospective bidders need to be aware that current equipment have a maintenance contract in place for the foreseeable future and they need to work very closely together with the current supplier of maintenance services on the Alcatel equipment Part C3 Page 48 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work The successful bidder would also need to have certified on site engineers able to maintain and enhance the current infrastructure The prospective bidders also need to be well versed in installing additional services like video streaming solutions radio links and other technologies as needed by CoT from time to time 6 4 7 Materials And Workmanship Materials and workmanship to be of the highest quality 6 4 7 1 Delivery New equipment must be delivered within 6 six consecutive weeks from date on the official CoT order to the contractor s premises Equipment will then be inspected at the contractors premises No supplies shall be shipped or delivered to the place of acceptance until the Contractor has received a delivery order from the Project Manager The Contractor shall be responsible for the delivery at the place of acceptance of all supplies and supplier s equipment required for the purpose of the contract The Contrac
402. subsequent to the cancellation or abandonment of a tender F 1 6 process or the rejection of all responsive tender offers re issue a tender covering substantially the same scope of work within a period of six months unless only one tender was received and such tender was returned unopened to the tenderer Procurement procedures F 1 6 1 General Unless otherwise stated in the tender data a contract will subject to F 3 13 be concluded with the tenderer who in terms of F 3 11 is the highest ranked or the tenderer scoring the highest number of tender evaluation points as relevant based on the tender submissions that are received at the closing time for tenders F 1 6 2 Competitive negotiation procedure F 1 6 2 1 Where the tender data require that the competitive negotiation procedure is to be followed tenderers shall submit tender offers in response to the proposed contract in the first round of submissions Notwithstanding the requirements of F 3 4 the employer shall announce only the names of the tenderers who make a submission The requirements of F 3 8 relating to the material deviations or qualifications which affect the competitive position of tenderers shall not apply PartT1 Page 15 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 3 Tendering Procedures F 1 6 2 2 F 1 6 2 3 F 1 6 2 4 All responsive tenderers or not less than three responsive tenderers that are highest ranked in terms of the evaluation method and evaluation c
403. t 2 This license covers all models of AOS 6900 X20 Series see comments column for more data 3 For a first time deployment of the 5620 SAM please refer to the DVD ROM Media kit description for a listing of all 3HE04353LA 5620 SAM E A P R10 License for Alcatel lucent AOS OmniSwitch 6855 Series Notes 1 One license is required for each AOS OmniSwitch 6855 unit 2 This license covers all models of AOS 6855 Series see comments column for more data 3 For a first time deployment of the 5620 SAM please refer to the DVD ROM Media kit description for a listing of all required components to run required components to run 5620 SAM 3HE06904LA 5620 SAM E A P R10 License for Alcatel lucent AOS OmniSwitch 6900 X40 Series Notes 1 One license is required for each AOS OmniSwitch 6900 X40 unit 2 This license covers all models of AOS 6900 X40 Series see comments column for more data 3 For a first time deployment of the 5620 SAM please refer to the DVD ROM Media kit description for a listing of all required components to run 5620 SAM Part C2 Page 20 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3HE04841LA 5620 SAM E A P License for R10 for Alcatel lucent AOS OmniSwitch OS9 XNI Network Interface Series Notes 1 One license is required for each OS9 XNI 10 Gigabit Network interface modules installed in any OS9600 0S9700 0S9800 chassis amp in any OS970xE OS980xE 2 This product includes one license for SAM E SAM
404. t access to resources and services at all times To ensure the highest levels of availability the Tenderer must provide a distributed architecture where each Network Infrastructure autonomously supports functions such as e Source learning e Spanning Tree functions e Shortest Path Bridging e L2 L3 forwarding The switch must provide a wide range of availability features such as Part C3 Page 69 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work e Redundant management e Redundant switching fabric fault tolerant backplane e Redundant power supplies e Link aggregation including 10 40 Gigabit Ethernet that can be configured across physical switch boundaries To remove single points of failure and minimizes downtime reduce operational complexity amp cost and increase availability for mission critical applications the switch should include the following features e Redundant modules and sub components CMMs fans and PSUs e Hot swappable modules and sub components Network Infrastructures CMMs and fan trays PSUs SFPs and XFPs e Hitless loading of optional software routing security without re booting e Image rollback to automatically re load previous configurations and software versions e Software upgrades must be applied without the need of a chassis reboot e Multiple configurations must be supported to allow different configura
405. t to accept the whole or any portion of a tender Add the following to the clause Accept that the Employer will not compensate the tenderer for any costs incurred in attending interviews in the office of the Employer or the Employer s Agent Where applicable details of the compulsory clarification meeting with a representative of the Employer are stated in the Tender Notice and Invitation to Tender Confirmation of attendance will be recorded in the attendance register to be signed by all tenderers Tender documents will not be made available at the Clarification meeting Replace the contents of the clause with the following Request clarification of the tender documents if necessary by notifying the Employer s Official or the Employer s Agent indicated in the Tender Notice and Invitation to Tender in writing at least seven working days before the closing time stated in the foregoing notice and clause F 2 15 Add the following to the clause Accept that the submission of a Tender shall be construed as an acknowledgement by the Tenderer that he is satisfied with the insurance cover the Employer will affect under the contract Add the following to the clause If no offer is made for an item a line must be drawn through the space in pen All prices and details must be legible readable to ensure the tender will be considered for adjudication Add the following to the clause In the eve
406. tecure to cover traffic inside and outside the network The security management should be centralized to improve cohesion To maintain security and availability the converged solution must be resilient and offer 802 1x authentication for IP phones Voice data LAN partitioning dynamic firewall pinholing Management The converged solution must offer centralised management solutions for the entire system that can offer e QoS management e Inventory management for all IP devices and addresses e Performance management that can handle nearly all third party devices switches and IP Phones e Central firewall management 6 3 5 1 11 Value Added and Mobility Services Automatic Route Selection ARS to select the best route available to set up a call in terms of resources availability and cost The system should support free desktop free seating features in stand alone or in multi site The system should support_an integrated cellular extension solution providing full IP PBX features from cellular mobile phones supporting he cellular extension application should not require external server must be embedded into the IP PBX User of Cellular extension must be equipped with contextual menus running on any cellular phone SIM based Windows Mobile 5 and 6 based or Symbian based The system should support Dual Mode WiFi GSM terminals Symbian amp Windows Mobile 5 or 6 based to run both cellular extension and or WiFi softphones Part C3 Pag
407. teen 14 days to provide reasons why the envisaged restriction should not be imposed Should the supplier fail to respond within the stipulated fourteen 14 days the purchaser may regard the supplier as having no objection and proceed with the restriction 23 5 Any restriction imposed on any person by the purchaser will at the discretion of the purchaser also be applicable to any other enterprise or any partner manager director or other person who wholly or partly exercises or exercised or may exercise control over the enterprise of the first mentioned person and with which enterprise or person the first mentioned person is or was in the opinion of the purchaser actively associated 23 6 If a restriction is imposed the purchaser must within five 5 working days of such imposition furnish the National Treasury with the following information a the name and address of the supplier and or person restricted by the purchaser b the date of commencement of the restriction c the period of restriction and d the reasons for the restriction These details will be loaded in the National Treasury s central database of suppliers or persons prohibited from doing business with the public sector 23 7 If a court of law convicts a person of an offence as contemplated in sections 12 or 13 of the Prevention and Combating of Corrupt Activities Act No 12 of 2004 the court may also rule that such person s name be endorsed on the Register for
408. tem must enforce wireless security policies including the ability to detect and prevent weak WEP initialization vectors IVs AP misconfiguration ad hoc networks unauthorized NIC types and wireless bridges Part C3 Page 98 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work To avoid dispersion of some key security data the encryption keys must be stored in the centralized switch not in the Access Points The WLAN system should be able to support all the following encryption protocols e AES CCMP WPAQ2 e AES CBC up to 256 bits e DES e Triple DES e WEP 64 or 128 bit e TKIP WPA1 e MPPE PPTP e SSL up to 128 bits The Tenderer must provide a system which allows users to move freely without the need to restart sessions or re authenticate each time User mobility features should include wireless fast roaming transparent inter subnet L3 roaming proxy mobile IP support for roaming between multiple WLAN switches and proxy DHOP WLAN platforms provided by the Tenderer must be able to integrate into wired networks without requiring reconfiguration of existing network components To facilitate this integration the systems must support e 802 1D spanning tree e 802 1Q VLAN tagging e 802 1 prioritization e IP DiffServ TOS e P tunnels using GRE or IPSec e DHCP server e UDP forwarding DHCP helper 7 19 3 MANAGEMENT The Tendere
409. the H 323 terminal and assignment of a call number by the RAS protocol Resolution of the address the terminal H 323 can be identified by its call number or by its IP address that can be assigned dynamically by a DHCP server Establishment of communications in direct mode The proposed system should include the gateways required to allow the buyer to acquire H 323 or SIP devices to interoperate with the traditional telephony devices digital stations IP analog private or public lines The proposed system should permit the integration of SIP terminals with other terminals The SIP modules are SIP Proxy Registrar and Gateway Part C3 Page 36 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work The hardware of the proposed system must be compliant with the European directive Restriction of Hazardous Substances in electrical and electronic equipment ROHS The proposed telecommunication system should allow the use of high level XML APIs based on Web technology standards XML SOAP to ease creation of telephony and call control features for integrating telephony services into web applications 6 3 5 1 3 Required Profile of the proposed solution To provide an economic future proof network it is important that the current and future working methods should be studied An audit must be done to qualify and quantify these different types of communications for the clients needs and requirements Based on this type of study the bidder shoul
410. the clause with the following Tender Offer after clause Submission Provide clarification of a Tender Offer in response to a request to do so from the Employer during the evaluation of Tender Offers This may include providing a breakdown of rates or prices and correction of arithmetical errors resulting from the product of the unit rate and the quantity by the adjustment of certain line item totals No change in the unit rate or prices or substance of the Tender Offer is sought offered or permitted Inspections tests The Tenderer must provide access during working hours and analysis to his premises for inspections on request Certificates Refer to part T2 Returnable Documents for a list of documents that are to be returned with the tender Add the following new clause E994 Canvassing and _ Accept that no Tenderer shall make any attempt either obtaining of directly or indirectly to canvass any of the Employers additional officials or the Employer s agent in respect of his tender information by after the opening of the tenders but prior to the Employer tenderers arriving at a decision thereon PartT1 Page 7 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 2 Tendering Procedures Reference to relevant clauses in Standard Conditions of Addition or Variation to Standard Condition of Tender Tender No Tenderer shall make any attempt to obtain particulars of any relevant information other than that discl
411. the proposal must comply with the features listed in this section The high Gigabit amp 10 Gigabit Ethernet port density amp performance should offer at least 760 Gigabit Ethernet ports and up to 256 10 Gigabit Ethernet ports on the same chassis based system The chassis must be able to provide the option of 40 Gigabit and 100 Gigabit Ethernet ports now or in the future The Tenderer must provide the highest availability possible to support the demands of IP communications and mission critical applications Providing the highest availability to the enterprise ensuring that users have constant access to resources and services at all times To ensure the highest levels of availability the Tenderer must provide a distributed architecture where each Network Infrastructure autonomously supports functions such as Comply Non Comply e Source learning e Spanning Tree functions e L2 L3 forwarding The switch must provide a wide range of availability features such as e Redundant management e Redundant switching fabric fault tolerant backplane e Redundant power supplies e Link aggregation including 10 40 Gigabit Ethernet that can be configured across physical switch boundaries To remove single points of failure and minimizes downtime reduce operational complexity amp cost and increase availability for mission critical applications the switch should include the following features e
412. the second stage negotiate a contract with the tenderer scoring the highest number of evaluation points and award the contract in terms of these conditions of tender Option 2 Tenderers shall submit in the first stage only technical proposals The employer shall invite all responsive tenderers to submit tender offers in the second stage following the issuing of procurement documents The employer shall evaluate tenders received during the second stage in terms of the method of evaluation stated in the tender data and award the contract in terms of these conditions of tender F 2 Tenderer s obligations F 2 1 Eligibility F 2 1 1 Submit a tender offer only if the tenderer satisfies the criteria stated in the tender data and the tenderer or any of his principals is not under any restriction to do business with employer F 2 1 2 Notify the employer of any proposed material change in the capabilities or formation of the tendering entity or both or any other criteria which formed part of the qualifying requirements used by the employer as the basis in a prior process to invite the tenderer to submit a tender offer and obtain the employer s written approval to do so prior to the closing time for tenders PartT1 Page 16 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 3 Tendering Procedures F 2 2 F 2 3 F 2 4 F 2 5 F 2 6 F 2 7 F 2 8 F 2 9 Cost of tendering Accept that unless otherwise stated in the tender data the e
413. thout prejudice to any other remedy for breach of contract by written notice of default sent to the supplier terminate this contract in whole or in part e if the supplier fails to deliver any or all the goods within the period specified in the contract or within any extension thereof granted by CoT e or if the supplier fails to perform any other obligation s under the contract Part C3 Page 115 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 88 Quote All Items The bidder should quote tender on all the items as listed in the attached Item Price List No ommisions will be accepted as it will seriously compromise the evialuation process as the total quoted price per Service Provider will then not be equitable to one another Incomplete quotations not providing all item prices are grounds for summary dismissal with no recource from the SP to contest or later provide outstanding item prices Al prices must be set for the contract period with the exception of the annual VPIX price adjustment that has to be approved by Council All prices must also be quoted using a set exchange rate of 1 00 R8 00 thus ensuring that all pricing be evaluated on equal footing 8 9 License Fees All License Fees for all software deployed on this contract must be included in the contract price This implies free full version upgrades for the contractual and warranty period All software bought as part of this contract remains the property of the CoT Shoul
414. tical applications must always be available by supporting advanced Quality of Service QoS features The switch must be able to manage the necessary hardware Part C3 Page 73 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work queues intelligence and granularity to e Properly identify identification is based on layer 1 through layer 4 policy based features e Mark and prioritize data flows The Tenderer must provide switches that provide IPv6 support for wire rate speeds classification and tunneling The performance of the switch must be unaffected whether deploying IPv4 IPv6 or IPv4 IPv6 This requirement is essential to address the U S Federal government Department of Defense DoD requirement that IPv6 be supported for migration by 2008 and addresses other countries requirements including e Ability to connect to the IPv6 backbone e Use of IPv6 across public organizations e Ability to interconnect the IPv6 island through an existing IPv4 network through hardware based tunneling e Ability to control IPv6 flows with extensive QoS ACL policies The Tenderer offer must support hardware based classification access control lists ACLs and quality of service QoS forwarding and management for IPv6 The product must support industry classification standards including 802 1Q p TOS and DiffServ enhanced with complementary features such as extensive QoS mappings and
415. tion e Port based Port Mirroring for troubleshooting e SNMP Management access via MIB database SNMPv1 v2c v3 Trap management to specified hostsSNMPv1 v2 v3 e Support for RFC 2819 RMON groups 1 Statistics 2 History 3 Alarm amp 9 Events e Simple Network Time Protocol SNTP for network wide time synchronization e Web based Management Element Manager e Mapping Adjacency Protocol AMAP for building topology maps within an NMS e Virtual cable tester provides switch based integrity testing on copper Ethernet cabling Part C3 Page 96 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work To fulfill the requirement for system observation error messages logging must be available to record events and corresponding times There must be an easy method to visualize the recent error messages and the possibility to record the logs on a remote server Syslog C3 7 19 WLAN The WLAN switches should be specifically suited to the mobility market to identify and authenticate users automatically as they connect to the network It must have an integrated firewall an integrated wireless IDS IPS and support centralized encryption The Tenderer must provide a high performance wireless LAN with dynamic radio frequency RF management and advanced services such as voice aware policies application aware security wireless intrusion protection seamless user mobility location tracking
416. tion with the other QoS the end to end communication quality or security is not compromised This integration should not require any additional servers 7 19 1 SCALABILITY To offer scalability to the enterprise the Tenderer must provide WLAN switches that can handle up to 2048 access points on a single WLAN switch chassis The switches must integrate completely and seamlessly with the existing and future telephony system with the ability to increase capacity as traffic increases 7 19 2 SECURITY To ensure the access security the Tenderer must offer a Network Access Control application The NAC must be configurable to reflect access policy criteria including user identity device identity application used physical location of user time of day authentication method and SSID The Tenderer must provide switches that support multiple Comply Non authentication methods including Comply e 802 1x e Web based captive portal e RSA SecurelD e PPP L2TP for VPN access e PSec XAUTH for VPN access e MAC address authentication e Standard authentication databases including RADIUS and LDAP or an internal database The system must provide wireless intrusion protection to be able to defend itself from attacks such as e Wireless probing discovery e Denial of service DoS e Impersonations e Man in the middle e Unauthorized intrusions In addition to attack protection wireless sys
417. tions Qualifications Experience Duration Working For Company Designation Nature Of Work 5 1 2 Working Hours and Availability Working hours for Tshwane is from 7 30 to 16 00 All professionals and the Service Provider Management team Technical resources must be onsite during office hours subject to managerial needs experienced from the Service Providers Head Office The exception here would be annual leave and training at which time it will be expected that the SP make suitable back up arrangements that will ensure continuity of services These standby resources must be available on a 1 hour basis In this regard also refer to the SLA Suitable office space will be provided by Tshwane As some projects programs can influence the availability of major core switches such projects programs can only be done after hours Prices must therefore include for the overtime requirements not only for the implementation of the project but also should maintenance issues arise 5 1 3 Standby Overtime To ensure service coordination a roster will be set up for three 3 months in advance for resource planning At least one team must be on standby after hours on public holidays and over weekends Information must be available at all times with the name and contact detail of the persons on standby After hour weekend and public holiday support will be determined by need to resolve issues and problems and to execute pla
418. tions that are designed for IP Telephony and IP Networking and which simplify the management of Alcatel Part C3 Page 33 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work Lucent networking devices OmniVista solutions allow managers to monitor network activity configure and troubleshoot each device as well as manage an entire network from a single platform Omnivista Air Manager OmniVista Air Manager is a wireless LAN management software suite that provides centralized visibility and control over today s wireless networks OmniVista is a true operations management solution that delivers a full set of capabilities including real time user and device monitoring centralized configuration and compliance management OmniAccess Guest Manager Service Aware Manager InfoExpress CyberGatekeeper Alcatel Lucent 8950 AAA Omnivista Virtual Machine Manager Splunk Websense Authenticates visitors contractors and employee owned mobile devices The Alcatel Lucent Service Aware Manager is a single management platform offering element network and service management for advanced Layer 2 and Layer 3 network solutions and services based on Alcatel Lucent s Carrier Ethernet and IP MPLS Service Routing devices InfoExpress CyberGatekeeper offers a seamless secure and scalable enterprise network access control NAC solution through its embedded network security framework This framework includes a comprehensive security solutio
419. tions to be loaded from the chassis flash memory To provide a cost effective highly available scalable and re configurable network it would be advantageous to provide a modular based chassis that can be combined with other switches provided by the Tenderer The Tenderer must provide switches that ensure continuity by providing the following capabilities Hot Swap Management Module Fail over Power Monitoring and Redundancy There must be e No single point of failure and a sub second fail over in its redundant configuration e Redundant Management amp Redundant Switch Fabric e Hot swappable components amp hot insertable support switch modules SFPs SFP e Redundant Power Supplies Redundant 1 1 power amp Redundant 1 1 PoE power provided by the PoE P S The Tenderer must provide a solution that guarantees Spanning Tree robustness Single or Multiple STP options IEEE 802 1D Part C3 Page 70 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work STP 802 1D spanning tree for loop free topology and link redundancy and IEEE 802 1w Rapid Reconfiguration of Spanning Tree It must provide Comply Non Comply e Ring topology Spanning Tree algorithm optimized for ring topology to provide less than 100ms convergence time e IEEE 802 1s multiple spanning tree and per VLAN spanning tree 1x1 e Fast forwarding mode on user ports to bypass 30 second delay for sp
420. tner of the joint venture must clearly be indicated in the Joint Venture Agreement Note 1 If the shares are held in trust provide a copy of the Deed of Trust only the front page and pages listing the trustees and beneficiaries are required as well as the Letter of Authority as issued by the Master of the Supreme Court wherein trustees have been duly appointed and authorised must be provided 2 Include a copy of the Certificate of Change of Name CM9 if applicable 3 Registered For Vat Purposes In Terms Of The Value Added Tax Act Act Nr 89 of 1991 Make an X in the appropriate space below Yes No REGISTRATION NO PartT2 Page 15 of 20 Contract No CB105 2013 Part T2 Returnable Documents RDC10 INDEPENDENT BID DETERMINATION 1 This Municipal Bidding Document MBD must form part of all bids invited 2 Section 4 1 b iii of the Competition Act No 89 of 1998 as amended prohibits an agreement between or concerted practice by firms or a decision by an association of firms if it is between parties in a horizontal relationship and if it involves collusive bidding or bid rigging Collusive bidding is a pe se prohibition meaning that it cannot be justified under any grounds 3 Municipal Supply Regulation 38 1 prescribes that a supply chain management policy must provide measures for the combating of abuse of the supply chain management system and must enable t
421. to the model used in most computer systems the complete mirroring of the information both static and dynamic data The switch over between 2 redundant call control procesors should not interrupt existing and established communications Part C3 Page 39 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work All critical resource elements call server hard disks data bases IP interfaces DSP resources clocking sources etc must be redundant and in a hot standby configuration allowing to install them in two 2 different datacenters physically separate Media Gateways must have survival mechanisms that allows them to maintain nearly 100 of the telephony services for their users in case of failure in the WAN links where the signaling with the call server drops IP Phones must support 802 1x EAP MD5 or better for authentication and access control to the network this mechanism must allow the user to be connected to the call server once he has passed the authentication process not before The system should have the capability to based on standard mechanisms such as 802 1Q and DHCP assign automatically the corresponding voice VLAN number to the IP station clients during IP station initialization allowing for the separation of voice and data traffic at the IP station The IP station must have the ability to strip any VLAN tags assigned to traffic entering the network through the guest port of the IP station and further have the
422. tor shall bear all risks relating to the goods until provisional acceptance at destination The supplies shall be packaged so as to prevent their damage or deterioration in transit to their destination Packaging must be as per accepted international standards for air surface transportation taking into account the climatic conditions prevailing in South Africa at time of delivery The packaging shall be disposed by the contractor Each delivery shall include all necessary documents as specified in the technical specifications operating and maintenance manuals drawings material conformity or test certificates and certificates etc The necessary documents shall include an inventory list of items delivered indicating the serial numbers of the goods provided All operating and maintenance manuals shall be in English Each delivery must be accompanied by a statement drawn up by the Contractor Each package shall be clearly marked in accordance with the order number and equipment it contains Delivery shall be deemed to have been made when there is written evidence available to both Parties that delivery of the supplies has taken place in accordance with the terms of the contract and the invoice s and all such other documentation have been submitted to the Contracting Authority 6 4 7 2 Spare Parts To maintain the network it is expected that the bidders must have a minimum of R10 million in spares and stockholding at their own premises and not ina bo
423. tor to easily monitor the accounting thresholds of the users of cost centers in graphical interface and must allow to send an e mail or an alarm in case of threshold crossing The management platform must include an troubleshooting amp diagnosis tool accessible by WEB to be used by non expert administrators The management platform should be able to be integrated with enterprise global network management platforms like CA Unicenter TNG HP Openview or IBM Tivoli using standard protocol SNMP 6 3 5 1 5 System Security The bidder must only propose an offer that meets with at least the EAL2 requirements of the Common Criteria ISO 15408 standards The system must support centralized firewall management The system must support dynamic pin holing to limit access security breaches Call Server Security The Operating System used by the call server must not use or natively support network resource sharing services such as NFS Samba LPR etc The Call Server and Media Gateways must provide self protection mechanisms to counter Denial of Service attacks The call Server must avoid the usage of possible virus worm and trojan infestation points sucha as internal e mail servers The call server must avoid the usage of automatic download amp execute programs or services from databases or Internet inbound connections Internet access from the call server must be restricted to administrator initiated remote maintenance tasks only The System mu
424. tract by written notice of default sent to the supplier may terminate this contract in whole or in part if the supplier fails to deliver any or all of the goods within the period s specified in the contract or within any extension thereof granted by the purchaser pursuant to GCC Clause 21 2 if the supplier fails to perform any other obligation s under the contract or if the supplier in the judgement of the purchaser has engaged in corrupt or Part C1 Page 15 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 5 Agreements and Contract Data fraudulent practices in competing for or in executing the contract 23 2 In the event the purchaser terminates the contract in whole or in part the purchaser may procure upon such terms and in such manner as it deems appropriate goods works or services similar to those undelivered and the supplier shall be liable to the purchaser for any excess costs for such similar goods works or services However the supplier shall continue performance of the contract to the extent not terminated 23 3 Where the purchaser terminates the contract in whole or in part the purchaser may decide to impose a restriction penalty on the supplier by prohibiting such supplier from doing business with the public sector for a period not exceeding 10 years 23 4 If a purchaser intends imposing a restriction on a supplier or any person associated with the supplier the supplier will be allowed a time period of not more than four
425. tract Data CLAUSE CONTRACT DATA 11 6 11 6 1 a All Risk Insurance cover with regard to all Plant and Materials and Equipment owned leased or hired by the Contractor that are used in the execution of the contract for the full replacement value thereof b Motor Vehicle and Passenger Liability Insurance cover indicating the registration numbers of the vehicles owned leased or hired by the Contractor that are used in the execution of the contract to the amount of at least R10 million per claim with the number of claims unlimited c SASRIA cover for motor vehicles and Plant and Materials and Equipment owned leased or hired by the Contractor that are used in the execution of the contract for the full replacement value thereof d In respect of Plant and Materials and Equipment and Motor Vehicles brought onto the Site by or on behalf of Subcontractors the Contractor shall be deemed to have complied with the provisions of this Sub Clause by ensuring that such Subcontractors have similarly insured such Plant and Materials and Equipment and Motor Vehicles e Without limiting the Contractor s obligation in terms of the Contract the Contractor will effect and maintain for the duration of the contract period until the issuing of the Defects Certificate or the end of the Maintenance Period insurance against all accidents or misfortunes including accidental loss of or damage to tangible property except the Works Plant and M
426. traffic to eliminate harmful flows Part C3 Page 84 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work e Flexible power over Ethernet PoE support e Wire rate processing for IPv4 IPv6 e Full support for unicast and multicast applications such as voice over video collaboration e Meet Restriction on Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment RoHS directive 7 18 12 Availability To ensure full availability in the LAN the proposal must comply with the features listed in this section The Large Gigabit port density amp performance should offer at least 360 Gigabit Ethernet ports and offer a 10 Gigabit Ethernet ports option on the same logical entity The switch must be able to provide a wide range of availability features such as Comply Non Comply e Redundant management e Redundant power supplies e Link aggregation including 10Gigabit Ethernet that can be configured across physical unit boundaries To remove single points of failure minimizes downtime reduce operational complexity amp cost and increase availability for mission critical applications the switch should include the following features e Redundant CPU 1 1 within a stacked configuration e Hot removal insertion of units within a stack e Hot swappable sub components transceivers PSU e Hitless loading of optional software routing security without r
427. ttacks and take protective action such as e Limiting the traffic e Placing the device in quarantine To secure the LAN data center the switches must support Access control lists ACLs to filter out undesired communication The Tenderer must offer a switch which includes an authenticated VLAN feature to provide the ability to authenticate by user with username and password and then dynamically place the user into the proper VLAN IEEE 802 1x a standards based approach to network access is an effective way of challenging a user by requesting a username and password before allowing access the network The solution should support learned port security that allows only pre authorized network devices to communicate with each other This provides protection against rogue devices such as WLAN access points as well as unsecured and potentially virus infected laptops or PC s Switch administration must be secured by encrypting remote management with secure shell SSHv2 for Telnet Secure Socket Layer SSL for web based management and SNMPv3 for network wide management systems Additionally all administrators must be centrally Part C3 Page 72 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work authenticated through a RADIUS TACACS LDAP or ACE server A local database can be provided on every switch for administrator authentication Multi layer security enables the building of sophisticated hardware and software based solutions that
428. tures using alphanumeric qwerty integrated keyboard IP Telephone stations should support 802 1x MD5 for authentication Remote power feed per the 802 3af standard or local 120 230 volt feed Auto sensing 10 100 Ethernet switch interfaces PC port 10 100 IP address Assignment by DHCP or statically configured QoS Internal the station and priority to the voice signal Frame marking voice level 2 802 3 p Q and level 3 ToS DiffServ Transparent recovery of frames by the associated PC not by the station Fixed or dynamic assignment of the IP address by customer DHCP AES for voice content encryption G 711 G 723 1 and G 729a Audio compression Part C3 Page 43 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work IP and TDM Telephone and application stations should support Large color or black and white adjustable screen at least for the IP phones Context sensitive keys associated to the display These contextual keys are linked to the context displayed on the screen to directly activate functions Navigation keys to navigate inside the graphical interface change of application or context return to the home page Numeric keypad to dial a number or enter digits in a entry field Integrated alphabetic keyboard for functions such as text messaging and dial by name Full duplex hands free mode with echo cancellation Audio operation to tune audio levels mute loudspeaker Connector for headset or additional speakerphone Auto
429. tween the value 351 and 500 users Part C2 Page 67 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data 3BA09958AA Local Ticket Accounting service software license increased with additional 500 users in relation with the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine size 3BA09428AA ABC Ticket Accounting service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 80 users 3BA09429AA ABC Ticket Accounting service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 150 users 3BA09430AA ABC Ticket Accounting service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 500 users 3BA09432AA ABC Ticket Accounting service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 81 and 150 users 3BA09828AA ABC Ticket Accounting service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 50 users 3BA09829AA ABC Ticket Accounting service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 51 and 80 users 3BA09914AA ABC Ticket Accounting service software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine with the value of 350 users 3BA09915AA ABC Ticket Accounting service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the value 151 and 350 users 3BA09916AA ABC Ticket Accounting service upgrade software license for the OmniPCX Enterprise software engine between the va
430. ty to control IPv6 flows with extensive QoS ACL policies The Tenderer offer must support hardware based classification Access Control Lists ACLs and quality of service QoS forwarding and management for IPv6 The product must support industry classification standards including 802 1Q p TOS and DiffServ enhanced with Part C3 Page 89 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work complementary features such as extensive QoS mappings and re tagging of prioritization The proposed product must support e Power over Ethernet PoE IEEE 802 3at support e Residential bridging features DHCP option 82 DHCP Snooping and Port Mapping e Routing Protocols IPv4 amp IPv6 RIPng RIPvi v2 amp OSPFv2 amp v3 amp OSPF ECMP amp BGPv4 7 18 15 Manageability To manage the LAN the proposed products must support the following management features The Tenderer must offer management features that can use device information data traffic or user identity to automatically and dynamically keep the user connected to their resources seamlessly regardless of their location on the campus For example marketing finance operations and sales could all be in the same meeting at a common physical location yet have secure and dynamic access to their respective network resources The switch should provide all the benefits of managing a virtual chassis based switch including
431. um and hereby authorise Mr Ms authorised signatory of the company acting in the capacity of lead partner to sign all documents in connection with the tender offer and any contract resulting from it on our behalf Registered Name Of Firm Reg Number Of Contract Value Address Duly Authorized Signatory Mark x Lead Partner PartT2 Page 13 of 20 Contract No CB105 2013 Part T2 Returnable Documents FORM RDC 9 STATUS OF CONCERN SUBMITTING TENDER 1 General State whether the tenderer is a company a closed corporation a partnership a sole practitioner or a joint venture Mark the appropriate option below Public Company Private Company Closed Corporation Partnership Sole Proprietary Joint Venture Co operative 2 Information To Be Provided If the Tendering Entity is a Documentation to be submitted with the tender 1 Close Corporation incorporated CIPRO CK1 or CK2 Copies of the founding statement under the Close Corporation and list of members Act 1984 Act 69 of 1984 2 Private Company incorporated with Copies of share capital under the companies a CIPRO CM 1 Certificate of Incorporation Act 1973 Act 610f 1973 b CIPRO CM 29 Contents of Register of Directors including Companies incorporated Auditors and Officers under Art 53 b c Shareholders Certificates of all Members of the Company
432. upplier is to be paid an amount for an item of the goods which is the rate multiplied by the quantity supplied whatever that quantity turns out to be i e a schedule of rates arrangement the tendering supplier enters the rate only the other two columns being left blank The tendering supplier s offer cannot include a total of the prices which covers all the items which the Supplier has to supply if any of the supply is dealt with using items with a rate only 3 4 Rate only entries must not be made for work covered by other items CORRECTION OF ENTRIES MADE BY TENDERER Any entry made by the Tenderer in the Price Schedule forms etc which the tenderer desires to change shall not be erased or painted out A line shall be drawn through the incorrect entry and the correct entry shall be written above in black ink and the full signature of the Tenderer shall be placed next to the correction Part C2 Page 3 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data C2 2 PRICE SCHEDULE GROUP ITEM CODE ITEM DESCRIPTION OS10K Switch OS10K XNI U32E OS1OK network interface card includes 32 unpopulated 10G SFP ports Supports standard tables for L2 L3 and ACL policies MPLS ready OS10K QNI U8E OS10K network interface card includes 8 unpopulated 40G QSFP ports Supports standard tables for L2 L3 and ACL policies MPLS ready OS10K SW A Advanced Software for support of SPB and Virtual Chassis on OS10K One license required per
433. upplier shall furnish the purchaser with an invoice accompanied by a copy of the delivery note and upon fulfilment of other obligations stipulated in the contract 16 3 Payments shall be made promptly by the purchaser but in no case later than thirty 30 days after submission of an invoice or claim by the supplier 16 4 Payment will be made in Rand unless otherwise stipulated 17 Prices 17 1 Prices charged by the supplier for goods delivered and services performed under the contract shall not vary from the prices quoted by the supplier in his bid with the exception of any price adjustments authorized or in the purchaser s request for bid validity extension as the case may be 18 Variation orders 18 1 In cases where the estimated value of the envisaged changes in purchase does not vary more than 15 of the total value of the original contract the contractor may be instructed to deliver the goods or render the services as such In cases of measurable quantities the contractor may be approached to reduce the unit price and such offers may be accepted provided that there is no escalation in price 19 Assignment 19 1 The supplier shall not assign in whole or in part its obligations to perform under the contract except with the purchaser s prior written consent 20 Subcontracts 20 1 The supplier shall notify the purchaser in writing of all subcontracts awarded under this contract if not already specified in the
434. urement b can as necessary and in relation to the proposed contract demonstrate that he or she possesses the professional and technical Table F 1 Formula for calculating the value of A Formula Comparison aimed at achieving Option 1a Option 2a 1 Highest price or discount A 1 P Pm A P Pm Pm 2 Lowest price or percentage commission A 1 P Pm A Pm P fee Pm a Pm is the comparative offer of the most favourable comparative offer P_is the comparative offer of the tender offer under consideration qualifications professional and technical competence financial resources equipment and other physical facilities managerial capability reliability experience and reputation expertise and the personnel to perform the contract c has the legal capacity to enter into the contract PartT1 Page 26 of 27 Contract CB105 2013 Part T1 3 Tendering Procedures d is not insolvent in receivership bankrupt or being wound up has his affairs administered by a court or a judicial officer has suspended his business activities or is subject to legal proceedings in respect of any of the foregoing e complies with the legal requirements if any stated in the tender data and f is able in the opinion of the employer to perform the contract free of conflicts of interest F 3 13 2 Notify the successful tenderer of the employer s acceptance of his tender offer by completing and returning one copy of t
435. v3 RIPng VRRPv3 SPB and Virtual Chassis VC 0S6900 T20 F 0S6900 T20 10Gigabit Ethernet L3 fixed configuration chassis in a 1U form factor with 20 10GBase T ports two optional module slots Front to back cooling The chassis includes a 450W AC power supply A second power supply slot is supported for redundancy Redundant power supply shall be ordered separately The 0S6900 20 ships with country specific power cord user manuals access card rack mounts and USB to RJ 45 adaptor 0S6900 T40 F 0S6900 T40 10Gigabit Ethernet L3 fixed configuration chassis in a 1U form factor with 40 10GBase T ports two optional module slots Front to back cooling The chassis includes a 450W AC power supply A second power supply slot is supported for redundancy Redundant power supply shall be ordered separately The 0S6900 40 ships with country specific power cord user manuals access card rack mounts and USB to RJ 45 adaptor 0S6900 X20 F 0S6900 X20 10Gigabit Ethernet L3 fixed configuration chassis in a 1U form factor with 20 SFP ports one optional module slot Front to back cooling The chassis includes a 450W AC power supply A second power supply slot is supported for redundancy Redundant power supply shall be ordered separately The OS6900 X20 ships with country specific power cord user manuals access card rack mounts and USB to RJ 45 adaptor 0S6900 X40 F 0S6900 X40 10Gigabit Ethernet L3 fixed configuration chassis in a 1U form factor with 40 SFP
436. ve been compromised as a result of the late reporting The following documentation must be included with the claim documentation Photos of damages caused or suffered as proof or substantiation of the claims In the event of Insured Property being damaged during the Contract Works beyond economical repair the property must be safeguarded and be handed over to the Employer s insurer for salvage The Section Insurance and Risk Management will inform the Employer s insurer of the incident The Contractor Subcontractor shall afford all reasonable access to the Site to the Employer the Project Manager the Employer s insurers and or representatives for the purpose of assessment of any loss or damage 11 6 2 Reporting of catastrophic incidents In the event of an occurrence which is likely to give rise to a claim under the insurance policy effected by the Employer with an estimated loss or damage of more than R250 000 00 the Contractor and the Project Manager will adhere to the following procedures a In addition to any statutory obligations and or requirements contained in the General Conditions of Contract the Contractor shall notify the Employer and the Project Manager of every occurrence within 24 twenty four hours giving the circumstances nature and an estimate of the loss or damage The Project Manager must notify the Section Insurance and Risk Management on the same day that the Contractor Sub contractor has noti
437. w outlines the details pertaining to the service required and the penalties related to non conformance Service Class Definition Te Definition MeanTimetoRespond Severity Mean Time to Resolve Service Window Penalty Major Business impact Any service that is completely down and has a critical impact on business services Includes core sites Moderate business impact Any fault or outage that is causing COT or any of his external parties degradation of performance Minor business impact Change requests Low or no impact on business services All other related maintenance activities as per flow chart NORMAL MAINTENANCE RELATED PROCESSES TO BE DONE BY CONTRACTOR Immediate to 30 minutes 1 Immediate to 1 hour 2 Immediate to 8 hours 3 Immediate to 3 hours Immediate to 8 hours Immediate to 24 hours As indicated on the flow chart 24 x 7 support 24 x7 support Normal Working Hours Monday To Friday 7 30 16 00 Normal Working Hours Monday To Friday 7 30 16 00 R 200 00 per hour for late completion to a maximum of R 5000 00 per incident R 150 00 per hour for late completion to a maximum of R 5000 00 per incident R 100 00 per hour for late completion to a maximum of R 5000 00 per incident R 100 00 per hour for late completion to a maximum of R 5000 00 per activity All project related activities as per flow chart NORMAL PROJECT RELATED PROCESSES TO BE DONE BY
438. witch must have following Management features Telnet RS232 Console Port Web Based Management Interface SNMP Four RMON groups 1 statistics 2 history 3 history 9 events Switch must be able to filter out data packets based on certain MAC or IP address This will block these network packets from accessing the network Switch must support ICMP router discovery Proxy ARP Routing Information Protocol RIP v1 and RIP v2 Open Shortest Path First OQSPFv2 for routing path management in a network Switch must support Port based and Tagged VLAN which are compliant to IEEE 802 1Q standard and must be able to link these VLANs with wire speed routing Switch must support min 256 IP subnets L2 tagged VLANs to segment the IP or MAC based networks to reduce the network broadcast and improve the performance of the network Must support server load balancing Must be a fully distributed architecture with modular software design for scalability Must offer Carrier Class Availability 99 999 Must offer high levels of Security capabilities DOS A VLAN s SSL Port Binding rules Examples based on Alcatel Series o Omniswitch 10K for server room environments o Omniswitch 9000E Mandatory Technical Requirements for a Highly Secure System Partitioned Management PM Protected multiple user access control i e the switch must provide a full suite of commands that allow the user to create and modify User IDs and Passwords multiple administrative
439. work and switch utilization to be able to justify investment in future switch equipment e Security management to centrally set up access profiles for end users and end systems as well as setting up quarantine actions for end systems violating security policies using Quarantine Manager Part C3 Page 63 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work 7 11 ARCHITECTURE CENTRALIZED IP TELEPHONY AND UNIFIED COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE Deploy a centralized IP telephony infrastructure to lower operation Comply Non costs by regrouping resources Comply e Centralized IP communications e Centralized management including performance management e Centralize servers in data center e Minimize number of required servers to optimize operation maintenance and upgrade costs e g Collaboration tool minimize the quantity of server and maximize users and access Secure solution e Redundancy e Backup solution for remote sites e Encryption signaling only and or signaling amp media e Smooth migration from existing solution to the targeted solution SIP openness e Embedded SIP controller to lower the TCO Total Cost of Ownership e Communication services and centralized device management are open to third party SIP phones hospitality phones elevator and gate phones etc e Full featured survivability with Passive Communication Server 7 12
440. work resources for remediation The offer must include support for a quarantine engine and support Intrusion Detection Systems IDS so that the network can automatically detect attacks and take protective action such as e Limiting the traffic e Placing the device in quarantine To secure the LAN Core the switches must support Access control lists ACLs to filter out undesirable communication Part C3 Page 79 of 131 Contract CB105 2013 Part C3 Scope of work The Tenderer must offer a switch which includes an authenticated VLAN feature to provide the ability to authenticate by user with username and password and then dynamically place the user into the proper VLAN IEEE 802 1x a standards based approach to network access is an effective way of challenging a user by requesting a username and password before allowing access the network The solution should support learned port security that allows only pre authorized network devices to communicate with each other This provides protection against rogue devices such as WLAN access points as well as unsecured and potentially virus infected laptops or PC s Switch administration must be secured by encrypting remote management with secure shell SSHv2 for Telnet Secure Socket Layer SSL for web based management and SNMPv3 for network wide management systems Additionally all administrators must be centrally authenticated through a RADIUS TACACS LDAP or ACE server A local databas
441. x 3ft pigtails RP SMA Connectors Direct wall mounting hardware anchors and screws included no az el adjustment For az el adjustment on wall mount or pole mount order AP ANT MNT 1 kit in addition to antenna ANT 2X2 2714 2 4GHz 14dBi 70 45 polarized outdoor antenna with DC grounded lightning protection N F connector for all outdoor 802 11n platforms Part C2 Page 13 of 94 Contract CB105 2013 Part C2 2 Pricing Data AP ANT 1B 2 4Ghz 5Ghz 2 5 5 0 dBi Tri Band High Gain Omni Directional Detachable Antenna RP SMA Indoor Use Only ANT 2X2 5614 5 1 5 8GHz 14dBi 60 45 polarized outdoor antenna with DC grounded lightning protection N F connector for all outdoor 802 11n platforms AP ANT 93 5 125 6 1Ghz 14 0dBi 3 Element MIMO High Gain 20 Degree Directional Panel Antenna N Type Male Az El mounting kit included Cables NOT included ANT 2X2 5614U 5 5 5 9GHz 14 0dBi 60 45 polarized 2 Element MIMO High Gain Directional Panel Antenna 2x N Type Female connectors Cables NOT included AP ANT MNT 1 Azimuth and Elevation adjustable Mount Kit for AP ANT 17 and AP ANT 92 ANT 2X2 D805 Dual Band 120 Degree Sector 5 dBi 45 Polarization 2 Element MIMO 2x 3ft pigtails N type connectors ANT 2X2 D607 Dual Band 60 Degree Sector 7 dBi 45 Polarization 2 Element MIMO 2x 3ft pigtails N type connectors AP ANT 19 Dual Band Omnidirectional 3dBi 6dBi Indoor Outdoor RPSMA connector with 36 inch
442. xecution of a contract to the detriment of any bidder and includes collusive practice among bidders prior to or after bid submission designed to establish bid prices at artificial non competitive levels and to deprive the bidder of the benefits of free and open competition GCC means the General Conditions of Contract Goods means all of the equipment machinery and or other materials that the supplier is required to supply to the purchaser under the contract Imported content means that portion of the bidding price represented by the cost of components parts or materials which have been or are still to be imported whether by the supplier or his subcontractors and which costs are inclusive of the costs abroad plus freight and other direct importation costs such as landing costs dock dues import duty sales duty or other similar tax or duty at the South African place of entry as well as transportation and handling charges to the factory in the Republic where the goods covered by the bid will be manufactured Local content means that portion of the bidding price which is not included in the Part C1 Page 9 of 29 Contract CB105 2013 Part C1 5 Agreements and Contract Data 5 imported content provided that local manufacture does take place 1 18 Manufacture means the production of products in a factory using labour materials components and machinery and includes other related value adding activities 1
443. y of circuits identify bottlenecks etcetera Agent Based Monitoring This is a requirement for IT Managers who are serious about operating system and applications monitoring It is unlikely that 99 uptime can be reached without employing this type of technology A monitoring software agent would usually operate with a Smart Plug In SPI or Knowledge Module KM that was designed to monitor specific operating systems and applications such as IIS and SQL Network Monitoring Software is listed below as example of what the CoT expects from the monitoring environment Vital QIP VitalSuite VitalQIP DNS DHCP IP Address Management Software is a solution for automating IP address management services across networks The VitalSuite web based performance management system provides IPv4 IPv6 network administrators with end to end web based visibility into geographically dispersed multi vendor and multi technology converged infrastructures VitalSuite provides both historical and near real time views into everything from complex contact centre transactions to mission critical network resources Carrier grade scalability provides support for millions of performance monitored objects allowing IT managers the ability to monitor analyse manage and predict performance from a single centralized location via simple to use workflow Omnivista Network Management Data and Voice OmniVista is a comprehensive set of network management applica
444. y so far as may be necessary for purposes of such performance 5 2 The supplier shall not without the purchaser s prior written consent make use of any document or information mentioned in GCC clause 5 1 except for purposes of performing the contract 5 3 Any document other than the contract itself mentioned in GCC clause 5 1 shall remain the property of the purchaser and shall be returned all copies to the purchaser on completion of the supplier s performance under the contract if so required by the purchaser 5 4 The supplier shall permit the purchaser to inspect the supplier s records relating to the performance of the supplier and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the purchaser if so required by the purchaser 6 Patent Rights 6 1 The supplier shall indemnify the purchaser against all third party claims of infringement of patent trademark or industrial design rights arising from use of the goods or any part thereof by the purchaser 6 2 When a supplier developed documentation projects for the municipality municipal entity the intellectual copy and patent rights or ownership of such documents or projects will vest in the municipality municipal entity 7 Performance security 7 1 Within thirty 30 days of receipt of the notification of contract award the successful bidder shall furnish to the purchaser the performance security of the amount specified in SCC 7 2 The proceeds of the performance security
445. yer s address and identification details as stated in the tender data Accept that the employer will not assume any responsibility for the misplacement or premature opening of the tender offer if the outer package is not sealed and marked as stated Accept that tender offers submitted by facsimile or e mail will be rejected by the employer unless stated otherwise in the tender data F 2 14 Information and data to be completed in all respects Accept that tender offers which do not provide all the data or information requested completely and in the form required may be regarded by the employer as non responsive F 2 15 Closing time F 2 15 1 F 2 15 2 Ensure that the employer receives the tender offer at the address specified in the tender data not later than the closing time stated in the tender data Accept that proof of posting shall not be accepted as proof of delivery Accept that if the employer extends the closing time stated in the tender data for any reason the requirements of these conditions of tender apply equally to the extended deadline F 2 16 Tender offer validity F 2 16 1 F 2 16 2 F 2 16 3 F 2 16 4 Hold the tender offer s valid for acceptance by the employer at any time during the validity period stated in the tender data after the closing time stated in the tender data If requested by the employer consider extending the validity period stated in the tender data for an agreed additional period

tender reference: cb105/2013 tender for the provisioning of

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents